User Manual Motorhome 2009 - Dethleffs

Instruction manualMotorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Contents7.2 External flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 657.2.1 Flap lock with recessed handle . . . . . . 657.2.2 Flap lock, elliptical-shaped. . . . . . . . . . 657.2.3 Sliding drawer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667.3 Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 677.4 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 677.4.1 Sliding window with lock . . . . . . . . . . . 687.4.2 Sliding window without lock . . . . . . . . . 687.4.3 Hinged window with rotary hinges . . . . 687.4.4 Hinged window with automatichinges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 707.4.5 Blind and insect screen . . . . . . . . . . . . 717.4.6 Roman shade and insect screen . . . . . 727.4.7 Roman shades for windscreen,driver's window and frontpassenger's window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 737.5 Skylights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 737.5.1 Skylight with snap latch (variant 1) . . . 747.5.2 Skylight with snap latch (variant 2) . . . 757.5.3 Hinged skylight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 767.5.4 Heki skylight (mini and midi) . . . . . . . . 777.5.5 Wind-up skylight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 787.6 Rotating seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 797.7 Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 797.7.1 Suspension table with fold-out leg . . . . 797.7.2 Suspension table(bar seating group). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 817.7.3 Swivel table for the roundseating group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 827.7.4 Fixed table (movable table-top) . . . . . . 837.7.5 Fixed table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 837.7.6 Lift-off table for the roundseating group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 847.8 Television. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 857.9 Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 867.10 Light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 877.11 Extending the seating group . . . . . . . . 877.11.1 Extending the central seatinggroup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 877.12 Beds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 887.12.1 Overcab bed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 887.12.2 Pull-down bed (model I). . . . . . . . . . . . 897.12.3 Bunk bed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 917.12.4 Bunk bed (side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 927.12.5 Fixed bed (gas-pressure springs) . . . . 937.13 Converting seating groups forsleeping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 947.13.1 Central seating group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 947.13.2 Central seating group withextension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 957.13.3 Central seating group with divan . . . . . 967.13.4 Round seating group(without slatted frame) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 977.13.5 Round seating group(with slatted frame) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 987.13.6 Front bench seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 997.13.7 Front bench seat with divan . . . . . . . . 1007.13.8 Front bench seat with divan(extendable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1017.13.9 Front seating group . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1028 Gas system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1038.1 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1038.2 Gas bottles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1048.3 Gas consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1058.4 Changing gas bottles . . . . . . . . . . . . .1058.5 Gas isolator taps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1068.6 External gas connection . . . . . . . . . .1078.7 Duomatic switching facility . . . . . . . . .1079 Electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . .1119.1 General safety instructions . . . . . . . . .1119.2 Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1119.3 12 V power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1129.3.1 Living area battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1129.4 Charging the living area batteryand starter battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1149.4.1 Charging using a 240 V powersupply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1149.4.2 Charging using the vehicle engine . . .1149.4.3 Charging with an external charger . . .1149.5 Transformer/rectifier (EBL 99) . . . . . .1159.5.1 Battery cut-off switch . . . . . . . . . . . . .1179.5.2 Battery selector switch . . . . . . . . . . . .1179.5.3 Battery monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1179.5.4 Charging the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1189.6 Transformer/rectifier (EBL 101) . . . . .1189.6.1 Battery cut-off switch . . . . . . . . . . . . .1209.6.2 Battery selector switch . . . . . . . . . . . .1209.6.3 Battery monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1209.6.4 Charging the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1219.7 Panel IT 20-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1219.7.1 V/tank gauge for battery voltageand water or waste water levels . . . . .1219.7.2 Battery alarm for the livingarea battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1239.7.3 12 V main switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1239.7.4 12 V indicator lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1239.7.5 240 V indicator lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . .1239.8 Panel IT 992 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1249.8.1 V/tank gauge for battery voltageand water or waste water levels . . . . .1249.8.2 Battery alarm for the living areabattery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1259.8.3 Current gauge for charging/discharging the living areabattery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1269.8.4 12 V main switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1269.8.5 12 V indicator lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1279.8.6 240 V indicator lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . .1279.8.7 Switch for water pump . . . . . . . . . . . .1279.9 Panel MP 20-T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1279.9.1 240 V indicator lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . .1289.9.2 12 V main switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1284 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Contents9.9.3 Batteries gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1299.9.4 Tank gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1319.9.5 Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1319.9.6 Temperature display . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1329.9.7 Clock gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1329.9.8 Switch for tank heater . . . . . . . . . . . . 1329.10 240 V power supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1329.10.1 240 V connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1339.10.2 Power cable for external 240 Vconnection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1339.11 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1349.11.1 12 V fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1349.11.2 240 V fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13810 Appliances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13910.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13910.2 Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14010.2.1 Models with waste gas vent on theright-hand side of the vehicle . . . . . . 14010.2.2 To heat properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14010.2.3 Truma Combi hot-air heater . . . . . . . 14110.2.4 Trumatic C hot-air heater . . . . . . . . . 14310.2.5 Webasto Dual Top hot-air heater . . . 14510.2.6 Alde hot-water heater . . . . . . . . . . . . 14610.2.7 Arizona auxiliary heat exchanger . . . 15210.2.8 Independent vehicle heater . . . . . . . 15310.2.9 Heater for waste water tank andwaste water pipes(winter comfort package). . . . . . . . . . 15410.2.10 Electrical floor warming unit . . . . . . . 15410.3 Air conditioning unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15510.3.1 Dometic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15510.3.2 Truma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15710.4 Boiler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15810.4.1 Models with waste gas vent on theright-hand side of the vehicle . . . . . . 15910.4.2 Truma Combi boiler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15910.4.3 Trumatic C boiler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16210.4.4 Webasto Dual Top boiler. . . . . . . . . . 16510.4.5 Alde boiler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16710.5 Cooker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16710.5.1 Gas cooker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16810.5.2 Gas oven (Spinflo) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16910.5.3 Gas oven (Dometic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17010.5.4 Microwave oven . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17110.5.5 Extractor hood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17210.6 Refrigerator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17210.6.1 Refrigerator ventilation grill . . . . . . . . 17210.6.2 Operation (Dometic 7 series,automatic ignition) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17310.6.3 Operation (Dometic 7 series withautomatic power selection andframe heater). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17410.6.4 Operation (Dometic 8 series) . . . . . . 17710.6.5 Operation (Dometic 8 serieswith manual power selectionMES) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17810.6.6 Operation (Dometic 8 series withautomatic power selection) . . . . . . . . 18010.6.7 Operation (Thetford) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18210.6.8 Refrigerator door lockingmechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18411 Sanitary fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18911.1 Water supply, general . . . . . . . . . . . . 18911.2 Switch for water pump(winter comfort package) . . . . . . . . . . 19011.3 Water tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19011.3.1 Fresh water filler neck with lid . . . . . . 19011.3.2 Water drainage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19111.3.3 Filling with water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19111.3.4 Draining water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19211.4 Waste water tank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19211.4.1 Waste water tank(models with double floor) . . . . . . . . . 19311.4.2 Waste water tank(models without double floor) . . . . . . 19311.4.3 Odour seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19411.5 Filling the water system . . . . . . . . . . . 19511.6 Emptying the water system . . . . . . . . 19611.7 Toilet compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19711.8 Toilet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19811.8.1 Swivel toilet (Thetford) . . . . . . . . . . . . 19811.8.2 Toilet with fixed seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19911.8.3 Toilet (Dometic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20011.8.4 Vacuum toilet (Dometic) . . . . . . . . . . 20111.8.5 Removing the cassette . . . . . . . . . . . 20211.8.6 Emptying the cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . 20311.9 Vario toilet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20311.9.1 Converting into a shower cubicle. . . . 20411.9.2 Conversion to toilet compartment . . . 20412 Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20512.1 External care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20512.1.1 Washing with a high-pressurecleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20512.1.2 Washing the vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20512.1.3 Windows of acrylic glass . . . . . . . . . . 20612.1.4 Underbody . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20612.1.5 Waste water tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20612.1.6 Entrance step. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20612.1.7 Driver's cabin insulation mat(model I). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20712.2 Interior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20712.3 Extractor hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20812.4 Toilets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20812.4.1 Toilet with separate water tank . . . . . 20912.4.2 Vacuum toilet (Dometic) . . . . . . . . . . 20912.5 Winter care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21012.5.1 Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21012.5.2 Winter operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21012.5.3 At the end of the winter season . . . . . 21012.6 Lay-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21112.6.1 Temporary lay-up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN5

Contents12.6.2 Winter lay-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21212.6.3 Starting up the vehicle after atemporary lay-up or after lay-upover winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21313 Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21513.1 Inspection work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21513.2 Maintenance work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21513.3 Alde hot-water heater. . . . . . . . . . . . . 21513.3.1 Checking the fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . 21613.3.2 Topping up heating fluid. . . . . . . . . . . 21613.3.3 Bleeding the heating system . . . . . . . 21713.4 Independent vehicle heater . . . . . . . . 21713.5 Air conditioning unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21713.5.1 Truma. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21813.5.2 Dometic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21813.6 Replacing bulbs and fluorescenttubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21813.6.1 Ceiling lamp (cover with screws) . . . . 21913.6.2 Ceiling lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21913.6.3 Halogen spotlight(with glass shade) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22013.6.4 Halogen spotlight (movable) . . . . . . . 22013.6.5 Room lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22013.6.6 Living area lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22113.6.7 Recessed halogen light withhousing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22113.6.8 Recessed halogen light (flat) . . . . . . . 22213.6.9 Surface-mounted halogen lightdriver's cabin (model I). . . . . . . . . . . . 22213.6.10 Wardrobe light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22313.7 Changing the battery of thewardrobe light with LED . . . . . . . . . . . 22313.8 AL-KO rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22313.9 Spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22413.10 Vehicle identification plate . . . . . . . . . 22513.11 Warning and information stickers. . . . 22514 Wheels and tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . 22714.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22714.2 Tyre selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22814.3 Tyre specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22914.4 Handling of tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22914.5 Changing wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22914.6 Spare wheel support . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23014.6.1 Spare wheel support under thevehicle (Renault) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23014.7 Tyre pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23115.5.1 Heater/boiler Truma . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23715.5.2 Webasto heater/boiler . . . . . . . . . . . .23815.5.3 Alde heater/boiler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23815.6 Refrigerator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23915.6.1 Dometic refrigerator without AES . . .23915.6.2 Thetford refrigerator without SES(error diagnostics). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24015.6.3 Refrigerator Dometic 7 serieswith AES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24115.6.4 Dometic 8 series with MES. . . . . . . . .24215.6.5 Dometic 8 series with AES . . . . . . . . .24315.7 Air conditioning unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24415.7.1 Dometic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24415.7.2 Truma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24415.8 Water supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24515.9 Vacuum toilet (Dometic) . . . . . . . . . . .24615.10 Body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24616 Special equipment . . . . . . . . . . .24716.1 Weight details for specialequipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24717 Helpful notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25117.1 Traffic rules in foreign countries . . . . .25117.2 Help on Europe's roads . . . . . . . . . . .25117.3 Speed limits and permissibledimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25317.4 Driving with low beam in Europeancountries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25617.5 Sleeping in the vehicle away fromcamping areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25717.6 Gas supply in European countries . . .25917.7 Toll regulations in Europeancountries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25917.8 Tips on staying overnight safelyduring travel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25917.9 Tips for winter campers . . . . . . . . . . .26017.10 Travel checklists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26115 Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . 23315.1 Braking system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23315.2 Electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23315.3 Gas system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23615.4 Cooker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23615.4.1 Gas cooker/gas oven. . . . . . . . . . . . . 23615.4.2 Microwave oven . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23615.5 Heater/boiler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2376 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Guarantee11.1 Guarantee certificate1GuaranteeVehicle dataModel:Car manufacturer/type of engine:Serial number:Initial registration:Purchased from company:Expiry of the guarantee period:Key number:Chassis number:Customer AddressSurname, Christian name:Street, No.:Postal code, town:Dealer's stamp and signatureWe reserve the right to alter the construction, equipment and the scope ofdelivery. Special equipment is also listed that is not included in the standardscope of delivery. The descriptions and illustrations in this brochure do notrelate to a particular version. For all details, only the respective equipment listis valid.1.2 Guarantee conditions1. In addition to the legal guarantee and product warranty rights due to thecustomer, Dethleffs GmbH & Co. KG may also grant a guarantee of sixyears that the vehicles constructed by the company are sealed in such amanner that moisture cannot penetrate from the outside into the interior ofthe vehicle.The guarantee obligations do not apply if the leakage is a result of improperhandling of the windows, doors and skylights or damage that has not beenproperly repaired. Damage that is caused by forces of nature (e.g. flooding)is not covered by the guarantee. The guarantee extensions include only thecorrect repair work. Conversion or diminution as well as travellingexpenses or other indirect costs are not covered by the guarantee.2. When dealing with a case of leakage covered under the conditions of thisguarantee, Dethleffs GmbH & Co. KG is obliged to rectify the defectivevehicle part concerned by repairing it free of charge or replacing the part,depending on what is necessary to immediately to repair the damage.Defects are to be rectified by Dethleffs GmbH & Co. KG or by an authorisedspecialist workshop in accordance with the guidelines ofDethleffs GmbH & Co. KG.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN7

1Guarantee3. The prerequisite for this guarantee is that the vehicle must be presentedonce a year to an authorised specialist workshop for an inspection. Thepresentation must take place 2 months at the latest after the anniversary ofthe initial registration (or delivery).If the inspection is not carried out according to schedule, this will nullify yourwarranty. It cannot be renewed by carrying out an inspection at a later time.As proof that the inspection has been completed, there are designated couponsin the Dethleffs GmbH & Co. KG guarantee booklet where inspectionstamps are to be glued and endorsed by a stamp, the date and the signatureof a respective Dethleffs dealer.4. The guarantee begins on the day of the initial registration or delivery of thevehicle to the customer, 1 year at the latest after delivery to the dealer, andis valid while the vehicle is in use, for 6 years at the longest. A change ofownership of the purchased object has no effect on the guarantee obligations.The guarantee expires if the terms outlined in paragraph 3 are notcomplied with. The performance of guarantee work does not increase theguarantee period.5. Parts installed to rectify faults are also guaranteed under the terms of theguarantee until the guarantee period expires.6. If leakage occurs, the owner must notify Dethleffs GmbH & Co. KG or aDethleffs dealer of this in writing within 15 days of its detection. The guaranteecertificate and the corresponding guarantee stamps must beincluded with the notification. If notification of leakage does not occur withinthe time limit stated, no claims can be made under the terms of the guarantee.Remedying of leakage will take place after approval has been given byDethleffs GmbH & Co. KG.If no agreement is reached about the type, extent and result of the repairs,Dethleffs GmbH & Co. KG or the Dethleffs dealer will consult a neutralexpert whose decision is binding for all parties involved.7. The costs of the inspection are to be paid by the party covered by the guarantee.8. As far as legally permissible, the court responsible for Isny will be agreedupon as the venue for jurisdiction.8 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Guarantee11.3 Inspection recordsDeliveryDate:Signature and stamp of the Dethleffsdealer:1st yearWater ingress testDate:Signature and stamp of the Dethleffsdealer:Paste inspectionstamp here.Water ingress test 1st yearWater ingress test 1st yearNo defects foundFound defects: Should it be determined during an inspection that additional work is necessary,then the carrying out of this work is dependent on the customer commissioningthis to be done. Please also adhere to the service intervals stipulated by themanufacturers of the individual equipment. Information is included in theservice documents enclosed.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN9

1Guarantee2nd yearWater ingress testDate:Signature and stamp of the Dethleffsdealer:Paste inspectionstamp here.Water ingress test 2nd yearWater ingress test 2nd yearNo defects foundFound defects: 3rd yearWater ingress testDate:Signature and stamp of the Dethleffsdealer:Paste inspectionstamp here.Water ingress test 3rd yearWater ingress test 3rd yearNo defects foundFound defects: Should it be determined during an inspection that additional work is necessary,then the carrying out of this work is dependent on the customer commissioningthis to be done. Please also adhere to the service intervals stipulated by themanufacturers of the individual equipment. Information is included in theservice documents enclosed.10 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Guarantee14th yearWater ingress testDate:Signature and stamp of the Dethleffsdealer:Paste inspectionstamp here.Water ingress test 4th yearWater ingress test 4th yearNo defects foundFound defects: 5th yearWater ingress testDate:Signature and stamp of the Dethleffsdealer:Paste inspectionstamp here.Water ingress test 5th yearWater ingress test 5th yearNo defects foundFound defects: Should it be determined during an inspection that additional work is necessary,then the carrying out of this work is dependent on the customer commissioningthis to be done. Please also adhere to the service intervals stipulated by themanufacturers of the individual equipment. Information is included in theservice documents enclosed.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN11

1Guarantee1.4 Inspection plan for annual inspectionPos. Component Activity Interval1 Skylights Remove the insideframe of the skylightsand tighten the screwconnections of the securingclipsWe reserve the right to modify the inspection plan.1. year2 Auxiliary support Lubrication Annually3 Joints, hinges Lubrication Annually4 Refrigerator, heater, boiler,cooker, lighting, storage flapand door closures, toilet, seatbeltsFunction check5 Windows, skylights Function check, wateringress test, applyingtalc to the rubber sealsAnnuallyAnnually6 Upholstery, curtains, blinds Visual check Annually7 Sealing strips, edges, rubber Check for damage Annually8 Water supply Water ingress test Annually9 Hot-air system Function check, cleanfan wheel as necessary10 Underbody protection, floorskirt attachmentVisual checkAnnuallyAnnually11 Pull-down bed suspension Function check Annually12 Electrical system Function check Annually13 Gas system Official gas inspection Everytwo years14 Connections between thechassis and bodyCheck15 Underbody Visual check, repair underbodyprotection asnecessaryEverytwo yearsEverytwo years1.5 Inspection plan for water ingress testPos. Component Activity1.1 Wheel housing Visual check1.2 Rear wall floor plateau connection Visual check1.2.1 Side wall in the direction of travel left connection Visual check1.2.2 Side wall in the direction of travel right connectionVisual check1.3 Front wall floor plateau connection Visual check1.3.1 Side wall in the direction of travel left connection Visual check1.3.2 Side wall in the direction of travel right connectionVisual check1.4 Side wall floor plateau right connection Visual check12 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Guarantee1Pos. Component Activity1.5 Side wall floor plateau left connection Visual check1.6 Connection to driver's cabin Visual check1.7 Base frame with base frame cut-outs Visual check1.8 Check the status of the outer metal sheets Visual check1.9 Check the status of the window rubbers, expansionjoints, sealing joints2.1 Measure the floor plateau at this connectionpoint with a moisture measuring device, writedown the corresponding values with the date ofthe assessment. Prescribed maximum values –up to 20 % normal.If the values are above 20 % check if it is due toaccumulated condensation.2.2 Measure inside the vehicle (walls, window sections,roof, etc.), note changes in the colour ofthe decor. Prescribed maximum values – up to20 % normal.If the values are above 20 % check if it is due toaccumulated condensation.We reserve the right to modify the inspection plan.Visual checkMeasuringMeasuring3.1 Wheel housing Spray with Dethleffsspecial weatherproofsolution3.2 Rear wall floor plateau connection Spray with Dethleffsspecial weatherproofsolution3.3 Front wall floor plateau connection Spray with Dethleffsspecial weatherproofsolution3.4 Side wall floor plateau right connection Spray with Dethleffsspecial weatherproofsolution3.5 Side wall floor plateau left connection Spray with Dethleffsspecial weatherproofsolutionMotorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN13

1Guarantee14 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Introduction22IntroductionPlease read this instruction manual completely beforeusing the vehicle for the first time!Always keep this instruction manual in the vehicle. Also inform all other usersof the safety regulations. The non-observance of this symbol can lead to personal injury.The non-observance of this symbol can lead to damage being caused to,or inside the vehicle. This symbol indicates recommendations or special aspects. This symbol indicates actions which lead to environmental awareness.With your Dethleffs motorhome you will receive a file with the following vehiclemanuals and documents:Dethleffs documentsAdditional documentsInstruction manual and service book (housing body)List of Dethleffs dealersOperating and installation instructions of various appliancesComplete set of documents from the chassis manufacturerTest certificate for the gas system in accordance with German regulationsThis instruction manual contains sections which describe model-specificequipment or special equipment. These sections are not speciallymarked. It may be that your vehicle has not been fitted with this specialequipment. In some cases, the actual equipment of your vehicle maytherefore be different from that shown in some illustrations and descriptions.However, your vehicle may be fitted with other special equipment notdescribed in this instruction manual.Special equipment is described when an explanation is required.Adhere to the instruction manuals which are separately enclosed.The details "right", "left", "front" and "rear" always refer to the vehicle indirection of travel.All dimensions and weight details are "approximate".The metric specifications are binding for physical dimensions.Should the vehicle be subjected to damage due to a failure to follow theinstructions in this instruction manual, then the guarantee claim is deemedinvalid.Our vehicles are subjected to continuous development. Please understandthat we reserve the right to alter the form, equipment and technology. Therefore,no claims can be made against the manufacturer as a result of the contentsof this instruction manual. The equipment which was known and includedat the time of going to press is described.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN15

2IntroductionThe reprinting, translation and copying, including extracts is not permittedwithout prior written authorisation from the manufacturer.2.1 GeneralThe vehicle is constructed in accordance with the latest technology and therecognised safety regulations. Nevertheless, personal injury may result andthe vehicle may be damaged if the safety instructions in this instruction manualare not followed.Only use the vehicle in a technically impeccable condition. Follow the instructionsin the instruction manual.Malfunctions which impair the safety of persons or the vehicle should beimmediately remedied by qualified personnel. To avoid further damages,observe the duty to avert, minimize or mitigate loss for the user during faults.Have the vehicle's braking and gas systems inspected and repaired by anauthorised specialist workshop only.Alterations to the body are only to be carried out with the authorisation of themanufacturer.The vehicle is designed for the exclusive transport of persons. Luggage andaccessories may only be transported up to the maximum permissible grossweight.Observe the test and inspection periods stipulated by the manufacturer.2.2 Environmental tipsBe considerate of the environment.Remember that: All kinds of waste water and household waste are not tobe disposed of in drains or in the open countryside.Only empty the waste water tank and toilet cassette or sewage tank at disposalstations at the camping or caravan sites, which are especially pro-vided for this purpose. When stopping in towns and communities, observethe instructions at caravan sites or ask where there are disposal stations.On board, collect waste water only in the waste water tank or – ifnecessary – in other containers designed for that purpose.Empty waste water tank as often as possible, even when it is not completelyfull (hygiene).If possible, flush out waste water tank and, if necessary, drainage pipe withfresh water every time it is emptied.Never allow the toilet cassette or sewage tank to become too full. Emptythe toilet cassette or sewage tank frequently, at the latest as soon as thelevel indicator lights up.Separate household waste according to glass, tin cans, plastic and wetwaste also when on a journey. Enquire at the town or community authorityabout disposal points. Household waste is not to be disposed of in wastepaper baskets which are situated at car parks.Empty waste bins as often as possible into the containers provided for thispurpose. This helps to avoid unpleasant smells and an accumulation ofrubbish on board.16 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Introduction2When parked, do not allow the engine to run more than necessary. Whenrunning idle, a cold engine releases more contaminants than usual. Therunning temperature of the engine is achieved more quickly whilst thevehicle is in motion.Use an environmentally-friendly WC chemical agent for the WC which canalso be biologically degraded and only use small doses.When staying in towns and communities for long periods, search forparking areas which are specially reserved for motorhomes. Enquire at thetown or community authority about parking spaces.Always leave the parking places in a clean condition.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN17

2Introduction18 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Safety3Chapter overviewThis chapter contains important safety instructions. The safety instructions arefor the protection of persons and property.The instructions address the following topics:fire prevention and what to do in case of firegeneral care of the vehicleroad safety of the vehicletowing gas system of the vehicleelectrical system of the vehiclewater system of the vehicle3Safety3.1 Fire prevention3.1.1 Avoidance of fire risksNever leave children in the vehicle unattended.Keep flammable materials clear of heating and cooking appliances. Lights can get very hot. When the light is switched on, there must alwaysbe a safety distance of 30 cm between light and flammable objects. Firehazard!Never use portable heating or cooking appliances.Only authorised qualified personnel may make changes to the electricalsystem, gas system or appliances.3.1.2 Fire-fighting Always carry a dry powder fire extinguisher in the vehicle. The fire extinguishermust be approved, tested and close at hand.The fire extinguisher is not included in the scope of delivery.Have the fire extinguisher tested at regular intervals by authorised qualifiedpersonnel. Observe the date oftesting. Always keep a fire blanket near the cooker.3.1.3 In case of fireEvacuate all passengers.Cut off the electrical power supply and disconnect from the mains.Close regulator tap on the gas bottle.Sound the alarm and call the fire brigade. Fight the fire if this is possible without risk.Acquaint yourself with the position and operation of the emergency exits.Keep escape routes clear. Observe the fire extinguisher instructions for use.All windows and doors which meet the following requirements are consideredas emergency exits:Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN19

3SafetyOpen to the outside or can be shifted in horizontal directionOpening angle at least 70°Minimum diameter of clearance = 450 mmMaximum distance from the vehicle floor = 950 mm3.2 General The oxygen in the vehicle interior is used up by breathing and the use ofgas operated appliances. That is why the oxygen needs to be replacedon a constant basis. For this purpose, forced ventilation options (e.g.skylights with forced ventilation, mushroom-shaped vents or floor vents)are fitted to the vehicle. Never cover or block forced ventilations from theinside or outside with objects such as e.g. a winter mat. Keep forced ventilationsclear of snow and leaves. There is a danger of suffocation dueto increased CO 2 levels. Observe the headroom of the doors.As far as the fitted appliances (heater, cooker, refrigerator, etc.) and thebase vehicle (engine, brakes, etc.) are concerned, the instruction manualsare authoritative. It is imperative that they be observed.Fitting accessories or special equipment can alter the dimensions, weightand road behaviour of the vehicle. Some of the parts must be entered inthe vehicle papers.Only use wheel rims and tyres which are approved for the vehicle. Informationconcerning the size of the approved wheel rims and tyres is includedin the vehicle documents or can be obtained from authorised dealers andservice centres.Firmly apply the handbrake when parking the vehicle.If the maximum permissible gross weight of the vehicle exceeds 4 tonnes,wheel chocks must be used when parking on gradients. The wheel chocksare provided as standard for vehicles with a maximum permissible grossweight exceeding 4 tonnes.When leaving the vehicle, it is imperative that all doors, external flaps andwindows are closed.Carry a hazard warning triangle and a first-aid kit and/or flashing hazardwarning light when this is required by law.The vehicle may only be driven by drivers who hold a driving licence whichis valid for the respective vehicle class.When selling the vehicle, hand over all instruction manuals for the vehicleand the fitted appliances.3.3 Road safetyBefore commencing the journey, carry out a functional check of indicatingand lighting equipment, the steering and the brakes.If the vehicle has been stationary for a long period (approx. 10 months)have the braking and gas systems checked by an authorised specialistworkshop.Before commencing the journey and after short interruptions of thejourney, ensure that the entrance step is completely retracted.20 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Safety3Before commencing the journey, secure the hinged pull-down bed.Before commencing the journey, open and secure the shades on thewindscreen and on the driver's and front passenger's windows.Before commencing the journey, rotate all swivel seats in the directionof travel and lock in position. During the journey, the swivel seats mustremain locked in place in the direction of travel.Before commencing the journey, remove the television from the supportand store it securely.Before commencing the journey, place the television console in thealcove to secure it from turning.Before commencing the journey, place and secure the flat screen andscreen support in the initial position. If stored in the TV cabinet, close theTV cabinet.During the journey, persons are only to sit on the permitted seats (seechapter 5). The authorised number of seats is stipulated in the vehicledocuments.Seat belts must be worn by all passengers.Fasten your seat belts before the beginning of the journey and keepthem fastened during the journey.the respective height and weight.It is not permitted to stay in the alcove during the journey.Always secure children with the children safety equipment prescribed forFactory-set three-point safety belts must be used when attaching childrestraint systems.The base vehicle is a commercial vehicle (small truck). Adjust yourdriving technique accordingly.In case of underpasses, tunnels or similar obstacles, note the totalheight of the vehicle (including the roof load).In winter, the roof must be free of snow and ice before commencing thejourney.Check tyre pressure before a journey or every 2 weeks. Wrong tyrepressure causes excessive wear and can lead to damage or even to tyreburst. You can lose control of the vehicle.Do not operate the independent vehicle heater at petrol stations. Dangerof explosion!Do not operate the independent vehicle heater in closed spaces. Dangerof suffocation!Before commencing the journey, distribute the payload evenly within thevehicle (see chapter 4).When loading the vehicle and when taking a rest from driving, in order toload luggage or food, for example, observe the maximum permissiblegross weight and axle loads (refer to vehicle documents).Before commencing the journey, ensure that all cupboard doors, the toiletcompartment door and all drawers and flaps are secure. Engage the refrigeratordoor securing device.Before commencing the journey, lower the table and fix it to the holder onthe floor of the vehicle.Before commencing the journey, close windows and skylights.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN21

3SafetyBefore commencing the journey, close all external flaps and lock them.Before commencing the journey, remove the external supports and retractthe corner steadies or steady legs, which are fitted to the vehicle.Before commencing the journey, put the antenna in park position.During the initial journey and each time after changing a wheel, re-tightenthe wheel bolts/wheel nuts after 50 km (30 miles). Subsequently inspectthem at regular intervals in order to ensure that they are firmly seated.Tyres may not be older than 6 years as the material becomes brittle overtime (see chapter 14).When using snow chains, the tyres, wheel suspension and steering aresubjected to an additional load. When using snow chains, drive slowly(maximum speed 50 km/h) and only on streets which are completely coveredwith snow. Otherwise the vehicle could be damaged.3.4 TowingCare is to be taken when connecting and detaching a trailer. Risk of accidentand injury!No persons are to be between the towing vehicle and the trailer duringpositioning for connecting and detaching.3.5 Gas system3.5.1 General instructionsClose all gas isolator taps and the regulator tap before commencing thejourney and when leaving the vehicle.No appliance operated via the built-in burner (e.g. heater or refrigerator)may be in operation when filling the tank, on ferries or in the garage.Danger of explosion!Do not use appliances operated with a burner in closed spaces (e.g.garages). Danger of poisoning and suffocation!Only have the gas system maintained, repaired or altered by an authorisedspecialist workshop.Have the gas system checked by an authorised specialist workshopaccording to the national regulations before commissioning. This alsoapplies for not registered vehicles. For modifications to the gas systemhave the gas system immediately checked by an authorised specialistworkshop.The gas pressure regulator and exhaust gas pipes must also beinspected. The gas pressure regulator has to be replaced after 10 yearsat the latest. The vehicle owner is responsible for seeing that this is carriedout.In case of a defect of the gas system (gas odour, high gas consumption)there is danger of explosion! Close regulator tap on the gas bottle immediately.Open doors and windows and ventilate well.If the gas system is defective: Do not smoke; do not ignite any openflames, and do not operate electric switches (light switches etc.).Have the defective gas system repaired by an authorised specialistworkshop.22 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Safety3Open a window or skylight before taking open sources of combustion(gas cooker) into service.gas bottle.Do not use the gas cooker or gas oven for heating purposes.If the vehicle or gas devices are not used, close the regulator tap on theIf there are several gas devices, each gas device must have its own gasisolator tap. If individual gas devices are not in use, close the respectivegas isolator tap.Ignition safety valves must close within 1 minute after the gas flame hasextinguished. A clicking sound is audible. Check function from time totime.The built-in gas devices are exclusively meant for use with propane orbutane gas or a mixture of both. The gas pressure regulator as well asall built-in gas devices are designed for a gas pressure of 30 mbar.Propane gas is capable of gasification up to -42 °C, whereas butane gasgasifies at 0 °C. Below these temperatures no gas pressure is available.Butane gas is unsuitable for use in winter.Regularly inspect the gas tube fitted to the gas bottle connection fortightness. The gas tube must not have any tears and must not beporous. Have the gas tube replaced by an authorised specialist workshopno later than ten years after the manufacturing date. The operatorof the gas system must see to it that the parts are replaced.Due to its function and construction, the gas bottle compartment is aspace which is open to the exterior. Never cover or block up the standardforced ventilations. Otherwise gas that is emitted can not be diverted tothe outside.Do not use the gas bottle compartment as storage space as it is notmoisture-proof.Secure the gas bottle compartment against unauthorised access. To dothis, lock the compartment.The regulator tap on the gas bottle must be accessible.Only connect gas-operated devices (e.g. gas grill) which have beendesigned for a gas pressure of 30 mbar.The exhaust gas pipe must be fitted tightly to the heating system and tothe vent and must be sealed. The exhaust gas pipe must not show anyevidence of damage.Exhaust fumes must be able to escape into the atmosphere unhinderedand fresh air must be able to enter unhindered. For this reason, keep theexhaust pipe and intake openings clean and unobstructed (e.g. free fromsnow and ice). For this reason, no snow walls or aprons may lie againstthe vehicle.3.5.2 Gas bottlesGas bottles are only to be transported within the designated gas bottlecompartment.Place the gas bottles in vertical position in the gas bottle compartment.Fasten the gas bottles so that they are unable to turn or tilt.If the gas bottles are not connected to the gas tube, always place theprotective cap on top.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN23

3SafetyClose the regulator tap on the gas bottle before the gas pressure regulatoror gas tube are removed from the gas bottle.The gas pressure regulator or the gas tube must only be secured with asuitable gas spanner (Do not overtighten).Only use special gas pressure regulators with a safety valve designedfor vehicle use. Other gas pressure regulators are not permitted andcannot meet the demanding requirements.Use the gas pressure regulator defroster if the temperature falls below5°C.Use only 11 kg or 5 kg gas bottles. Camping gas bottles with built-incheck valve (blue bottle with max. 2.5 or 3 kg content) are can be usedin exceptional cases with a safety valve.Use the shortest possible tube lengths (150 cm max.) for external gasbottles.Never block the floor ventilation openings below the gas bottles.3.6 Electrical systemOnly allow qualified personnel to work on the electrical system.Prior to carrying out work on the electrical system, switch off all devicesand lights, disconnect the battery and disconnect the vehicle from themains.Only use original fuses with the stipulated values.Only replace defective fuses when the cause of the defect is known andhas been remedied. Never bridge or repair fuses.3.7 Water system Water left standing in the water tank or in the water pipes becomesundrinkable after a short period. For this reason, rinse the water pipesand the water tank thoroughly with several litres of fresh water beforeeach use of the vehicle. To do this, open all water taps. After each useof the vehicle completely empty the water tank and the water pipes. If the vehicle is not used for several days or if it is not heated when there isa risk of frost, empty the entire water system. Leave the water taps on incentral position. Leave the safety/drainage valve (if there is one) and alldrain cocks open. Frost damage to appliances, frost damage to the vehicleand deposits in water-carrying components can be avoided in this way.24 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Before the journey4Chapter overview4Before the journeyThis chapter contains important information which has to be noted before commencingyour journey or carrying out any tasks before the journey.The instructions address the following topics:keys registrationcalculating the payloadcorrect loading of the vehicletowing retracting and extending the entrance stepPVC-floor coveringstoring the televisionusing snow chainsAt the end of the chapter there is a checklist which once again summarises themost important points.4.1 KeysThe following keys are included with your vehicle:4.1.1 Model A and T, bus, VanTwo keys forignition lockdriver's and passenger's doorsfuel tank Two keys forconversion door of the bodyfresh water filler neck (only with external fresh water filler neck)external flapsAlways deposit a replacement key outside the vehicle. Make a note of the keynumber. Our authorised dealers and workshops can offer assistance in caseof loss.4.1.2 Model ITwo keys for ignition lockTwo keys fordriver's doorfuel tank conversion door of the bodyfresh water filler neckexternal flapsAlways deposit a replacement key outside the vehicle. Make a note of the keynumber. Our authorised dealers and workshops can offer assistance in caseof loss.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN25

4Before the journey4.2 RegistrationYour motorhome is a vehicle which must be registered. Observe national regulationson registration.Please remember that certain countries require a separate national codesticker in addition to the EU plate.4.3 PayloadOverloading the vehicle and wrong tyre pressure can cause tyres toburst. You can lose control of the vehicle.Only the maximum permissible gross weight and the mass in a ready-todrivecondition, not the actual weight of the vehicle, is stated in thevehicle documents. For your own safety, we recommend that you haveyour loaded vehicle (with passengers) weighed on a public weighbridgebefore you set out on your journey.Adapt the speed to the payload. The stopping distance is increased if thepayload is high.Do not exceed the maximum permissible gross weight stated in the vehicledocuments by the payload.Built-in accessories and special equipment reduce the payload.Adhere to the axle load stated in the vehicle documents.On loading, make sure that the payload's centre of gravity is as low as possible(directly above the floor of the vehicle). Otherwise this may affect the drivingcharacteristics of the vehicle.Maximum permittedpayloadsDescriptionLoad (kg)Motorhome roof rack 75Bike rack Triple 50Quadruple 60Motorcycle rack 150Sliding drawer 40Rear garage and rear storage space (A5831) 150Rear garage and rear storage space (A5881, A6971,A6981, A6991, A7071)250Rear garage and rear storage space (all other models) 200Overcab bed 200Pull-down bed model I 200Rear bed 200Bunk beds 100Folding beds 5026 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Before the journey44.3.1 TermsTechnically speaking, the term "mass" has now replaced the term "weight".However, "weight" is still the term more frequent in common use. For betterunderstanding, "mass" is therefore only used in the following sections forfixed formulations.All specifications according to EU norm DIN EN 1646-2.Maximum permissiblegross weight in a ladenconditionMass in ready-to-driveconditionThe maximum permissible gross weight in a laden condition is the weight thata vehicle may never exceed.The maximum permissible overall weight in laden condition consists of themass in ready-to-drive condition and of the payload.In the vehicle documents, the manufacturer has specified the maximum permissiblegross weight in a laden condition.The mass in ready-to-drive condition is the weight of the ready-to-drivestandard vehicle.The mass in ready-to-drive condition is made up as follows:Unladen weight (mass of the empty vehicle) with factory-installed standardequipmentDriver's weightBasic equipment weightUnladen weight includes lubricants such as oils and coolants which have beenfilled, the on-board tool set, the spare wheel and a filled fuel tank.75 kg are calculated for the weight of the driver, regardless of how much thedriver really weighs.Basic equipment includes all equipment and fluids required for safe and propervehicle use. The weight of the basic equipment includes:Water system filled up to 90 % (water tank and pipes)Gas bottles filled up to 90 %A full heating systemA full toilet flushing systemThe power cables for the 240 V power supplyThe installation kit for an auxiliary battery if an auxiliary battery can be usedThe waste water and sewage tanks are empty.Example for calculatingthe basic equipmentWater tank with 100 lGas bottles (2 x 11 kg gas + 2 x 14 kg bottle )100 kg+ 50 kgBoiler with 10 l+ 10 kg240 V power cable + 4 kgInstallation kit for auxiliary batteryTotal+ 20 kg= 184 kgIn the vehicle documents, the manufacturer specifies the mass in ready-todriveconditions.PayloadThe payload is made up as follows:Conventional loadAdditional equipmentPersonal equipmentMotorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN27

4Before the journeyYou will find explanations on the individual components of the payload in thefollowing text.Conventional loadAdditional equipmentThe conventional load is the weight specified by the manufacturer for the passengers.Conventional load means: 75 kg are calculated for every seat specified by themanufacturer, regardless of how much the passengers actually weigh. Thedriver's seat is already included as part of the mass in ready-to-drive conditionand must not be calculated as part of the conventional load.In the vehicle documents, the manufacturer specifies the number of seats.Additional equipment includes accessories and special equipment. Examplesof additional equipment include:Caravan couplingAwning Bike or motorcycle rackSatellite unitChapter 16 lists the weights of the various items of special equipment; theymay also be obtained from the manufacturer.Personal equipmentPersonal equipment includes all items in the vehicle that are not included inthe conventional load or in the additional equipment. For example, personalequipment can include the following:FoodstuffsCrockery TelevisionRadio Clothes Bedding Toys Books Toiletries No matter where kept, personal equipment also includes:Animals Bikes Boats SurfboardsSports equipmentFor the personal equipment, according to the applicable regulations, the manufacturermust use a minimum weight that is determined according to the followingformula:FormulaExplanationMinimum weight M (kg) = 10 x N + 10 x LN = maximum number of people including the driver, as stated by the manufacturerL = total length of the vehicle in metres28 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Before the journey44.3.2 Calculating the payloadThe payload calculation at the factory is partly based on all-inclusiveweights. For safety reasons, the maximum permissible gross weight ina laden condition must not be exceeded.Only the maximum permissible gross weight and the mass in a ready-todrivecondition, not the actual weight of the vehicle, is stated in thevehicle documents. For your own safety, we recommend that you haveyour loaded vehicle (with passengers) weighed on a public weighbridgebefore you set out on your journey.The payload (see section 4.3.1) is the difference in weight betweenMaximum permissible gross weight in a laden condition andVehicle mass complete in a ready-to-drive condition.Example for calculatingthe payloadMaximum permissible gross weight accordingto vehicle documentsVehicle mass in a ready-to-drive condition,including basic equipment accordingto vehicle documentsThis results in a permissible payloadofConventional load e.g.: 3 persons eachweighing 75 kgMass in kg to becalculated3500- 3070430- 225Additional equipment - 40For the personal equipment this resultsin= 165CalculationThe calculation of the payload from the difference between the maximum permissiblegross weight in laden condition and the mass specified by the manufacturerin ready-to-drive condition is however only a theoretical value.Only if the vehicle is weighed with full tanks (fuel and water), full gas bottlesand complete additional equipment on a public weighbridge, can the actualpayload be determined.To do this, proceed as follows:First only drive the vehicle on to the weighbridge with the front wheels andhave it weighed.Then drive the vehicle on to the weighbridge with the back wheels and haveit weighed.The individual values give the current axle loads. These are important for thecorrect loading of the vehicle (see section 4.3.3). The sum of these values isthe current weight of the vehicle.The actual payload is the difference between the maximum permissible grossweight in laden condition and the weighed vehicle weight.This can be used to determine the weight that remains for the personal equipment:Determine the weight of the passengers and subtract it from the value forthe actual payload.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN29

4Before the journeyThe result is the weight that is permitted for the actual load of the personalequipment.4.3.3 Loading the vehicle correctlyFor safety reasons, never exceed the maximum permissible grossweight in a laden condition.Distribute the load evenly on the left and right sides of the vehicle.Distribute the load evenly on both axles. In doing so, observe the axleloads specified in the vehicle documents. Observe the permissible loadcarryingcapacity of the tyres (see chapter 14).Heavy loads behind the rear axle can reduce the load on the front axledue to the leverage effect ( ). This applies especially to long rearextensions, if a motorbike is transported on the rear carrier or if there isa heavy load in the rear storage space. The release of the front axle negativelyaffects the driving quality, especially for front-driven vehicles.Store all objects in such a way that they cannot slip.Store heavy objects (awning, tin cans, etc.) close to the axles. Low-lyingstorage compartments whose doors do not open in the direction of travelare particularly suited for storing heavy objects.Stack light objects (laundry) in the roof storage cabinets.Load the bike rack with bicycles only (max. four units).FormulasLarge storage spaces, such as the rear garage, also have room for heavyobjects (e.g. motorcycle). This might mean that the axle load on the rear axleis exceeded.However, the individual axles may not be overloaded under any circumstances.That is why it is important, at which distance to the axles the load isstored.To distribute the load correctly, you will need a scale, a tape measure, a calculatorand some time.Two simple formulas are needed to calculate the effect of the weight of theload on the axles:A x G : R = weight on the rear axleWeight on the rear axle – G = weight on the front axleExplanation A = distance between storage compartment and front axle in cmG = weight of the load in the storage compartment in kgR = wheelbase of the vehicle (distance between axles) in cm Measure the external distances horizontally from the centre of the frontwheel to the centre of the storage compartment or to the centre of the backwheel.30 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Before the journey4Calculating axle loads:Multiply the distance between storage compartment and front axle (A) withthe weight of the load in the storage compartment (G) and divide the resultby the wheelbase (R). The result is the weight of the load in the storagecompartment on the rear axle. Make a note of this weight and of the storagecompartment.In a second step, subtract the weight in the storage compartment (G) fromthe weight calculated beforehand. If the result is a positive value(example 1), this means that the load on the front axle is reduced by thisvalue. If the result is a negative value (example 2), this means that the loadon the front axle is increased. Make a note of this value, too.Calculate all storage compartments of the vehicle in the same way.In a last step, add all weights calculated for the rear axle to the rear axleload and add (or subtract) all weights calculated for the front axle to (from)the front axle load.How to determine rear axle load and front axle load is described insection 4.3.2.If the calculated value exceeds the permissible axle load, the load must be distributedin a different way.If the load on the front axle is too low, the grip of the tyres on the road isreduced (traction). This applies in particular to vehicles with front wheel drive.In this case, the load must be redistributed, too.Example 1 Example 2Example calculation Distance to the front axle A (A1) 450 (cm) (A2) 250 (cm)Weight in the storage compartment G x 100 (kg) x 50 (kg)Wheelbase of the vehicle R ÷ 325 (cm) ÷ 325 (cm)Load on the rear axle(add to the axle load)138.5 (kg) 38.5 (kg)Weight in the storage compartment - 100 (kg) - 50 (kg)Load relief to the front axle(subtract from the axle load)Load on the front axle(add to the axle load)38.5 (kg)-11.5 (kg)4.3.4 Roof loadAccess the roof only when a roof rail has been fitted. Always use theladder at the rear to climb onto the roof.Take care when stepping onto the ladder. There is danger of slippingwhen the ladder is moist or icy.Take care when stepping onto the roof. There is danger of slipping whenthe roof is moist or icy.Do not overload the roof. Road behaviour and brake reaction deteriorateas the roof load increases.If the vehicle is equipped with a roof rail, load racks can be mounted on theroof rail for roof loads (e.g. for surfboards, rubber boats or light canoes).Special girder systems are available as accessory. Your dealer will bepleased to advise you.The maximum permissible roof load is 75 kg.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN31

4Before the journey The vehicle roof is not suitable for localised load. Before stepping on to theroof, extensively cover the area you will be treading on. Materials with asmooth or soft surface are suitable, for example, a thick polystyrene panel.Secure roof loads with tension belts. Do not use rubber expanders.Observe the overall height of the vehicle when the roof rack is loaded. The driver's cabin should have a clearly visible notice stating the overallheight. This eliminates the need for calculations at bridges and thoroughfares.Rear ladderFig. 1Rear ladder lockFolding downwards:Folding upwards:Insert the key into the locking cylinder (Fig. 1,2) of the rear ladder lock(Fig. 1,1) and turn it a quarter turn until the key is in a vertical position.Hold the foldable part of the rear ladder (Fig. 1,4) and swing out thesecuring bracket (Fig. 1,5).Pull out the key and fold the rear ladder downwards.Fold the rear ladder upwards and hold it firmly.Insert the key into the locking cylinder (Fig. 1,2) of the rear ladder lock(Fig. 1,1).Swivel the securing bracket (Fig. 1,5) inward around the tube of the fixedpart of the rear ladder (Fig. 1,3).Turn the key a quarter turn until it is in a horizontal position.Check the rear ladder lock: Slightly pull on the rear ladder.4.3.5 Rear garage/rear storage spaceObserve the permissible axle loads and maximum permissible grossweight when loading the rear garage/the rear storage space.Depending on the model, the maximum permissible load for the reargarage / rear storage space is between 150 kg and 250 kg. Do notexceed the permissible rear axle load.Observe: If the rear garage or (depending on the model) the rear storagespace is loaded to its maximum capacity, this will reduce the load onthe front axle due to the levering action. The driving quality is impaired.32 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Before the journey4Depending on the vehicle equipment, clamping rails with clamping eyeletsare mounted in the rear garage or in the rear storage space. Always secureloads onto the clamping eyelets. Always use tightening straps or lashingnets for securing the load, never rubber expanders.When clamping loads, always check that the clamping eyelets are placedtightly in the clamping rails. If the clamping eyelet is not anchored tightly inthe clamping rail, the load may slide or loosen during forcible movementsof the steering wheel or when braking.Distribute the load evenly. Excessive spot loads can lead to damages ofthe floor covering.1 Clamping eyelet2 Clamping railFig. 2Clamping eyelets rear garageMoving the clampingeyelets:Turn the clamping eyelet (Fig. 2,1) half a turn in an anticlockwise direction.Push the clamping eyelet into the clamping rail (Fig. 2,2) to the desiredposition.Give clamping eyelet one half turn in a clockwise direction. The clampingeyelet sits tightly in the clamping rail again.Check that the clamping eyelet is tight.4.3.6 Double floorObserve the permissible axle loads and maximum permissible grossweight when loading the double floor.Distribute the load evenly. Excessive spot loads can lead to damages ofthe floor covering.4.3.7 Sliding drawer Do not place loads weighing more than 40 kg into the sliding drawer.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN33

4Before the journey4.3.8 Bike rackObserve the permissible axle loads and maximum permissible grossweight when loading the bike rack.Bicycles may not jut out beyond the maximum width of the vehicle.Adjust the attachments for the bikes accordingly.Load the bike rack with bicycles only (max. four units).Check the secure attachment of the bicycles on the bike rack after thefirst 10 km and then at each break in the journey.The identification plate and rear lights must not be covered.Driving with a folded out bike rack without bicycles is not permitted.Before every journey, check:Is the bike rack without bicycles folded in correctly?Are the bicycles securely fastened to the bike rack using the bike rackbelts?Loading the bike rack withbicyclesWhen loading the bike rack, observe the centre of gravity. The centre of gravityof the bicycles must be as close as possible to the rear wall of the vehicle. Thebike rack should always be loaded from the inside to the outside.Loading the bike rack correctly:Depending on the model, fold the bike rack down or pull it out.Place the heaviest bicycle directly against the rear wall.Place the lightest bicycles in the centre or on the outside of the bike rack.Secure the front and rear wheels of each bicycle with the retaining strapson the bike rack.In addition, fasten the outermost bicycle depending on the model of thebike rack on the retaining clip or the retaining bracket and to the spacerrespectively.If the bike rack is only loaded with one bicycle, position the bicycle as closelyas possible to the rear wall.4.3.9 Load rack, extendableDo not exceed the rear axle load.Heavy loads behind the rear axle can reduce the load on the front axledue to the leverage effect ( ). This applies especially to long rearextensions, if a motorbike is transported on the rear carrier or if there isa heavy load in the rear storage space. The release of the front axle negativelyaffects the driving quality, especially for front-driven vehicles.Always make sure to store the load roadworthy and secure it againstfalling.The load may not jut out beyond the maximum width of the vehicle. Thelighting and the official licence plate on the load rack may not be coveredby the load.Always push in and secure the load rack after use.34 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Before the journey4 The load rack and caravan coupling may not be used simultaneously.The load rack has a EG type approval number.Observe the country-specific regulations. Also read the manufacturer's instruction manual.The load rack permits transport of a load (e.g. a motor scooter or up to fourbicycles) weighing up to 150 kg.Different attachments are available to transport the load. Our authoriseddealers and service centres will be happy to advise you.Fig. 3 Lock on extension, released Fig. 4 Lock on extension, lockedPulling out:Turn the spring latch (Fig. 3,1) on both sides half a turn and allow to engagein the locking position (Fig. 3).Pull load rack (Fig. 3,2) out straight as far as it will go.Turn the spring latch on both sides back half a turn and allow to engage(Fig. 4).Fig. 5Lamp holder lockLoosen knurled screws (Fig. 5,2) on both sides.Fold up lamp holder (Fig. 5,1).Retighten the knurled screws.Connect the electrics between the load rack and the vehicle.Pushing in:Disconnect the electrics between the load rack and the vehicle.Loosen knurled screws (Fig. 5,2) on both sides.Fold in lamp holder (Fig. 5,1).Retighten the knurled screws.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN35

4Before the journeyTurn the spring latch (Fig. 4,2) on both sides half a turn and allow to engagein the locking position (Fig. 3).Push load rack (Fig. 4,1) in straight as far as it will go.Turn the spring latch on both sides back half a turn and allow to engage.4.4 TowingCare is to be taken when connecting and detaching a trailer. Risk of accidentand injury!No persons are to be between the towing vehicle and the trailer duringpositioning for connecting and detaching.Observe the permissible nose weight and rear axle load of the towingvehicle. Nose weight and rear axle load must not be exceeded. Thevalues of the nose weight and rear axle load are included in the documentsof the vehicle and the caravan coupling.Trailer with an overrun brake: Do not connect or detach trailer with theoverrun brake on.Caravan coupling with detachable ball neck: If the ball neck is mountedincorrectly, there is the danger of the trailer breaking away. Observe theinstruction manual for the caravan coupling.4.5 Entrance stepBefore commencing the journey and after short interruptions of thejourney, ensure that the entrance step is completely retracted.Do not stand in the direct range of the entrance step while it is beingretracted or extended.Do not step on the entrance step until it has extended completely. Thereis a risk of injury.Do not under any circumstances raise or lower persons or loads with theentrance step.Take note of the different step heights and make certain that the ground isfirm and even when exiting.Do not grease or lubricate the pivot bearing and joints of the entrance step(see chapter 12).36 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Before the journey44.5.1 Mechanically operated entrance step If the entrance step has not been properly retracted and locked into place,a warning tone is heard when the ignition is switched on.Fig. 6Mechanically operatedentrance stepPulling out: Pull the entrance step forwards (Fig. 6,2) until it latches into place.Pushing in: Slightly lift the entrance step (Fig. 6,1).Push the entrance step as far as it will go under the base of the vehicle(Fig. 6,3). Ensure that the entrance step latches in place (Fig. 6,4).4.5.2 Electrically operated entrance stepIf the entrance step has not been properly retracted and locked into place,a warning tone is heard when the ignition is switched on.Follow the warning notice on the entrance step.Fig. 7Warning notice for entrancestepBefore stepping on the entrance step, fully extend it (Fig. 7).Operating switchThe switch to operate the entrance step is located on the inside of the vehiclein the area of the conversion door.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN37

4Before the journeyFig. 8Operating switch entrancestepExtending:Retracting:Emergency operationPress the rocker switch (Fig. 8,1) down until the entrance step hasextended completely.Press the rocker switch (Fig. 8,1) up until the entrance step has retractedcompletely.If the electric drive of the entrance step fails, follow the directions below tomanually retract the entrance step:Pull out the securing splint from the connection to the engine.Release the rectangular connection to the engine using a suitable object(e.g. a screwdriver).Push in the entrance step by hand and secure it using a suitable device(e.g. a string).Contact customer service.4.6 PVC-floor coveringShoes with pointed heels can leave permanent impressions in the PVCfloorcovering. Never wear shoes with pointed heels in the vehicle.Rubber mats or long exposure to ketchup, carrot juice, ink, blood or lipstickcan discolour the PVC-floor covering. If possible, remove stains from thefloor immediately.4.7 TelevisionBefore commencing the journey, remove the television from the supportand store it securely.Before commencing the journey, place and secure the flat screen andscreen support in the initial position. If stored in the TV cabinet, close theTV cabinet.Before commencing the journey, ensure that the antenna is in park position.Danger of accidents! Park position means: The antenna pointstowards the back, is fully lowered and is locked in this position.Further information on positioning the flat screen can be obtained fromchapter 7.38 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Before the journey4Fig. 9 Television (flat screen) Fig. 10 Alternative: Television (flatscreen)Storing the television in theTV cabinet:Rotate the television to its initial position (Fig. 9) and lock it into place.Use handle (Fig. 9,1) to push the holder for the flat screen backwards. Thelatch (Fig. 9,2) will engage.Close TV cabinet.4.8 Snow chainsOnly mount snow chains if there is a clearance of at least 50 mm betweenthe tyres and the vehicle body.When using snow chains, the tyres, wheel suspension and steering aresubjected to an additional load. When using snow chains, drive slowly(maximum speed 50 km/h) and only on streets which are completely coveredwith snow. Otherwise the vehicle could be damaged.Observe the fitting instructions issued by the manufacturer of the snowchains.Only use snow chains approved by the manufacturer.Do not fit snow chains on alloy wheel rims.If the drive axle of the vehicle has twin tyres (2 tyres next to each other),mount the the snow chains to the outer tyres.For vehicles manufactured by Ford with front-wheel drive: Snow chains areonly permitted if tyres of the size 195/75 R16 are mounted.The use of snow chains is subject to the legal regulations of the individualcountries.Always mount snow chains to the drive wheels.After a few metres, check the tension of the snow chains.4.9 Road safety Check tyre pressure before a journey or every 2 weeks. Wrong tyrepressure causes excessive wear and can lead to damage or even to tyreburst. You can lose control of the vehicle.Before commencing the journey, work through the checklist:Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN39

4Before the journeyNo. Checks CheckedBase vehicle 1 All vehicle documents are on board2 Tyres in proper condition3 Vehicle lighting, brake lights and reversing lights function4 Oil levels for engine, gearbox and power steering controlled5 Coolant and fluid for windscreen washers filled up6 Brakes function7 Brakes react evenly8 When braking, the vehicle remains in the laneHousing body, outside 9 Awning completely retracted10 Roof free of snow and ice (in winter)11 External connections and lines disconnected and stored away12 External supports removed13 Fitted steady legs retracted and fixed in place14 Wheel chocks removed and stored away15 Entrance step retracted (observe warning tone)16 External flaps closed and locked17 Conversion door locked18 Overall height of the vehicle including roof rack when loadedmeasured and noted. Keep the height information close athand in the driver's cabinHousing body, inside 19 Windows and skylights closed and locked20 Television secured in the TV cabinet or removed from the supportand stored securely21 Television antenna retracted (if one is built in)22 Loose parts stored away or fixed in position23 Open storage spaces empty24 No gas cartridges or other easily flammable materials stored inthe roof cupboard of the awning light25 Refrigerator door secured26 Refrigerator set to 12 V operation27 All drawers and flaps closed28 Living area doors and sliding doors secured29 Pull-down bed fixed to roof with retaining belt pulled tight30 Swivel seat locking device for driver's seat and front passenger'sseat locked31 Children's seats mounted to seats with three-point safety belts32 Shades in the driver's cabin opened and secured40 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Before the journey4No. Checks CheckedGas system 33 Gas bottles firmly fixed in the gas bottle compartment so thatthey are unable to turn34 Protective cap set on top of the gas bottle35 Regulator tap on the gas bottle and gas isolator taps areclosedElectrical system 36 Check the battery voltage of the starter and living area battery(see chapter 9). If the panel indicates that the battery voltageis too low, the respective battery will need to be recharged.Observe the notes and instructions in chapter 9Commence journey with fully charged starter andliving area batteries.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN41

4Before the journey42 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

During the journey5Chapter overviewThis chapter contains instructions on how to drive the motorhome.The instructions address the following topics:driving speedbrakes seat beltsseats and headreststhe backrest adjustment mechanism for the benchseating arrangementbranch blockelectrical window winderselectrically adjustable external mirrorsRoman shades in the driver's cabinwriting and reading restbonnet windscreen washer fluid containerchecking the oil levelfilling the tank5During the journey5.1 Driving the motorhomeThe base vehicle is a commercial vehicle (small truck). Adjust yourdriving technique accordingly.Before commencing the journey and after short interruptions of thejourney, ensure that the entrance step is completely retracted.During the journey, seat belts should always be worn at the seats thathave seat belts mounted.Never open your seat belts when travelling.Passengers must remain in the seats provided.The doors must remain locked.Avoid braking with a jerk.If a navigation system is used, only change the destination when thevehicle is stationary. Drive to a car park or stop in a safe area whenchanging the destination.Do not play DVDs using the monitor of the navigation system during thejourney.Drive slowly on poor roads.Take extreme care when driving onto ferries, crossing uneven roads anddriving in reverse. Because of the relatively large overhang, larger vehiclesmight swing out and "touch ground" in unfavourable conditions. This cancause damage to the underbody or to parts fitted there. If an accident occurs as a result of these instructions not being observed,the manufacturer will not be responsible for damages caused. The safety measures stipulated in chapter 3 have to be observed. If a reversing camera is installed in the vehicle, the camera is automaticallyswitched on when driving in reverse gear.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN43

5During the journey5.2 Driving speedThe vehicle is equipped with a powerful engine. This means there aresufficient reserves in difficult traffic situations. This high power enablesa high maximum speed and requires above-average driving ability.The vehicle provides a large contact surface for wind. A sudden crosswindcan be especiallydangerous.Uneven or one-sided loading affects road performance.Driving on unknown streets, you may encounter hazardous road conditionsand unexpected driving situations. Therefore, in the interest ofsafety, make sure your driving speed is appropriate to any given drivingsituation and environment. Adhere to the national legal speed limits.5.3 BrakesHave defects on the braking system immediately remedied by an authorisedspecialistworkshop. Avoid block brakings. Block braking gives the tyres "brake plates" of varyingstrength. This reduces driving comfort. It might even make the tyresunserviceable.Before each journeyBefore each journey, check by means of a braking test:Do the brakes function?Do the brakes react evenly? Does the vehicle remain in the lane when braking?5.4 Seat beltsThe vehicle is equipped with automatic three-point safety belts in the livingarea on the seats for which seat belts are compulsory by law. National regulationsapply seat-belt fastening.Fasten your seat belts before the beginning of the journey and keepthem fastened during the journey.Do not damage or trap belts. Have damaged seat belts changed by anauthorised specialist workshop.Do not alter the belt fixing devices, automatic seat belt winders and thebelt clips.Inspect the screwed connections of the seat belts from time to time inorder to ensure that they are correctly seated.Only use one seat belt for one adult person.Do not belt in objects together with persons.Seat belts are not sufficient for persons who are less than 150 cm tall. Inthese cases use additional restraining devices. Observe test certificate.Factory-set three-point safety belts must be used when attaching childrestraint systems.44 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

During the journey5After an accident, replace the seat belts.During the journey, do not tilt the backrest too far backwards. Otherwisethe functionality of the seat belt is no longer guaranteed.5.4.1 Fastening the seat belt correctlyDo not twist the belt. The belt must be positioned smoothly against thebody.When fastening the seat belt, adopt the correct sitting position.The seat belt is fastened correctly when a fist can be passed between the bodyand the seat belt.5.5 Driver's seat and front passenger's seatBefore commencing the journey, rotate all swivel seats in the directionof travel and lock in position.The seats must remain fixed in position during the journey and are notto be rotated. The driver's and front passenger's seat are a part of the base vehicle,depending on model and vehicle equipment. In this case the adjustment ofthe seats is described in the operating instructions of the base vehicle.5.5.1 Seats (Aguti)1 Lengthways adjustment2 Armrest adjustment3 Rotating4 Backrest adjustment mechanismFig. 11Driver's and front passenger'sseats (Aguti)Rotating seats intodriving positionThe seats can be rotated in any direction. The seats can only be locked in positionin the direction of travel.Push both armrests upward.Push the driver's seat/front passenger's seat backwards or into the centralposition.Rotate the seat in the direction of travel and lock in position.Rotating the seats in the pitched vehicle is described in chapter 7.Move the seats all the way down before turning. Otherwise, the seatscannot be turned.Adjusting the armrestThe height of the armrests is infinitely adjustable.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN45

5During the journeyTurn the knurled wheel (Fig. 11,2) in an anticlockwise direction (whenviewed from the front). The latch of the armrest is released by this.Move the armrest to the desired position.Turn the knurled wheel as far as possible in a clockwise direction.Adjusting an appropriateseating positionThe position of the driver's and front passenger's seats can be adjusted. Thehandles which are required for this purpose are positioned to the front, right orleft of the seat.Pull the handle (Fig. 11,1). The seat can be moved forward or backward.Turn the knurled knob (Fig. 11,4). The angle of the backrest can beadjusted.Adjusting the seat heightDepending on the model, the height of the seat is infinitely adjustable.Fig. 12Seat height adjustmentPull the lever (Fig. 12,1) upwards.Take pressure off or apply pressure to seat. The seat moves up or down.5.5.2 Seats (ISRI)1 Armrest adjustment2 Lengthways adjustment3 Height adjustment4 Rotating5 Backrest adjustment mechanism Release lever when the desired position is reached. The seat is locked.Fig. 13Driver's and front passenger'sseats (ISRI)Rotating seats intodriving positionThe seats can be rotated in any direction. The seats can only be locked in positionin the direction of travel.Push both armrests upward.Push the driver's seat/front passenger's seat backwards or into the centralposition.Rotate the seat in the direction of travel and lock in position.46 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

During the journey5 Rotating the seats in the pitched vehicle is described in chapter 7.Adjusting the armrestThe height of the armrests is infinitely adjustable.For ease in handling, first move the armrest slightly upward.For fine adjustments, turn the handwheel (Fig. 13,1) upwards or downwards.Adjusting an appropriateseating positionBoth the height and the position of the driver's and front passenger's seats canbe adjusted. The handles which are required for this purpose are positioned tothe front, right or left of the seat. The backrest is under strong spring tension. If there is no resistance tothe backrest, it quickly moves forward after unlocking.If the backrest quickly moves forward uncontrolled it can damage the seatbeltlock.Pull the handle (Fig. 13,2). The seat can be moved forward or backward.Pull the handle (Fig. 13,5). The angle of the backrest can be adjusted.Pull the handle (Fig. 13,3). The seat can be lifted or lowered toward thefront.5.6 Headrests The headrests are not adjustable for all models.Fig. 14Bench headrestsBefore commencing the journey, adjust the headrests (Fig. 14,1) so that theback of the head is supported at approximately ear height. Push the headrestsupwards or downwards by hand.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN47

5During the journey5.7 Backrest adjustment mechanism for benchIf the vehicle is equipped with the backrest adjustment, the bench cannotbe converted into a bed.The inclination of the backrest can be adjusted with the backrest adjustmentmechanism "Travel Lounge".Fig. 15Backrest adjustment mechanismfor benchPull or press the bar (Fig. 15,1) under the seat (Fig. 15,3) upwards andhold it in this position.Push the seat on the rails (Fig. 15,2) to the desired position or carefully pullit forwards as far as it will go.Let go of the bar and move the seat forwards or backwards slightly until theseat can be heard to lock into place.5.8 Seating arrangement During the journey, persons are only to sit on the permitted seats. Theauthorised number of seats is stipulated in the vehicle documents.During the journey sitting on the divans is not permitted.Seat belts must be worn by all passengers.Fig. 16"Seat" symbolSeats which may be used during travel are equipped with a sticker (Fig. 16).48 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

During the journey55.9 Branch block (model I)Fig. 17Branch blockThe sliding regulator (Fig. 17,2) for the branch block (Fig. 17,1) is located onthe outside left of the dashboard.Vehicle heating is coupled with room heater by the sliding regulator. Thereforethe windscreen is heated when the vehicle is at a standstill.During mobile operation, close the branch block (slide the sliding regulator allthe way down) so that the complete power of the vehicle heater can reach tothe front and side panes.5.10 Electrical window winders (model I)Remove hands and other objects from the window before closing.Even if you leave your vehicle just briefly, remove the ignition key fromthe steering lock. Otherwise children may be able to operate the windowwinder and injure themselves.Fig. 18Switch for electrical windowwinderThere is an electrical window winder (Fig. 18) on the driver's side of thevehicle.Opening: Press lower part of the switch (Fig. 18,2).Closing: Press upper part of the switch (Fig. 18,1).Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN49

5During the journey5.11 Electrically adjustable external mirrors (model I)Depending on the model, the vehicle is equipped with two electrically adjustableand heated external mirrors. The switches for external mirror adjustmentand the mirror heater are on the dashboard.Fig. 19Switch for electrically adjustableexternal mirrors andmirror heater Adjusting: Select the mirror to be adjusted. To do so, turn the rotary switch (Fig. 19,1)to the left or right.Adjust the mirror by pressing the switch (Fig. 19,1) in the appropriate direction.Switching on the heater:Press the switch (Fig. 19,2). The switch indicator lamp shows it is in operation.5.12 Roman shades for windscreen, driver's window andfront passenger's window While travelling, the Roman shades for the windscreen, driver's windowand front passenger's window must be open, in a fixed position andsecured.Fig. 20Lock for the Roman shade ofthe windscreenFig. 21Lock for the Roman shade ofthe windscreen (model I)Securing the Roman shadefor the windscreen:Use the handle (Fig. 20,2 and Fig. 21,1) to pull the two halves of theRoman shade for the windscreen outwards as far as they will go.Push the locking knobs (Fig. 20,1) upward or downward. If the red dot isvisible, the lock is open.50 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

During the journey5Fig. 22Locking mechanism for Romanshades on driver's/front passenger'swindowsSecuring the Roman shadefor the driver's / frontpassenger's window:On the Roman shades for the driver's and passenger's window, push thehandle (Fig. 22,1) onto the cap. The Roman shade is secured.5.13 Writing and reading rest During the journey the writing and reading rest must be closed.If there is a passenger airbag, the writing and reading rest is locked so itcannot be opened.Fig. 23Writing and reading restDepending on the model, the motorhome is equipped with a writing andreading rest (Fig. 23).5.14 BonnetWhen the bonnet is open, there is a risk of injury in the engine compartment.Even if the engine was switched off some time ago, it might still be hot.Danger of burns! Do not work in the engine compartment while the engine is running. The bonnet must be kept firmly closed and locked during the journey.After closing, check whether the lock has engaged. In order to carry thisout, pull on the bonnet.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN51

5During the journey5.14.1 Model IFig. 24Release knob on the inside ofthe bonnetFig. 25Release knob on the outside ofthe bonnetOpening:Closing:Pull the lever (Fig. 24,1) situated on the left-hand side of the vehicle on thedashboard. The bonnet opens as far as the safety hook allows.Reach under the bonnet with one hand and actuate the safety hook(Fig. 25,1). Do this by reaching behind the plate (Fig. 25,2) and pulling itforward.Move the bonnet in an arch forwards and upwards.Move the bonnet in an arch downwards and backwards until the latch locksaudibly in place.Check whether the bonnet is locked correctly. In order to carry this out, pullon the bonnet.5.14.2 Fortero, VanFig. 26Bonnet release mechanismFortero, VanOpening:Closing:Insert the ignition key (Fig. 26,3) in the locking cylinder (Fig. 26,1) in theradiator grille (Fig. 26,2).Press in the ignition key and turn it one quarter turn in an anticlockwisedirection. The bonnet is unlatched.Turn the ignition key back in a clockwise direction past the central position.The bonnet is open and swings upward.Turn the ignition key back to the central position (Fig. 26) and remove it.Move the bonnet downwards until the catch lock engages audibly.Check whether the bonnet is locked correctly. In order to carry this out, pullon the bonnet.52 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

During the journey55.15 Filling washer fluid (model I)Fig. 27Washer fluid container fillerneckUnlock and open the bonnet.Remove the lid (Fig. 27,1) from the filler neck of the washer fluid container.Slowly fill in washer fluid.Push the lid onto the filler neck of the washer fluid container.5.16 Checking the oil level (model I)1 Oil dipstickFig. 28Oil dipstick (I model)The oil dipstick (Fig. 28,1) is located behind the front crossbeam. The oil dipstickis marked in red.5.17 Filling up with dieselNo appliance operated via the built-in burner (e.g. heater or refrigerator)may be in operation when filling the tank, on ferries or in the garage.Danger of explosion!The cap for the fuel filler neck and for the fresh water filler neck are verysimilar. Before filling the tank, always check the label. The fuel filler neck is labelled with the word "Diesel".The fuel filler neck is situated on the exterior of the vehicle, at the front left.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN53

5During the journeyFig. 29Cap for the fuel filler neckOpening:Closing:Insert the key in the locking cylinder (Fig. 29,1) and turn it in an anticlockwisedirection.Remove cap.Place the cap on the fuel filler neck.Turn key in a clockwise direction.Remove the key.Check that the cap is fastened securely on the fuel filler neck.54 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Pitching the motorhome6Chapter overviewThis chapter contains instructions on how to pitch the vehicle.The instructions address the following topics:handbrakeentrance stepwheel chocksoperation of the supports240 V connectionrefrigerator6Pitching the motorhomePitch the vehicle so that it is as horizontal as possible. Secure the vehicleto prevent it from rolling.Animals (especially mice) can cause great damage to the interior of thevehicle. To prevent this from happening, regularly check the vehicle fordamages or animal traces after pitching.6.1 HandbrakeFirmly apply the handbrake when parking the vehicle. If there is any risk of frost, release the handbrake every now and then andapply it again. This will prevent it from freezing or rusting. Prior to releasingthe handbrake, secure the vehicle so that is cannot roll away.6.2 Entrance stepIn order to exit the vehicle, first fully extend the entrance step.6.3 Wheel chocksWhen parking the vehicle on slopes or inclines use the wheel chocks.If the maximum permissible gross weight of the vehicle exceeds 4 tonnes,wheel chocks must be used when parking on gradients. The wheel chocks areprovided as standard for vehicles with a maximum permissible gross weightexceeding 4 tonnes.6.4 Supports6.4.1 General instructions Do not use the fitted supports as a vehicle jack. They supports are only forstabilising the parked vehicle to prevent the rear axle from bottoming out.and secure them.When pitching the vehicle, ensure that the supports are evenly loaded.Before driving away, wind up the supports as far as they can go, fully retract When the ground is soft, place a pad or block under the supports in orderto prevent the vehicle from sinking into the ground.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN55

6Pitching the motorhome6.4.2 Steady legs (SAWIKO) Depending on the model, the hexagonal nut has a joint, which can be usedto bring the attached socket spanner into a more convenient position forturning.In order to ensure their correct function, clean and grease the interior tubes ofthe steady legs regularly.The length of the steady legs can be adjusted according to the model.Fig. 30Steady legExtending:Place the socket spanner on the hexagon nut (Fig. 30,1) and rotate untilthe steady leg is in a perpendicular downward position.If the length of the steady leg can be adjusted, remove the splint (Fig. 30,4)out of the support foot extension (Fig. 30,5).Pull out the support foot extension until it has reached the required length.Insert the splint in the support foot extension.Rotate the hexagonal nut until the steady leg rests completely on theground and the vehicle is in a horizontal position.Retracting:Place the socket spanner on the hexagon nut (Fig. 30,1) and rotate untilthe steady leg is clear of the ground.If the length of the steady leg can be adjusted, remove the splint (Fig. 30,4)out of the support foot extension (Fig. 30,5).Push in the support foot extension (Fig. 30,5) and insert the splint(Fig. 30,4) in the drilled hole in the support foot extension.Rotate the hexagonal nut (Fig. 30,1) until the steady leg has swungupwards and the guide (Fig. 30,2) has reached the very end of the slot(Fig. 30,3). Before commencing the journey, observe the following: Are all steady legsand support foot extensions retracted completely and secured with thesplint?6.4.3 Steady legs (AL-KO) Depending on the model, the hexagonal nut has a joint, which can be usedto bring the attached socket spanner into a more convenient position forturning.In order to ensure their correct function, clean and grease the interior tubes ofthe steady legs regularly.The length of the steady legs can be adjusted according to the model.56 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Pitching the motorhome6Fig. 31Steady legExtending:Place the socket spanner on the hexagon nut (Fig. 31,1) and rotate untilthe steady leg is in a perpendicular downward position.Remove the splint (Fig. 31,4) out of the support foot extension (Fig. 31,5).Extend the support foot extension until it has reached the required length.Insert the splint in the support foot extension.Rotate the hexagonal nut until the steady leg rests completely on theground and the vehicle is in a horizontal position.Retracting:Place the socket spanner on the hexagon nut (Fig. 31,1) and rotate untilthe steady leg is clear of the ground.Remove the splint (Fig. 31,4) out of the support foot extension (Fig. 31,5).Push in the support foot extension (Fig. 31,5) and insert the splint(Fig. 31,4) in the drilled hole in the support foot extension.Rotate the hexagonal nut (Fig. 31,1) with the socket spanner until thesteady leg has swung upwards and the guide disc (Fig. 31,3) has completelyretracted into the notch (Fig. 31,2). Before commencing the journey, observe the following: Are all steady legsand support foot extensions retracted completely and secured with thesplint?6.5 240 V connectionThe vehicle can be connected to a 240 V power supply (see chapter 9).6.6 RefrigeratorThe 12 V operation of the refrigerator is only possible when the vehicle engineis running. When the vehicle engine is switched off, switch the refrigerator to240 V operation or gas operation.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN57

6Pitching the motorhome58 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Living7Chapter overviewThis chapter contains instructions about living in the vehicle.The instructions address the following topics:opening and closing the doors and external flapsventilation of the vehicleopening and closing the windows and blindsopening and closing the skylightsrotating the seatsmodifying the table surfacesconverting tablespositioning the televisionadjusting the halogen spotlightslight switchesextending the seating groupsuse of the beds7Living7.1 Doors Only drive with locked doors.Locking the doors can prevent them from opening of their own accord, e.g.during an accident.Locked doors also prevent forced entry, e.g. when waiting at traffic lights.However, in an emergency, locked doors make it more difficult for helpersto enter the vehicle.When leaving the vehicle, always lock the doors.Depending on the model, the locks of the driver's and the front passenger'sdoors are part of the base vehicle. In this case, the opening and closing ofthe driver's door and the front passenger's door is described in the operatingmanual of the base vehicle.7.1.1 Conversion door, outsideFig. 32Door lock of conversion door,outsideOpening:Insert the key into locking cylinder (Fig. 32,1) and turn until the door lock isunlatched.Return the key to the central position and remove it.Pull on the handle (Fig. 32,2). The door is open.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN59

7LivingLocking:Insert the key into locking cylinder (Fig. 32,1) and turn until the door lock isengaged.Return the key to the central position and remove it.7.1.2 Conversion door, outside (with recessed handle)Fig. 33Door lock of conversion door,outsideOpening:Locking:Insert the key into locking cylinder (Fig. 33,1) and turn until the door lock isunlatched.Return the key to the central position and remove it.Pull on the handle (Fig. 33,2). The door is open.Insert the key into locking cylinder (Fig. 33,1) and turn until the door lock isengaged.Return the key to the central position and remove it.7.1.3 Conversion door, outside (Hartal)Fig. 34Door lock of conversion door,outsideOpening:Locking:Insert the key into locking cylinder (Fig. 34,2) and turn until the door lock isunlatched.Return the key to the central position and remove it.Pull on the handle (Fig. 34,1). The door is open.Insert the key into locking cylinder (Fig. 34,2) and turn until the door lock isengaged.Return the key to the central position and remove it.60 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Living77.1.4 Conversion door, inside (with knob)Fig. 35Door lock of conversion door,inside, openFig. 36Door lock of conversion door,inside, lockedOpening:Locking:Turn the knob in an anticlockwise direction (Fig. 35,1). The door lock isunlatched.Turn the door knob approx. 45° in a clockwise direction (Fig. 35,2) andleave in this position (Fig. 36).7.1.5 Conversion door, inside (with locking lever)Fig. 37Door lock of conversion door,insideOpening:Pull on the handle (Fig. 37,1). The door lock is unlatched. The locking lever(Fig. 37,2) jumps out automatically.Locking: Press the locking lever (Fig. 37,2).Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN61

7Living7.1.6 Conversion door, inside (Hartal)Fig. 38Door lock of conversion door,insideOpening:Locking: Pull on the handle (Fig. 38,1). The door lock is unlatched. Turn the safety knob (Fig. 38,2) in a clockwise direction.7.1.7 Driver's door, outsideFig. 39Door lock of driver's door, outsideOpening:Locking:Insert the key into locking cylinder (Fig. 39,1) and turn until the door lock isunlatched.Return the key to the central position and remove it.Pull on the handle (Fig. 39,2). The door is open.Insert the key into locking cylinder (Fig. 39,1) and turn until the door lock isengaged.Return the key to the central position and remove it.62 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Living77.1.8 Driver's door, insideFig. 40Door lock of driver's door,insideOpening:Pull on the handle (Fig. 40,2). The door lock is unlatched. The locking lever(Fig. 40,1) jumps out automatically.Locking: Press the locking lever (Fig. 40,1).7.1.9 Insect screen door, can be folded outAn insect screen door is integrated in the conversion door. The insect screendoor can be opened outward. In the process the conversion door stays open.Fig. 41 Insect screen door, closed Fig. 42 Insect screen door, opened outExtending:Fully open the conversion door and fix to the exterior wall.Depending on the model, turn the latch (Fig. 41,1 or Fig. 42,3) a quarterturn or push it back.Open the insect screen door.Push rail (Fig. 42,1) in the direction of the arrow for stabilisation.Fully close insect screen door and push latch (Fig. 42,3) in the direction ofthe arrow.Retracting:Unlatch insect screen door. To do this, push the latch (Fig. 42,3) in theopposite direction of the arrow.Open insect screen door.Push rail (Fig. 42,1) in the opposite direction of the arrow.Fold in the insect screen door. The latching (Fig. 42,2) engages.Press the insect screen door on the conversion door and, depending on themodel, (Fig. 41,1 or Fig. 42,3) turn the latch one quarter turn or slide it intothe holder on the frame.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN63

7Living7.1.10 Insect screen on the conversion door, extendable Open the insect screen completely before closing the conversion door.Fig. 43Insect screenClosing: Pull out the insect screen completely by the bar (Fig. 43,1).Opening: Push the insect screen into its initial position by the bar (Fig. 43,1).7.1.11 Window of conversion door (Hartal)The conversion door window is fitted with a Roman shade.Fig. 44Roman shadeClosing:Opening:Grasp the Roman shade (Fig. 44,2) using the holding bar (Fig. 44,1), pullit upwards and then release it at the desired height. The Roman shade willstay at this height. Grip the Roman shade in the middle of the bar and push it down.64 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Living77.2 External flapsBefore commencing the journey, close all external flaps and lock them.To open and close the external flap, open or close all locks that are fittedto the external flap. When leaving the vehicle, close all external flaps.The external flaps fitted to the vehicle are all fitted with identical locking cylinders.Therefore, all locks can be opened with a single key.7.2.1 Flap lock with recessed handleTo open the external flap, pull all the lock handles fitted to that particularexternal flap at the same time.Fig. 45Flap lock with recessed handleOpening:Closing:Insert key into locking cylinder (Fig. 45,1) and turn a quarter turn. The flaplock is unlatched.Remove the key.Pull on the lock handle (Fig. 45,2). The external flap is open.Firmly close the external flap.Insert key into locking cylinder and turn a quarter turn. The flap lock islocked.Remove the key.7.2.2 Flap lock, elliptical-shapedDuring rain, water can penetrate the opened flap lock. Therefore close thelock handle.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN65

7LivingFig. 46Flap lock, elliptical-shaped,closedOpening:Closing:Insert key into locking cylinder (Fig. 46,1) and turn a quarter turn in an anticlockwisedirection. The lock handle (Fig. 46,2) snaps out.Remove the key.Turn lock handle one quarter turn in an anticlockwise direction. The flaplock is open.Firmly close the external flap.Turn lock handle in a clockwise direction until it is horizontal. The flap lockis now engaged but not locked.Insert key into locking cylinder.Press down lock handle with key inserted and turn key a quarter turn in aclockwise direction. The lock handle will stay bolted.Remove the key.7.2.3 Sliding drawerjourney.Do not place loads weighing more than 40 kg into the sliding drawer.Always fasten the boxes with the tension belts before commencing theFig. 47Sliding drawerOpening:Open the flap lock (Fig. 47,2) as described above.Pull out the sliding drawer. Loosen the tension belts (Fig. 47,1).66 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Living77.3 Ventilation The oxygen in the vehicle interior is used up by breathing and the use ofgas operated appliances. That is why the oxygen needs to be replacedon a constant basis. For this purpose, forced ventilation options (e.g.skylights with forced ventilation, mushroom-shaped vents or floor vents)are fitted to the vehicle. Never cover or block forced ventilations from theinside or outside with objects such as e.g. a winter mat. Keep forced ventilationsclear of snow and leaves. There is a danger of suffocation dueto increased CO 2 levels.Although sufficient ventilation is provided, in certain weather conditions,condensation can form on metal objects (e.g. screwed connections in thefloor).Additional cold spots can occur at thermal "bridges" (e.g. mushroomshapedvents, skylight edges, sockets, filler necks, flaps,etc.).CondensationEnsure that there is a continuous exchange of air by providing frequent andefficient ventilation. This is the only method for ensuring that condensation isnot formed during cool weather. During the colder season, a pleasant living climateis created if heating output, air distribution and ventilation are synchronized.To avoid draft close the air outlet nozzles on the dashboard and set theair distribution of the base vehicle to air circulation. If the vehicle is laid up fora longer period, occasionally ventilate it well, especially in summer as heataccumulation can occur.7.4 WindowsThe windows are fitted with a blind or Roman shade and with an insectscreen or folding insect screen. After the latch has been released, the blindand insect screen automatically spring back to the initial position by tensileforce. In order not to damage the tension mechanics, hold onto the blind orinsect screen and allow it to slowly return to the initial position. The Romanshade and folding insect screen are made of thin woven fabric. In order notto damage the Roman shade or the insect screen, grasp the respectivehandle and carefully return it to the initial position.Do not keep blinds closed over a longer period of time as that can causeincreased material wear.If the blind or the Roman shade is completely closed, exposure to directsunlight can cause heat to accumulate between the blind/the Roman shadeand the glass window. The window could be damaged. For that reason,close the blind/Roman shade only 2/3 of the way in direct sunlight.Before commencing the journey, close the windows.Depending on the weather, close the windows far enough to prevent mois-ture from entering.To open and close the hinged window, open or close all catch levers whichare fitted to the hinged window. When leaving the vehicle, always close the windows. In extreme weather conditions or if the temperature fluctuates strongly, alight condensation film can form on the double-glazed acrylic glass. Theglass is designed in such a way that condensation can evaporate when theexternal temperature increases. There is no danger of the double-glazedacrylic glass being damaged by condensation.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN67

7Living7.4.1 Sliding window with lockFig. 48Sliding window with slide lockOpening: Pull out the lock (Fig. 48,1).Press handle (Fig. 48,2) and push it forward or backward at the same time.Open window half up to the required position.Closing:Close the window as far as it can go.Push in the lock.7.4.2 Sliding window without lockFig. 49Sliding windowOpening:Closing:Press handle (Fig. 49,1) and push or pull it forward or backward at thesame time.Open window half up to the required position. Close the window as far as possible and let the handle lock in place.7.4.3 Hinged window with rotary hinges When opening the hinged windows, ensure that there are no torsionalforces. Open and close the hinged windows evenly.68 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Living7Fig. 50 Catch lever in "closed" position Fig. 51 Hinged window with rotaryhinges, openOpening:Closing:Turn the catch lever (Fig. 50,3) a quarter turn towards the centre of thewindow.Open the hinged window until the required position has been reached anduse knurled knob (Fig. 51,1) to secure in position.The hinged window remains locked in the required position.Turn knurled knob (Fig. 51,1) until the latch is released.Close the hinged window.Turn the catch lever (Fig. 50,3) a quarter turn towards the window frame.The locking catch (Fig. 50,2) is located on the inside of the window catch(Fig. 50,1).Fig. 52Catch lever in the "continuousventilation" positionContinuous ventilationWith the catch lever, the hinged window can be placed in 2 positions:"Continuous ventilation" (Fig. 52)Firmly closed (Fig. 50)To place the hinged window into the "continuous ventilation" position:Turn the catch lever (Fig. 52,3) a quarter turn towards the centre of thewindow.Lightly open the hinged window outwards.Return the catch lever to its initial position. The locking catch (Fig. 52,2)has to be moved into the recess of window catch (Fig. 52,1).During the journey, the hinged window may not be in "continuous ventilation"position.If it rains, the "continuous ventilation" hinged window position could lead tosplashing water penetrating the living area. Therefore, close the hinged windowscompletely.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN69

7Living7.4.4 Hinged window with automatic hingesOpen the window completely, to release the lock. If the locking device isnot released and the window is closed nevertheless, there is the danger ofthe window breaking due to the massive counter-pressure.When opening the hinged windows, ensure that there are no torsionalforces. Open and close the hinged windows evenly.Fig. 53 Catch lever in "closed" position Fig. 54 Hinged window with automatichinges, openOpening:Closing:Turn the catch lever (Fig. 53,3) a quarter turn towards the centre of thewindow.Open the hinged window to the desired latched position. The automatichinge (Fig. 54,1) locks in place automatically.The hinged window remains locked in the required position.Open the hinged window as wide as necessary until the latch releases.Close the hinged window.Turn the catch lever (Fig. 53,3) a quarter turn towards the window frame.The locking catch (Fig. 53,2) is located on the inside of the window catch(Fig. 53,1).Fig. 55Catch lever in the "continuousventilation" positionContinuous ventilationWith the catch lever, the hinged window can be placed in two positions:"Continuous ventilation" (Fig. 55)Firmly closed (Fig. 53).70 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Living7To place the hinged window into the "continuous ventilation" position:Turn the catch lever (Fig. 55,3) a quarter turn towards the centre of thewindow.Slightly open the hinged window outwards.Turn the catch lever a quarter turn towards the window frame. The lockingcatch (Fig. 55,2) has to be moved into the recess of window catch(Fig. 55,1).During the journey, the hinged window may not be in "continuous ventilation"position.If it rains, the "continuous ventilation" hinged window position could lead tosplashing water penetrating the living area. Therefore, close the hinged windowscompletely.7.4.5 Blind and insect screenOpen blinds before commencing the journey. When the blinds are closed,vibrations can damage the spring shaft.Depending on the window size, the blinds are fitted with one or two handles.The windows are fitted with a blind and an insect screen. The blind and insectscreen are adjusted separately.Fig. 56Hinged windowBlindClosing:Opening:The blind is located in the upper blind box.Pull blind at the handle (Fig. 56,2) downwards. If the blind is to be completelyclosed, it is suspended into the locking devices (Fig. 56,3) situatedon both sides of the window frame.If the blind is completely closed: Press handle (Fig. 56,2) downwards and,at the same time, tilt it slightly inward. The blind can be taken out of thelocking devices situated on both sides of the window frame.If the blind is in an intermediate position: Pull the handle (Fig. 56,2) slightlydownwards until the locking device releases.Use handle to return blind slowly to its initial position.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN71

7LivingInsect screenClosing:Opening:The insect screen is located in the upper blind box.Pull insect screen at the handle (Fig. 56,1) down and hang it into thelocking devices (Fig. 56,3) situated on both sides of the window frame.Press handle (Fig. 56,1) downwards and, at the same time, tilt it slightlyinward. The insect screen can be taken out of the locking devices situatedon both sides of the window frame.Use handle to return the insect screen slowly to its initial position.7.4.6 Roman shade and insect screenFig. 57SunroofRoman shadeClosing:Opening:Insect screenClosing:Opening:The Roman shade (Fig. 57,3) is permanently connected to the insect screen(Fig. 57,1).Hold the Roman shade in the centre of the bottom rod (Fig. 57,4) and carefullydraw it downwards.Release the Roman shade at the desired position. The Roman shade willstay in that position.Slowly return the Roman shade to its initial position with the bottom rod(Fig. 57,4).The insect screen is permanently connected to the Roman shade. When theinsect screen is opened, the Roman shade is opened along with it.Hold the insect screen at the centre of the bottom rod (Fig. 57,2) and carefullypull it downward as far as itgoes.Slowly return the insect screen on the bottom rod of the Roman shade(Fig. 57,4).72 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Living77.4.7 Roman shades for windscreen, driver's window and frontpassenger's windowFig. 58Roman shade for the windscreenFig. 59Roman shades for driver'swindow and front passenger'swindowClosing:Opening:On the Roman shade for the windscreen, push the locking knobs(Fig. 58,1) upwards or downwards. If the red dot is visible, the lock is open.Grasp the handle (Fig. 58,2 and Fig. 59,2) of the Roman shades and drawcarefully until the magnetic catch keeps the Roman shades closed.Using the handle, carefully push back the Roman shades.On the Roman shade for the windscreen, push the locking knobs upwardsor downwards. As long as the red dot is visible, the lock is open.On the Roman shades for the driver's and passenger's window, push thehandle (Fig. 59,2) onto the cap (Fig. 59,1). The Roman shade is secured.7.5 SkylightsDepending on the model, skylights with or without forced ventilation are fittedto the vehicle. If a skylight is fitted without forced ventilation, the forced ventilationis performed using mushroom-shaped vents. The apertures for forced ventilation must always be kept open. Nevercover or block forced ventilations with objects such as e.g. a winter mat.Keep forced ventilations clear of snow and leaves.The skylights are fitted with a blind or Roman shade and with an insectscreen or folding insect screen. After the latch has been released, the blindand insect screen automatically spring back to the initial position by tensileforce. In order not to damage the tension mechanics, hold onto the blind orinsect screen and allow it to slowly return to the initial position. The Romanshade and folding insect screen are made of thin woven fabric. In order notto damage the Roman shade or the insect screen, grasp the respectivehandle and carefully return it to the initial position.Do not keep blinds closed over a longer period of time as that can causeincreased material wear.If the blind or the Roman shade is completely closed, exposure to directsunlight can cause heat to accumulate between the blind/the Roman shadeand the skylight. The skylight could be damaged. For that reason, close theblind/Roman shade only 2/3 of the way in direct sunlight. Open the skylightslightly or move it to ventilation position.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN73

7LivingDepending on the weather, close the skylights far enough to prevent moisturefromentering.Do not climb on the skylights.Before commencing the journey, close the skylights.Before commencing the journey, check that the skylights are closed andlocked.Before commencing the journey, open the blinds or Roman shades.Apply talc to the rubber seals of the skylights at least once a year. When leaving the vehicle, always close the skylights.7.5.1 Skylight with snap latch (variant 1)Fig. 60Forced ventilationDepending on the model, there is a skylight built in with forced ventilation(Fig. 60,1) in the living area and in the toilet compartment.The skylight can be pushed upwards either from one side or from both sides.Fig. 61 Insect screen Fig. 62 Skylight, handleOpening: Pull on the handle (Fig. 61,2).Fold insect screen (Fig. 61,1) downward.Push the spring-loaded latch (Fig. 62,2) towards the inside of the skylight.At the same time use the handle (Fig. 62,1) to press the skylight upwards.Swing insect screen upwards (Fig. 61,1) until it latches in place. Closing: Pull on the handle (Fig. 61,2).Fold insect screen (Fig. 61,1) downward.74 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Living7Using both handles (Fig. 62,1), pull down the skylight with force until thetwo snap latches lock into place.Swing insect screen upwards (Fig. 61,1) until it latches in place.BlindTo close and open the blind:Fig. 63BlindClosing:Opening:Pull the blind (Fig. 63,1) using the handle (Fig. 63,2) and hook the hooks(Fig. 63,3) in the opening (Fig. 63,4).Pull the hooks (Fig. 63,3) out of the opening (Fig. 63,4) and guide the blindback.7.5.2 Skylight with snap latch (variant 2)The skylight can be pushed upwards either from one side or from both sides.Fig. 64Skylight with snap latch(variant 2)Opening:Closing:Pull down the insect screen (Fig. 64,2) with the handle (Fig. 64,1). Theinsect screen folds down.Press the skylight up using both handles (Fig. 64,3).Fold up the insect screen and latch it in the frame (Fig. 64,4).Pull down the insect screen (Fig. 64,2) with the handle (Fig. 64,1). Theinsect screen folds down.Pull down the skylight with force using both handles (Fig. 64,3).Fold up the insect screen and latch it in the frame (Fig. 64,4).Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN75

7Living7.5.3 Hinged skylightThe hinged skylight may be opened on one side only. Three inclination anglesand a ventilation position are available.An extension hook is included as standard equipment.Fig. 65 Hinged skylight, lock Fig. 66 Hinged skylightOpening:Closing:Locking in the ventilationposition:Roman shadeClosing:Opening:Turn the lever (Fig. 65,1 or Fig. 66,3) one quarter turn.Grip lever and push hinged skylight upwards.Grip lever and pull hinged skylight downwards.Turn the lever one quarter turn. The latch (Fig. 65,4) must slide into thelower aperture (Fig. 65,3).Grip lever and pull hinged skylight downwards.Turn the lever one quarter turn. The latch (Fig. 65,4) must slide into theupper aperture (Fig. 65,2). If it rains and the hinged skylight is in ventilation position, that could lead towater penetrating the living area. Therefore close hinged skylight completely.The Roman shade may be closed at any position, either with the hinged skylightopen or closed.Pull out Roman shade (Fig. 66,1) and release in the required position. TheRoman shade will stay in that position. Slowly push the Roman shade at the handle to its initial position.Insect screen The insect screen may be damaged if it is closed with the hinged skylightclosed. Therefore only close the insect screen when the hinged skylight isopen.Closing:Opening:Pull insect screen (Fig. 66,2) out until it engages with the latch on the oppositeside.Slightly push up insect screen along the strip. The latch is released.Slowly return insect screen into its initial position.76 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Living77.5.4 Heki skylight (mini and midi)Fig. 67Safety knob on the Heki skylightFig. 68Heki skylight, guideThe Heki skylight is opened on one side only.Opening:Closing:Press the safety knob (Fig. 67,2) and pull the bar (Fig. 67,1) down with bothhands.Pull the bar (Fig. 68,1) in the guides (Fig. 68,2) to the rearmost position(Fig. 68,3).Use both hands to push the bar (Fig. 68,1) slightly upwards.Push the bar back in the guides.Push the bar upwards with both hands until it is above the safety knob(Fig. 67,2).Fig. 69Heki skylight in ventilationpositionFig. 70Ventilation position lockingmechanismVentilation positionThe Heki skylight can be put in two ventilation positions: Bad weather position(Fig. 69,1) and central position (Fig. 69,2). Depending on the model, the skylightcan be locked in the central position with the latch (Fig. 70,1).Press the safety knob (Fig. 67,2) and pull the bar (Fig. 67,1) down with bothhands.Pull the bar in the guides (Fig. 68,2) to the desired position.Push the bar slightly upwards and into the selected guide (Fig. 69,1 or 2)and lock if necessary.Roman shadeClosing:To close and open the Roman shade:Pull out Roman shade at the handle and release in the required position.The Roman shade will stay in that position.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN77

7LivingOpening:Insect screenClosing:Opening:Slowly push the Roman shade at the handle to its initial position.To close and open the insect screen:Pull the insect screen by the handle to the opposite handle of the Romanshade.Press the rear part of the handle of the insect screen. The latch is released.Use handle to return the insect screen slowly to its initial position.7.5.5 Wind-up skylightFig. 71Wind-up skylightThe wind-up skylight can be opened using the manual crank.Opening:Closing:Roman shadeClosing:Opening:Insect screenClosing:Opening:Rotate the hand crank (Fig. 71,2) until a resistance can be felt (max.opening angle 70°).Rotate the hand crank until the wind-up skylight is closed. The wind-up skylightcan be locked after rotating two or three more times.Check the locking mechanism. To do so, press your hand against theacrylic glass.The Roman shade can be closed in any position, as desired. If the Romanshade is locked with the insect screen, the insect screen is also moved alongon closing the Roman shade.Pull the handle of the Roman shade (Fig. 71,3) and release in the desiredposition. The Roman shade will stay in that position.Slowly push the Roman shade at the handle to its initial position.If the insect screen is locked with the Roman shade, the Roman shade is alsomoved along on closing the insect screen.Pull insect screen at the handle (Fig. 71,1) to the opposite handle of theRoman shade (Fig. 71,3) and allow to engage.Press the handle of the insect screen (Fig. 71,1) at the back upwards anddetach the insect screen from the Roman shade (Fig. 71,3).Slowly push insect screen at the handle to its initial position.78 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Living77.6 Rotating seats Before commencing the journey, rotate all swivel seats in the directionof travel and lock in position. During the journey, the swivel seats mustremain locked in place in the direction of travel.cannot be turned.Setting the position of the seats and armrests is described in chapter 5.Move the seats all the way down before turning. Otherwise, the seatsDepending on the model, the lever for turning the seats is located at the frontof the seat or on the left or right side.Fig. 72Driver's and front passenger'sseats (Aguti)Fig. 73Driver's and front passenger'sseats (ISRI)Turning:Push both armrests at the driver's/front passenger's seat upward.Push the driver's seat/front passenger's seat backwards or into the centralposition.Push or pull the lever (Fig. 72,3 or Fig. 73,4) to turn the seat. The seat isreleased from the locking device.The seats can be rotated in any direction. The seats can only be locked in positionin the direction of travel.7.7 Tables7.7.1 Suspension table with fold-out leg Depending on the model, different table-top extensions and fold-out legsare used. Therefore the table can deviate from the type shown here. Theprinciple of the conversion is the same for all tables.Fig. 74Extend suspension tableThe suspension table size can be enlarged by inserting a table-top extension.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN79

7LivingExtending: Undo the knurled screws (Fig. 74,2).Lift the table-top slightly and pull out it out as far as possible. The tableextension (Fig. 74,1) is fully extended.Set down the table.Insert the table-top extension in the table extension.Lift the table-top slightly and push it back as far as possible.Tighten the knurled screws.Reducing size: Undo the knurled screws (Fig. 74,2).Slightly lift the front of the table-top and pull out.Remove the table-top extension and store it securely.Lift the table-top slightly and push it back as far as possible. The tableextension (Fig. 74,1) is fully retracted.Set down the table.Tighten the knurled screws.Fig. 75 Bed foundation Fig. 76 LockThe table's fold-out leg enables it to be used as a bed foundation.Conversion to bedfoundation:Lift the front of the table-top (Fig. 75,1) by approx. 45°.Fold the lower part of the fold-out leg (Fig. 75,3) by 90°. Depending on themodel, pull the lower part of the fold-out leg down or push the release knob.Press the release knob (Fig. 76,1) on the lock (Fig. 75,4).Swivel the table-top approx. 45° upward and remove the table from theretainer.Depending on the model, insert both additional support legs (Fig. 75,2) intothe holders (Fig. 75,5) on the bottom side of the table.Insert the table into the lower retainer and lock it.80 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Living77.7.2 Suspension table (bar seating group)The suspension table size can be enlarged by pulling out a table-top extension.Fig. 77 Lock for table-top extension Fig. 78 Table-top extensionExtending: Loosen knurled screw (Fig. 77,1).Pull out the table-top extension (Fig. 77,2) as far as possible (Fig. 78).Guide table-top extension (Fig. 78,1) upwards in a circular movement. Thetable-top extension lies flush with the table-top.Reducing size:Pull table-top extension (Fig. 78,1) away from the table-top as far as it willgo and press downwards against the resistance of the retaining springs.The table-top extension moves downwards in a circular movement(Fig. 78).Push in the table-top extension as far as it will go.Tighten knurled screw (Fig. 77,1).The table's fold-out leg enables it to be used as a bed foundation.Fig. 79Bed foundationConversion to bedfoundation:Slightly raise the front of the table-top (Fig. 79,1).Unlock table leg (Fig. 79,3) at the hinge and fold it in.Push the table-top approx. 45° upwards and remove holders (Fig. 79,4)from the upper mounting rail.Depending on the model, insert both additional support legs (Fig. 79,2) intothe holders (Fig. 79,5) on the bottom side of the table.Attach suspension table to the lower mounting rail and rest it onto the tableleg hinge.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN81

7Living7.7.3 Swivel table for the round seating groupBefore commencing the journey, reduce the size of the swivel table andsecure it.Fig. 80Lock for swivel table withclampFig. 81Lock for swivel table withoutclampFastening to the floor:Place the swivel table next to the holder (Fig. 80,3) or on the holder(Fig. 81,2).Place the bar (Fig. 80,2) with the securing bolt (Fig. 80,1) over the tableleg.Move the bar and possibly also the swivel table in such a way that thesecuring bolt (Fig. 80,1 or Fig. 81,1) can be screwed into the holder(Fig. 80,3 or Fig. 81,2).Screw the securing bolt into the holder and tighten firmly.Fig. 82Lock for swivel table withclampFig. 83Lock for swivel table withoutclampThe swivel table's swivel mechanism enables it to be used as a bed foundation.Conversion to bedfoundation (swivel table withclamp):Conversion to bedfoundation (swivel tablewithout clamp):Push the handle (Fig. 82,2) upwards.Swivel the table-top (Fig. 82,1) down with a circular movement until thehandle locks into place.Rotate the handle (Fig. 83,2) into the horizontal position.Swivel the table-top (Fig. 83,1) downward in a circular movement.Turn the handle back to the vertical position. The swivel mechanism islocked.82 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Living77.7.4 Fixed table (movable table-top)The top of the fixed table can be moved both lengthways and crossways.Fig. 84Fixed tableMoving in a lengthwaysdirection:Loosen knurled screw (Fig. 84,1).Move table-top (Fig. 84,2) to the desired position.Moving in a crosswaysdirection:Loosen knurled screw (Fig. 84,3).Move table-top (Fig. 84,2) to the desired position. Retighten the knurled screw. Retighten the knurled screw.The fixed table cannot be used as a bed foundation.7.7.5 Fixed table Lock the fixed table in position before commencing the journey.Fig. 85Locking mechanism for fixedtableFastening to the floor:Place the fixed table with the perforated plate (Fig. 85,2) on to the holder(Fig. 85,3).Move the fixed table in such a way that the securing bolt (Fig. 85,1) can bescrewed into the holder (Fig. 85,3).Screw the securing bolt into the holder and tighten firmly.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN83

7LivingFig. 86Fixed table (from below)The table-top of the fixed table can be moved lengthways or folded to the side.Moving in a lengthwaysdirection:Loosen the fixing screws (Fig. 86,2 and 3).Shift the table-top. Lock the table-top with the fixing screws.Folding the table-top to theside:Remove the fixing screw (Fig. 86,1).Fold the table-top to the side.Fig. 87Extending the fixed tableDepending on the model, the table top of the fixed table can be enlarged.Extending: Undo the knurled screws (Fig. 86,2 and 3).Pull the table top apart.Insert the table-top extension (Fig. 87,1).Push the table top back together.Tighten the knurled screws.Reducing size: Undo the knurled screws (Fig. 86,2 and 3).Pull the table top apart.Remove the table-top extension (Fig. 87,1) and store it securely.Push the table top back together.Tighten the knurled screws.7.7.6 Lift-off table for the round seating group The lift-off table is not secured to the floor. Before the journey, lower the liftofftable to the top limit and secure to the benches with the straps provided.84 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Living7Fig. 88Lift-off table for the roundseating groupThe lift-off table's lifting mechanism permits it to be used as a bed foundation.Conversion to bedfoundation:Swivel the catch lever (Fig. 88,3) to the left. The lock is open.Press the table-top (Fig. 88,2) in the middle downwards to the desired stoplimit (Fig. 88,1 or 4) and hold it down.Swivel the catch lever (Fig. 88,3) to the right. The lift-off table is locked.7.8 TelevisionBefore commencing the journey, remove the television from the supportand store it securely.Before commencing the journey, place and secure the flat screen andscreen support in the initial position. If stored in the TV cabinet, close theTV cabinet.Before commencing the journey, ensure that the antenna is in park position.Danger ofaccidents!Flat screen in the TVcabinetThe flat screen is attached to a console in the TV cabinet.Fig. 89TV cabinetPulling the televisionconsole forward:Swivelling the televisionconsole:Press the release knob (Fig. 89,5) and pull the holder for the flat screen forwardas far as possible by the handle (Fig.89,4).Pull the release knob (Fig. 89,1) and swivel flat screen (Fig. 89,2) to thedesired position.Loosen knurled screw (Fig. 89,3).Set the desired angle for the flat screen and re-tighten the knurled screw.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN85

7LivingFlat screen with jointedarmThe flat screen is fastened to a jointed arm.Fig. 90Flat screen with jointed armPositioning the flat screenwith jointed arm:Pull on the fabric strip (Fig. 90,3) to unlock the jointed arm (Fig. 90,2).Swivel flat screen (Fig. 90,1) into the required position.Take hold of the flat screen at the top and bottom edge with both hands andset the desired angle of inclination.7.9 LampsBulbs and light fittings can be extremely hot.Allow the light bulbs and lamp holders to cool down before touchingthem. If the light is switched on or still hot, there must always be a safety distanceof at least 30 cm between stores or curtains and flammableobjects. Fire hazard!Fig. 91SpotlightTurning spotlight: Grasp the housing (Fig. 91,2) and turn it.The housing can be turned in different directions:To the left and to the rightUp and downShifting spotlight: Grasp the holder (Fig. 91,1). Push spotlight along the rail system to desired position.86 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Living77.10 Light switch The light switches have different layouts according to the model. The lightswitches are located either directly on the corresponding lamp or next tothe lamp, e.g. in the vicinity of the seating group.Fig. 92Light switch for lightingentranceDepending on the model, there is a light switch for lighting the entrance at thebottom of the entrance area (Fig. 92,1).7.11 Extending the seating group7.11.1 Extending the central seating group1 Back cushion2 Seat cushion3 Table4 Flap5 Additional cushion6 Additional cushion7 Bench seat extension8 HandleFig. 93Before extendingFig. 94After extendingExtend the table (Fig. 93,3) (see section 7.7).Pull on the handle (Fig. 93,8) and open the flap (Fig. 93,4).Fold up bench seat extension (Fig. 94,7) and wedge together with the flap(Fig. 94,4).Place the back cushions (Fig. 94,1) and the seat cushions (Fig. 94,2) onthe bench seat extension.Insert the additional cushions (Fig. 94,6) between the seat cushions andthe exterior wall.Insert the additional cushions (Fig. 94,5) between the back cushions andthe exterior wall.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN87

7Living7.12 Beds7.12.1 Overcab bedThe maximum permitted overcab bed load is 200 kg.Only use the overcab bed, if the safety net is set up.Never allow small children to remain in the overcab bed without supervision.But in particular with regard to small children less than 6 years of age,users should ensure that they cannot fall out of the overcab bed.Use separate children's beds or travel cots suitable for children.Do not load the overcab bed without mattress. The plastic mould part canbreak!Fig. 95Overcab bedAccess ladderAttaching:Safety netSetting up:Folding mechanismAlways use the access ladder (Fig. 95,4) provided as standard to access theovercab bed.Attach the ladder with the rails to the holder (Fig. 95,5) on the alcove panel.The safety net (Fig. 95,3) is stored as standard between the mattress andslatted frame. Only use the safety net if persons are already in the alcove.Fasten the retaining straps (Fig. 95,1) to the holders on the ceiling(Fig. 95,2).Depending on the model, the overcab bed can be folded upwards. This simplifiespassage from driver's cabin to living area.88 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Living7Fig. 96Overcab bed, folded upwardsFolding upwards:Folding downwards:Lift the mattress forwards and set it down on the panel.Fold the front of the overcab bed (Fig. 96,1) upwards. The overcab bed iskept in the upper position by gas-pressure springs.Pull overcab bed downwards.If necessary, push the mattress behind the panel.7.12.2 Pull-down bed (model I)The maximum permitted pull-down bed load is 200 kg.The pull-down bed is not to be used for the storage of luggage. Whenthe bed is not being used, only place the bed linen which is required fortwo persons in it. Before commencing the journey, secure the pull-down bed to the roofusing the retaining belt. Tighten the retaining belt firmly.Only use the pull-down bed, if the safety net is set up.Never allow small children to remain in the pull-down bed without super-vision. But in particular with regard to small children less than 6 years of age,users should ensure that they cannot fall out of the pull-down bed.the bed is lowered. Fire hazard!Use separate children's beds or travel cots suitable for children.Switch off the reading lamps on the underside of the pull-down bed whenSwitch off the reading lamps in the pull-down bed before the bed ispushed up. Fire hazard!Depending on the seat model, the backrest is under strong spring tension.If there is no resistance to the backrest in these seats, it quicklymoves forward after unlocking.Preparing the driver'scabinVariant 1Depending on equipment, the driver's and front passenger's seats have to beadjusted in different ways before lowering the pull-down bed.The seats of the central seating group in opposite direction to the direction oftravel are not equipped with headrests (no safety package).Turn the driver's seat and the front passenger's seat to the direction ofvehicle travel, lock them in place and move them backwards.Fold the backrest back.Close the shade in the driver's cabin.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN89

7LivingVariant 2The seats of the central seating group in opposite direction to the direction oftravel are equipped with headrests (safety package). The headrests ondriver's and front passenger's seats can be removed.Remove the headrests.Turn the driver's seat to the direction of travel, lock it in place and move itbackwards.Fold the backrest of the passenger's seat back.Push the front passenger's seat forwards and fold the backrest back completely.Turn the front passenger's seat in the opposite direction to the direction oftravel, so that the pull-down bed can be lowered.Close the shade in the driver's cabin.Variant 3The seats of the central seating group in opposite direction to the direction oftravel are equipped with headrests (safety package). The headrests ondriver's and front passenger's seats can not be removed.Push the driver's seat and the front passenger's seat forwards and fold thebackrest back completely.Turn the driver's seat and the front passenger's seat in the opposite directionto the direction of travel, so that the pull-down bed can be lowered com-pletely.Close the shade in the driver's cabin.Fig. 97Pull-down bedLowering the pull-down bed:Switch off the reading lamps on the underside of the pull-down bed.Undo the retaining belt (Fig. 97,5) at the roof (Fig. 97,2). Swing the pull-down bed down in a circle until it locks into place audibly.Folding the pull-down bedup:Access ladderSwitch off the reading lamps on the ceiling above the pull-down bed.Loosen the retaining straps of the safety net and lay the safety net underthe mattress.Use both hands to push the pull-down bed upwards.Secure the pull-down bed to the roof (Fig. 97,2) by means of the retainingbelt (Fig. 97,5).Always use the access ladder provided as standard to access the pull-downbed.Hook the access ladder to the pull-down bed by attaching both bracketsinto the U-bolts (Fig. 97,4).90 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Living7Safety netSetting up:The safety net is stored as standard between the mattress and slatted frame.Only use the safety net if persons are already in the pull-down bed.Fasten the retaining straps (Fig. 97,1) to the holders (Fig. 97,3) on theceiling.7.12.3 Bunk bedThe maximum permitted bunk bed load is 100 kg.Only use the bunk bed, if the safety net is set up.Never allow small children to remain in the bunk bed without supervision.But in particular with regard to small children less than 6 years of age,users should ensure that they cannot fall out of the bunk bed. Use separate children's beds or travel cots suitable for children.Depending on the model, the rear area is fitted with a bunk bed. The bunk bedcan also be used as a rear garage.Fig. 98Bunk bed (rear)Converting the bunk bedinto the rear garage:Pull on the loop (Fig. 98,3) and release the latch (Fig. 98,1).Pull the slatted frame (Fig. 98,2) together with the mattress forward until itlatches in place.Fig. 99Safety netAccess ladderAttaching:Safety netSetting up:Always use the access ladder provided as standard to reach the top bed.Attach the access ladder with the rails to the holder (Fig. 99,3) on the panel.The safety net (Fig. 99,1) is stored as standard between the mattress andslatted frame. Do not use the safety net until the person is already in bed. Fasten the retaining straps (Fig. 99,2) to the holders on the ceiling.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN91

7Living7.12.4 Bunk bed (side)The maximum permitted bunk bed load is 100 kg.Only use the bunk bed, if the safety net is set up.Never allow small children to remain in the bunk bed without supervision.But in particular with regard to small children less than 6 years of age,users should ensure that they cannot fall out of the bunk bed. Use separate children's beds or travel cots suitable for children. Remove the mattress from the bottom bed and put it on the top bed beforeconverting the bunk bed into a storage compartment.Depending on the model, the side area is fitted with a bunk bed. The bunk bedcan also be used as a storage area.Fig. 100 Supports and unlocking deviceFig. 101 Bunk bed (side)Converting the storage areato a bunk bed:Access ladderAttaching:Safety netSetting up:Open the storage flap and fold out the support leg (Fig. 100,2) under thebed.Pull the loop (Fig. 100,1) and tilt the bed (Fig. 100,3) downwards.Take the mattress (Fig. 101,3) off the top bed and place it on the bottombed.Always use the access ladder provided as standard to reach the top bed.Attach the access ladder with the rails to the holder (Fig. 101,4) on thepanel.The safety net (Fig. 101,1) is stored as standard between the mattress andslatted frame. Do not use the safety net until the persons are already in bed. Fasten the retaining straps (Fig. 101,2) to the holders on the ceiling.92 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Living77.12.5 Fixed bed (gas-pressure springs)Fig. 102 Fixed bedA storage compartment is underneath the bed. Lift up the slatted frame toplace items in the storage compartment or to empty it from the inside of thevehicle.Opening:Closing:Lift the mattress forwards and set it down on the panel.Lift slatted frame. The gas-pressure springs (Fig. 102,1) hold the slattedframe open.Press the slatted frame downwards against the resistance of the gas-pressuresprings.If necessary, push the mattress behind the panel.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN93

7Living7.13 Converting seating groups for sleepingDepending on the model, the seating group can be different in shape andposition to the one shown here.Depending on the model, an enclosed additional cushion must be insertedbetween the seat cushions.7.13.1 Central seating group1 Back cushion2 Seat cushion3 Table4 Bar5 Mounting railFig. 103 Prior to conversionFig. 104 After conversionConvert the table (Fig. 103,3) to a bed foundation (see section 7.7).Depending on the model, insert the bar (Fig. 103,4) or pull it inwards. Thebar is correctly positioned if it supports the table-top about 15 - 20 cmbehind the table leg.Pull the seat cushions (Fig. 104,2) into the centre.Insert the back cushions (Fig. 104,1) between the seat cushions and thewall.Depending on the model, instead of the second back cushion (Fig. 104,1)an additional cushion must be inserted.94 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Living77.13.2 Central seating group with extensionFig. 105 Prior to conversion1 Back cushion2 Seat cushion3 Table4 Mounting rail5 Flap6 Bench seat extension7 Bar8 Handle9 Additional cushion10 Additional cushionFig. 106 During conversionFig. 107 After conversionExtend the table (Fig. 105,3) and convert it into a bed foundation (seesection 7.7).Insert the bar (Fig. 105,7) or pull it inwards. The bar is correctly positionedif it supports the table-top about 15 - 20 cm behind the table leg.Pull on the handle (Fig. 105,8) and open the flap (Fig. 105,5).Fold up the bench seat extension (Fig. 106,6) and wedge it with the flap.Pull the seat cushions (Fig. 107,2) forwards and to the middle.Insert the back cushions (Fig. 107,1) between the seat cushions and thewall.Insert the additional cushions (Fig. 107,9) between the back cushions andthe wall.Insert the additional cushions (Fig. 107,10) between the seat cushions andthe wall. Depending on the model, instead of the second back cushion (Fig. 107,1)and the second additional cushion (Fig. 107,9) two smaller additional cushionsmust be inserted.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN95

7Living7.13.3 Central seating group with divan1 Additional cushion2 Seat cushion3 Armrest4 Slatted frame5 Back cushionFig. 108 Prior to conversionFig. 109 During conversionFig. 110 After conversionConvert the central seating group for sleeping (see section 7.13.2).Remove the armrests (Fig. 108,3) of the divan and lay it aside.Pull out the slatted frame (Fig. 109,4).Pull the seat cushion (Fig. 110,2) to the central seating group.Remove the additional cushion (Fig. 110,1) from the back cushion(Fig. 109,5). The additional cushion is fixed to the back cushion with Velcroand can easily be separated.Lay the back cushion aside.Insert the additional cushion between the seat cushions and the exteriorwall.For model A 5831 a small additional cushion must be inserted on the divanbehind the front passenger's seat.96 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Living77.13.4 Round seating group (without slatted frame)1 Back cushion2 Seat cushion3 Table4 Back cushion5 Back cushionFig. 111 Prior to conversionFig. 112 During conversionFig. 113 After conversionConvert the table (Fig. 111,3) to a bed foundation (see section 7.7).Pull the seat cushions (Fig. 112,2) into the centre.Insert the back cushions (Fig. 112,1) between the seat cushions and theexterior wall.Remove the back cushions (Fig. 112,4 and 5) and lay them aside.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN97

7Living7.13.5 Round seating group (with slatted frame)1 Back cushion2 Seat cushion3 Table4 Back cushion5 Slatted frameFig. 114 Prior to conversionFig. 115 During conversionFig. 116 After conversionConvert the table (Fig. 114,3) to a bed foundation (see section 7.7).Pull out the slatted frames (Fig. 115,5).Pull the seat cushions (Fig. 115,2) into the centre.Insert the back cushions (Fig. 115,1) between the seat cushions and theexterior wall.Remove the back cushions (Fig. 115,4) and lay them aside.98 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Living77.13.6 Front bench seat1 Back cushion2 Seat cushion3 Table4 Driver's seat5 Additional cushion6 Guest bed foundationFig. 117 Prior to conversionFig. 118 After conversionTurn the driver's seat (Fig. 117,4) and push it all the way forward.Convert the table (Fig. 117,3) to a bed foundation (see section 7.7).If the vehicle has a guest bed foundation (Fig. 118,6), remove the backcushion (Fig. 117,1) and the seat cushion (Fig. 117,2) and lay them aside.Depending on the model, lay the included guest bed foundation(Fig. 118,6) onto the table. Lay the front edge of the guest bed foundationdirectly against the driver's seat or the brace on the driver's cabin.Place the additional cushion (Fig. 118,5) on the driver's seat.Place the seat cushion (Fig. 118,2) on the table.Insert the back cushion (Fig. 118,1) between the seat cushion and the rearwall. Observe the wedged form.If required, push the driver's seat (Fig. 118,4) back to the rear.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN99

7Living7.13.7 Front bench seat with divanFig. 119 Prior to conversion1 Back cushion2 Seat cushion3 Table4 Back cushion5 Seat cushion6 Flap7 Bench seat extension8 Additional cushion9 Additional cushionFig. 120 During conversionFig. 121 After conversionExtend the table (Fig. 119,3) and convert it into a bed foundation (seesection 7.7).Pull the handle and open the flap (Fig. 119,6).Fold up the bench seat extension (Fig. 120,7) and wedge it with the flap.Pull the seat cushion (Fig. 121,2) of the divan into the middle.Place the back cushion (Fig. 121,1) of the divan to the side between theseat cushion and the wall.Pull the seat cushion (Fig. 121,5) forwards onto the table.Fold over the back cushion (Fig. 121,4) and pull it into the middle.Insert the additional cushion (Fig. 121,8) between the back cushion(Fig. 121,4) and the seat cushion (Fig. 121,5).Insert the additional cushion (Fig. 121,9) between the back cushion(Fig. 121,1) and the seat cushion (Fig. 121,2).100 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Living77.13.8 Front bench seat with divan (extendable)Fig. 122 Prior to conversion1 Back cushion2 Seat cushion3 Bedding box extension4 Table5 Back cushion6 Seat cushion7 Flap8 Bench seat extension9 Additional cushion10 Additional cushionFig. 123 During conversionFig. 124 After conversionExtend the table (Fig. 122,4) and convert it into a bed foundation (seesection 7.7).Pull the handle and open the flap (Fig. 122,7).Fold up the bench seat extension (Fig. 123,8) and wedge it with the flap.Pull out the bedding box extension (Fig. 123,3).Pull the seat cushion (Fig. 124,2) of the divan into the middle.Place the back cushion (Fig. 124,1) of the divan to the side between theseat cushion and the wall.Pull the seat cushion (Fig. 124,6) forwards onto the table.Fold over the back cushion (Fig. 124,5) and pull it into the middle.Insert the additional cushion (Fig. 124,9) between the back cushion(Fig. 124,5) and the seat cushion (Fig. 124,6).Insert the additional cushion (Fig. 124,10) between the back cushion(Fig. 124,1) and the seat cushion (Fig. 124,2).Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN101

7Living7.13.9 Front seating group1 Back cushion2 Seat cushion3 Table4 Seat cushion5 Back cushion6 Additional cushionFig. 125 Prior to conversionFig. 126 During conversionFig. 127 After conversionConvert the table (Fig. 125,3) to a bed foundation (see section 7.7).Pull the seat cushions (Fig. 126,2 and 4) into the centre.Insert the back cushions (Fig. 126,1 and 5) between the seat cushions andthe exterior wall.Place the additional cushion (Fig. 127,6) between the seat cushions(Fig. 127,2 and 4).102 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Gas system 8Chapter overviewThis chapter contains instructions regarding the gas system of the vehicle.The instructions address the following topics:safety gas consumptionchanging the gas bottlesgas isolator tapsexternal gas connectionautomatic switching facility8Gas systemThe operation of the gas operation appliances of the vehicle is described inchapter 10.8.1 GeneralClose all gas isolator taps and the regulator tap before commencing thejourney and when leaving the vehicle.No appliance operated via the built-in burner (e.g. heater or refrigerator)may be in operation when filling the tank, on ferries or in the garage.Danger of explosion!Do not use appliances operated with a burner in closed spaces (e.g.garages). Danger of poisoning and suffocation!Only have the gas system maintained, repaired or altered by an authorisedspecialist workshop.Have the gas system checked by an authorised specialist workshopaccording to the national regulations before commissioning. This alsoapplies for not registered vehicles. For modifications to the gas systemhave the gas system immediately checked by an authorised specialistworkshop.The gas pressure regulator and exhaust gas pipes must also beinspected. The gas pressure regulator has to be replaced after 10 yearsat the latest. The vehicle owner is responsible for seeing that this is carriedout.In case of a defect of the gas system (gas odour, high gas consumption)there is danger of explosion! Close regulator tap on the gas bottle immediately.Open doors and windows and ventilate well.If the gas system is defective: Do not smoke; do not ignite any openflames, and do not operate electric switches (light switches etc.).Have the defective gas system repaired by an authorised specialistworkshop.Open a window or skylight before taking open sources of combustion(gas cooker) into service.gas bottle.Do not use the gas cooker or gas oven for heating purposes.If the vehicle or gas devices are not used, close the regulator tap on theIf there are several gas devices, each gas device must have its own gasisolator tap. If individual gas devices are not in use, close the respectivegas isolator tap.Ignition safety valves must close within 1 minute after the gas flame hasextinguished. A clicking sound is audible. Check function from time totime.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN103

8Gas systemThe built-in gas devices are exclusively meant for use with propane orbutane gas or a mixture of both. The gas pressure regulator as well asall built-in gas devices are designed for a gas pressure of 30 mbar.Propane gas is capable of gasification up to -42 °C, whereas butane gasgasifies at 0 °C. Below these temperatures no gas pressure is available.Butane gas is unsuitable for use in winter.Regularly inspect the gas tube fitted to the gas bottle connection fortightness. The gas tube must not have any tears and must not beporous. Have the gas tube replaced by an authorised specialist workshopno later than ten years after the manufacturing date. The operatorof the gas system must see to it that the parts are replaced.Due to its function and construction, the gas bottle compartment is aspace which is open to the exterior. Never cover or block up the standardforced ventilations. Otherwise gas that is emitted can not be diverted tothe outside.Do not use the gas bottle compartment as storage space as it is notmoisture-proof.Secure the gas bottle compartment against unauthorised access. To dothis, lock the compartment.The regulator tap on the gas bottle must be accessible.Only connect gas-operated devices (e.g. gas grill) which have beendesigned for a gas pressure of 30 mbar.The exhaust gas pipe must be fitted tightly to the heating system and tothe vent and must be sealed. The exhaust gas pipe must not show anyevidence of damage.Exhaust fumes must be able to escape into the atmosphere unhinderedand fresh air must be able to enter unhindered. For this reason, keep theexhaust pipe and intake openings clean and unobstructed (e.g. free fromsnow and ice). For this reason, no snow walls or aprons may lie againstthe vehicle.8.2 Gas bottlesGas bottles are only to be transported within the designated gas bottlecompartment.Place the gas bottles in vertical position in the gas bottle compartment.Fasten the gas bottles so that they are unable to turn or tilt.If the gas bottles are not connected to the gas tube, always place theprotective cap on top.Close the regulator tap on the gas bottle before the gas pressure regulatoror gas tube are removed from the gas bottle.The gas pressure regulator or the gas tube must only be secured with asuitable gas spanner (Do not overtighten).Only use special gas pressure regulators with a safety valve designedfor vehicle use. Other gas pressure regulators are not permitted andcannot meet the demanding requirements.Use the gas pressure regulator defroster if the temperature falls below5°C.104 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Gas system 8Use only 11 kg or 5 kg gas bottles. Camping gas bottles with built-incheck valve (blue bottle with max. 2.5 or 3 kg content) are can be usedin exceptional cases with a safety valve.Use the shortest possible tube lengths (150 cm max.) for external gasbottles.Never block the floor ventilation openings below the gas bottles. With some models, the gas bottle compartment is located right next to theconversion door. With these models, only open the gas bottle compartmentwhen the conversion door is closed. Danger from damages.valve.For gas-operated units the gas pressure must be reduced to 30 mbar.Connect gas pressure regulator complete with safety valve directly to bottleThe gas pressure regulator reduces the gas pressure in the gas bottledown to the operating pressure of the gas devices.For filling and connecting the gas bottles in Europe the accessories shopshave corresponding Euro filling sets and Euro bottle sets.Information available at the dealers or service centre.For information on the gas supply in Europe see chapter 17.8.3 Gas consumptionThe data about gas consumption of the individual gas devices is standardaverage values.AppliancesHeaterCooker, per cookerRefrigeratorGas consumption in grams/hourApprox. 170 - 490 g/hApprox. 140 - 165 g/hApprox. 18 g/hExampleA full 11 kg gas bottle is sufficient to:Cook for 3 days using one flame,Heat for 22 hours on full output orCool for 25 days.8.4 Changing gas bottles When changing gas bottles, do not smoke or create any open fire. When you have changed the gas bottle, check whether gas escapes atthe connection points and unions. Use a leakage search spray to spraythe relevant connection point or union. These agents are available at theaccessories shop.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN105

8Gas systemFig. 128 Gas bottle compartmentFig. 129 Gas bottle connectionDepending on the model, the gas bottle holder can be pulled out of the gasbottle compartment:Open external gas bottle compartment (see section 7.2).If there is a guard plate (Fig. 128,1), fold it down.Unlock the slide (Fig. 128,3) using the handle (Fig. 128,2).Pull out the slide (Fig. 128,3) as far as possible.Turn back the handle (Fig. 128,2).Close the regulator tap (Fig. 129,4) on the gas bottle. Pay attention to thedirection of the arrow.Unscrew the gas pressure regulator (Fig. 129,2) from the gas bottle at thehexagon nut (Fig. 129,3).Remove the gas pressure regulator and the gas tube (Fig. 129,1) from thegas bottle.Release the fixing belts and remove the gas bottle.Place a filled gas bottle in the gas bottle compartment.Fix gas bottle in place with the fixing belts.Position the gas pressure regulator (Fig. 129,2) and the gas tube(Fig. 129,1) on the gas bottle and screw in tightly to the gas bottle at thehexagonal nut (Fig. 129,3).Unlock the slide (Fig. 128,3) using the handle (Fig. 128,2).Push in the slide (Fig. 128,3) as far as possible, and turn back the handle(Fig. 128,2).If there is a guard plate (Fig. 128,1), fold it up.Close the external flap (see section 7.2).8.5 Gas isolator taps1 Refrigerator2 Cooker3 Heater/boiler4 OvenFig. 130 Symbols for the gas isolatortaps106 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Gas system 8A gas isolator tap (Fig. 130) for every gas device is built into the vehicle.The gas isolator taps can be found on the front of the cooker.8.6 External gas connectionIf the external gas connection is not in use, always close the gas isolatortap.Only gas appliances with a suitable adapter should be connected to theexternal gas connection.Connect only external gas appliances which are designed for an operationpressure of 30 mbar.Once you have made the connection and opened the gas isolator tap,make sure that no gas is escaping at the connection point. If there is aleak in the external gas connection, gas will escape into the open air.Immediately close the gas isolator tap and the regulator tap on the gasbottle. Have the external gas connection checked by an authorised specialistworkshop.When connecting an external gas appliance, make sure that there isnothing near the external gas connection that could cause a spark.Do not use the external gas connection to fill gas bottles. Observe theinformation stickers on the external gas connection.Fig. 131 External gas connection, gasisolator tap closedThe external gas connection (Fig. 131) is located at the rear or to the left orright of the vehicle depending on the model.Connect the external gas device to the connection point (Fig. 131,1).Open the gas isolator tap (Fig. 131,2).8.7 Duomatic switching facility Do not use the switching facility in closed spaces.If the vehicle is equipped with a panel of the DT series and the switchingfacility is operated via this panel, the operating unit is redundant.Further information can be obtained in the device manufacturer's instructionmanual.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN107

8Gas systemThe Duomatic is an automatic switching facility with a remote display for a twobottlegas system. The Duomatic switching facility automatically switches gassupply from the primary bottle to the reserve bottle as soon as the primarybottle is either empty or no longer ready for operation. The gas appliances maystill continue operation. The Duomatic switching facility is suitable for all commercialgas bottles from 3 kg to 33 kg.Fig. 132 Duomatic switching facilityFig. 133 Operating unitConstruction of the unitOperating modesThe Duomatic switching facility consists of a central regulator (Fig. 132,3) anda switching regulator (Fig. 132,5). The knob (Fig. 132,6) on the switching regulatoris used to select which of the gas bottles is to be used as a primary bottleand which is to be used as a reserve bottle.Both regulators are equipped with a pressure controller and the regulatordefroster Eis-Ex. This prevents damage to the gas system during the wintermonths.The pressure gauge (Fig. 132,2) on the central regulator indicates the pressurein the gas bottle, not the filling level of the gas bottle. The pressure gaugecan be used to test the impermeability of the gas bottle.Only the electrical functions can be switched at the operating unit (Fig. 133).The regulator taps on the gas bottles (Fig. 132,1 and 4) must be opened manually.The central regulator provides a constant gas pressure, regardless of whichgas bottle is being drawn upon. The two indicator lamps on the operating unitshow which gas bottle can be used to provide gas. When both indicator lampsare illuminated, the position of the knob on the switching regulator indicateswhich gas bottle is currently being drawn upon. When operating with only one gas bottle (e.g. during the summer) connectthe central regulator to this bottle. Position the knob on the switching regulatorin the red area.The Duomatic switching facility has two operating modes:Winter operation "On and heating"Summer operation "On"108 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Gas system 8Putting into operation: Open the regulator taps on the gas bottles (Fig. 132,1 and 4).Use the knob (Fig. 132,6) on the switching regulator (Fig. 132,5) to selectthe gas bottle which is to be the primary source of gas (primary bottle).Always turn the knob as far as it will go.When the knob is in the red area, the gas is taken primarily from the gasbottle with the central regulator (Fig. 132,3).When the knob is in the green area, the gas is taken primarily from the gasbottle with the switching regulator (Fig. 132,5).Switch on the Duomatic switching facility at the operating unit (Fig. 133).To do so, set the rocker switch (Fig. 133,2) to winter operation "On andheating" (Fig. 133,4) or to summer operation "On" (Fig. 133,6). Both gaspressure regulators are now ventilated. The operating indicator(Fig. 133,3) lights up.Switching off: Set the rocker switch (Fig. 133,2) to " " (Fig. 133,5). The operating indicator(Fig. 133,3) goes out.Close the regulator taps on the gas bottles (Fig. 132,1 and 4).Remote displayChanging gas bottlesThe indicator lamps on the operating unit (Fig. 133) indicate in the vehicle interiorwhether the gas bottles are ready for operation.Indicator lamp "A" (Fig. 133,1): Gas bottle on the central regulatorIndicator lamp "B" (Fig. 133,7): Gas bottle on the switching regulatorIf an indicator lamp goes out during operation, this signifies that the correspondinggas bottle is empty and must be replaced. The reserve bottle continuessupplying the gas appliances with gas. When changing gas bottles, do not smoke or create any open fire.Always mount the regulator in such a way that the protective cap facesupwards.Changing gas bottles:Close the regulator tap on the empty gas bottle.Unscrew the regulator of the gas bottle.Connect the full gas bottle to the regulator.Open the regulator tap on the gas bottle.Set the knob on the switching regulator with a half-turn, so that the newlyreplaced gas bottle will serve as a reserve bottle.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN109

8Gas system110 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Electrical system 9Chapter overviewThis chapter contains instructions regarding the electrical system of thevehicle.The instructions address the following topics:safety explanations of terms relating to the battery12 V power supplyliving area batteryloading the batteriestransformer/rectifierpanel 240 V power supplyconnection to the 240 V power supplyfuse rating9Electrical systemThe operation of the electrical appliances of the housing body is described inchapter 10.9.1 General safety instructionsOnly allow qualified personnel to work on the electrical system.All electronic devices (e.g. mobile telephones, radios, televisions or DVDplayers) which have been retrofitted to the vehicle and are operatedduring the journey must have certain features: These are the CE certification,the EMC inspection (electromagnetic compatibility) and the "E1"inspection.Only in this way can the functional reliability of the vehicle be ensured.Otherwise the airbag may be triggered or interference to the on-boardelectronics may result.The vehicle is a safe place during a storm (Faraday cage). However, to protectthe electrical devices, disconnect the 240 V connection and retract theantennae as a precaution.9.2 TermsOff-load voltageClosed circuit currentTotal dischargeThe off-load voltage is the voltage of the battery in idle condition, i. e. no currentis consumed and the battery is not being charged.Some electrical appliances, such as the clock and the indicator lamps, requirecontinuous electric current, for this reason they are referred to as inactiveappliances. This closed circuit current flows even if the 12 V power supply hasbeen switched off.Total discharge of the battery is imminent, if a battery is completely dischargedby an active appliance and by closed circuit current. Total discharge damages the battery.CapacityCapacity refers to the amount of electricity which can be stored in a battery.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN111

9Electrical systemThe capacity of a battery is given in ampere hours (Ah). If a battery possessesa capacity of 80 Ah, then the battery can dispense a current of 1 A for 80 hoursor a current of 2 A for 40 hours.External influences such as temperature may alter the storage capacity of thebattery.9.3 12 V power supplyTo disconnect all electrical 12 V appliances from the power supply, disconnectthe living area battery from the 12 V power supply. Depending on themodel, either press the switch on the transformer/rectifier or activate thebattery separation on the panel to do so.The radio in the driver's cabin and the independent vehicle heater are bydefault connected to the living area battery via a separate fuse. Theseappliances will stay operational if the living area battery is disconnectedfrom the power supply via the battery cut-off switch of the transformer/rectifieror the battery separation on the panel.When the vehicle is not connected to the 240 V power supply or the 240 Vpower supply is switched off, the living area battery supplies the living areawith 12 V DC. The living area battery has a limited power supply only. For thisreason, electrical appliances such as the radio and the lights should not beoperated for a long time without using the 240 V power supply.During heater operation, the circulation fan is switched on and off by a thermostatcontrol. As a result the living area battery is loaded if no 240 V powersupply is connected.When the vehicle engine is running, the vehicle alternator recharges the livingarea battery and the starter battery.The 12 V power supply can be cut off with the 12 V main switch on the panel.Depending on the model, the heater, basic light/entrance step and reserve 4or only the electrical entrance step remain on standby. The refrigerator is thenonly operated with 12 V if the vehicle engine is running. This helps to preventthe living area battery from being run down too quickly.9.3.1 Living area battery Prior to commencing a journey ensure the living area battery is fullycharged. For this reason charge the living area battery for at least 20 hoursbefore commencing the journey.During the trip, use every opportunity to charge the living area battery.Charge the living area battery for at least 20 hours after the journey.Charge the battery for at least 20 hours before laying up.Use the charger module provided on the transformer/rectifier to charge theliving area battery. When charging externally, use a regulated charger thatis suitable for the battery type and the capacity of the living area battery.For long periods of inactivity (4 weeks or more), either disconnect the livingarea battery from the 12 V power supply or recharge it regularly.When the living area battery is changed, only use batteries of the sametype.When changing the living area battery, use only batteries which meet theminimum capacity of the charger. Observe the separate instruction manualfor the charger. Lower-capacity batteries will generate a great deal of heatwhen they are charged. Danger of explosion!112 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Electrical system 9Before disconnecting or connecting the terminals of the battery, switch offthe vehicle engine as well as the 240 V and 12 V power supplies and allappliances. Danger of short circuit!If the starter battery or living area battery are disconnected, do not applythe ignition. Danger of short circuit!Take note of the battery manufacturer's users and maintenance instructions.The battery is maintenance-free. Maintenance-free means:It is not necessary to check the acid level.It is not necessary to lubricate the battery poles.It is not necessary to refill the distilled water.Even a maintenance-free battery must be charged regularly.PositionDischargingDepending on the model, the living area battery is installed either under thedriver's seat, under the front passenger's seat or in the bench behind the frontpassenger's seat.The living area battery is discharged by the closed circuit current which someelectrical appliances continuously require.Total discharge damages the battery.Recharge battery in good time.The self-discharge rate of the battery is dependant on temperature. At 20 to25 °C the self-discharge rate is approx. 3 % of the capacity per month. Theself-discharge rate will increase with rising temperatures: At 35 °C the self-dischargerate is approx. 20 % of the capacity per month.During periods of low external temperatures, the battery will lose part of itscapacity.An older battery no longer has the complete capacity available.The higher the number of active electrical appliances, the faster the energy ofthe living area battery is consumed. Appliances such as the safety/drainage valve, charger, solar charge regulatorand panel consume approx. 20 mA to 65 mA of electricity from thebattery capacity, even when the 12 V main switch is turned off. Thereforedisconnect the living area battery from the 12 V power supply, if the vehiclewill not be used for a long period of time.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN113

9Electrical system9.4 Charging the living area battery and starter batteryThe acid in the battery is poisonous and corrosive. Any contact with theskin or the eyes is to be avoided.In the case of charging with an external charger there is danger of explosion.Only charge the battery in a well ventilated area and away fromnaked flames or possible sources of sparks.Always remove the living area battery or the starter battery from thevehicle when charging them using an external charger.Do not connect the battery cables to the wrong poles.If the starter battery or living area battery are disconnected, do not applythe ignition. Danger of short circuit!Before disconnecting or connecting the terminals of the battery, switch offthe vehicle engine as well as the 240 V and 12 V power supplies and allappliances. Danger of short circuit!Before charging the battery, check whether the external charger isapproved for the battery type.Observe the instruction manuals for the base vehicle and the charger.Irreparable damage to the living area battery will result if it is overcharged.The starter battery can only be fully charged with an external charger. If a240 V power supply is used, the transformer/rectifier charges the starter batterywith a float charge only. Even in mobile operation, the vehicle engine alternatoris not capable of completely charging the starter battery.9.4.1 Charging using a 240 V power supplyIf the vehicle is connected to the 240 V power supply, the living area batteryand the starter battery are automatically charged by the charger module on thetransformer/rectifier. The starter battery is only charged with a float charge.The charging current is adapted to suit the charging condition of the battery.This ensures that it is not possible to overload the battery.To make use of the maximum output from the charger module on the transformer/rectifier,switch off all electrical appliances during charging.9.4.2 Charging using the vehicle engineWhen the vehicle engine is running, the vehicle alternator recharges the livingarea battery and the starter battery. When the vehicle engine is switched off,the batteries are automatically disconnected from one another by a relay in thetransformer/rectifier. This prevents the starter battery from being run down byelectrical appliances in the living area. The starting capability of the vehicle isthus preserved. The charging condition of the living area battery or the starterbattery can be read on the panel.9.4.3 Charging with an external chargerWhen charging the living area battery and the starter battery with an externalcharger, proceed as follows:Turn off the vehicle engine.Switch off 12 V main switch on the panel. The indicator lamp will go off.114 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Electrical system 9Disconnect the living area battery from the 12 V power supply.Disconnect the mains plug from the transformer/rectifier.Switch off all gas appliances, all gas isolator taps and close the regulatortap on the gas bottle.There is a danger of short circuit when disconnecting the battery poles. Forthis reason, first disconnect the negative terminal on the living area batteryor the starter battery and then the positive.Remove the living area battery or the starter battery from the vehicle.Check that the external charger is turned off.Connect the external charger to the living area battery or the starter battery.Pay attention to the polarity: First connect the positive terminal "+" to thepositive pole of the battery, then connect the negative terminal "–" to thenegative pole of the battery.Switch on the external charger.See the instructions for use of the connected charger for information concerningcharge period required for the battery.See the specifications on the battery for information concerning itsstrength.Disconnect the external charger in reverse order.9.5 Transformer/rectifier (EBL 99) Do not cover the ventilation slots. Danger of overheating!Depending on the model, not all slots for the fuses are occupied.Further information can be obtained in the manufacturer's instructionmanual.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN115

9Electrical systemFig. 134 Transformer/rectifier (EBL 99)1 Main supply socket 240 V~2 Output: Block 1 - refrigerator3 Input: Block 2 - control lines, alternator D+4 Output: Block 4 - heater, safety/drainage valve, basic light (lighting in the entrancearea), entrance step5 Output: Block 3 - panel6 Output: Block 5 - solar cell (if fitted), spare 2, spare 3, spare 47 Output: Block 6 - solar charge regulator (if fitted)8 Output: Block 7 - auxiliary charging unit9 Output: Block 8 - consumer circuit 1, consumer circuit 2, TV, water pump, spare 1,spare5, spare610 Battery selector switch ("Blei-Säure/Blei-Gel" (lead acid/dryfill)11 Fuses12 Battery cut-off switch ("Batterie Ein/Aus" (battery On/Off))FunctionsPositionThe transformer/rectifier has the following functions:The transformer/rectifier charges the living area battery. The transformer/rectifier charges the starter battery with a float charge only.The transformer/rectifier monitors the voltage in the living area battery.The transformer/rectifier distributes the current to the 12 V circuits andsecures them. Devices with a maximum of 10 A can be connected to thesockets.The transformer/rectifier contains connections for a solar charge regulator,an auxiliary charging unit as well as other control and monitoring functions.When the engine is turned off, the transformer/rectifier separates thestarter battery electrically from the living area battery. This prevents the12 V living area appliances from discharging the starter battery.The transformer/rectifier only works in conjunction with a panel.When the transformer/rectifier is subject to a heavy load, the fitted chargermodule reduces the charging current. This protects the charger from overheating.The transformer/rectifier is subject to a heavy load when e.g. anempty living area battery is being charged, additional electrical appliances areturned on and the ambient temperatures are high.Depending on the model, the transformer/rectifier is located in the seat consoleunder the driver's seat or the front passenger's seat.116 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Electrical system 99.5.1 Battery cut-off switchWhen the battery cut-off switch is OFF, the safety/drainage valve opens.The water flows out of the boiler. When the battery cut-off switch is ONagain, close the safety/drainage valve of the boiler by hand.Also switch off a refrigerator with automatic power selection system. Therefrigerator will otherwise switch to gas operation.After switching the battery cut-off switch back on again: Put the basic light(lighting in the entrance area), entrance step, heater and spare 4 back intoservice (depending on the model). To do so, switch on the 12 V main switchbriefly. This also applies if the living area battery was disconnected andthen reconnected.The battery cut-off switch disconnects all the living area 12 V appliances, eventhe safety/drainage valve. This prevents the living area battery from slowly dischargingif the vehicle is not used for a longer period of time (e.g. temporarylay-up).The batteries can still be charged by the transformer/rectifier when the batterycut-off switch is turned off.Switching on/off:Press the battery cut-off switch up: Battery ON ("Batterie EIN").Press the battery cut-off switch down: Battery OFF ("Batterie AUS").9.5.2 Battery selector switch If the battery selector switch is set incorrectly, there is the danger of theformation of detonating (oxy-hydrogen gas). Danger of explosion!Incorrect setting of the battery selector switch damages the living area battery.The factory settings of the battery selector switch must not be changed.The battery selector switch is used to set the charger module in the transformer/rectifierto the type of living area battery installed in the vehicle ("leadacid" or "dryfill" battery).9.5.3 Battery monitorYou must fully recharge a discharged living area battery as soon as possible.The battery monitor in the transformer/rectifier monitors the voltage in theliving area battery.If the battery voltage falls below 10.5 V, the battery monitor in the transformer/rectifier switches off all of the 12 V appliances, excluding the safety/drainagevalve.A refrigerator with automatic power selection system switches to gas operation.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN117

9Electrical systemMeasures:Switch off all electrical appliances that are not absolutely essential at thecorresponding switch.If necessary, use the 12 V main switch to switch the 12 V power supplyback on for a short while. This is only possible, however, when the batteryvoltage is above 11 V. If the voltage is below this level, the 12 V powersupply cannot be switched on again until the living area battery has beenrecharged.9.5.4 Charging the batteryWhen the vehicle engine is running, the vehicle alternator recharges the livingarea battery and the starter battery. When the vehicle engine is switched off,the batteries are automatically disconnected from one another by a relay in thetransformer/rectifier. This prevents the starter battery from being run down byelectrical appliances in the living area. The starting capability of the vehicle isthus preserved. The charging condition of the living area battery or the starterbattery can be read on the panel.If the vehicle is connected to the 240 V power supply, the living area batteryand the starter battery are automatically charged by the charger module on thetransformer/rectifier. The starter battery is only charged with a float charge.The charging current is adapted to suit the charging condition of the battery.This ensures that it is not possible to overload the battery.To make use of the maximum output from the charger module on the transformer/rectifier,switch off all electrical appliances during charging.9.6 Transformer/rectifier (EBL 101) Do not cover the ventilation slots. Danger of overheating!manual.Depending on the model, not all slots for the fuses are occupied.Further information can be obtained in the manufacturer's instruction118 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Electrical system 9Fig. 135 Transformer/rectifier (EBL 101)1 Main supply socket 240 V~2 Connections block 1: Refrigerator3 Connections block 2: Alternator D+, sensor/control lines, refrigerator power supply4 Connections block 4: Heater, safety/drainage valve, basic light (lighting in theentrance area), entrance step5 Connections block 3: Panel6 Connections block 5: Spare 2, spare 3, spare 47 Connections block 9: Panel8 Connections block 6: Solar charge regulator (if fitted)9 Connections block 10: Solar cell (if fitted)10 Connections block 7: Auxiliary charging unit11 Connections block 8: Consumer circuit 1, consumer circuit 2, TV, water pump,spare 1, spare 5, spare 612 Battery selector switch: "Blei-Säure/Blei-Gel" (lead-acid/dryfill)13 Fuses14 Battery cut-off switch: "Batterie Ein/Aus" (battery On/Off)FunctionsPositionThe transformer/rectifier has the following functions:The transformer/rectifier charges the living area battery. The transformer/rectifier charges the starter battery with a float charge only.The transformer/rectifier monitors the voltage in the living area battery.The transformer/rectifier distributes the current to the 12 V circuits andsecures them. Devices with a maximum of 10 A can be connected to thesockets.The transformer/rectifier contains connections for a solar charge regulatorand an auxiliary charging unit as well as other control and monitoring functions.When the engine is turned off, the transformer/rectifier separates thestarter battery electrically from the living area battery. This prevents the12 V living area appliances from discharging the starter battery.The transformer/rectifier only works in conjunction with a panel.When the transformer/rectifier is subject to a heavy load, the fitted chargermodule reduces the charging current. This protects the charger from overheating.The transformer/rectifier is subject to a heavy load when e.g. anempty living area battery is being charged, additional electrical appliances areturned on and the ambient temperatures are high.Depending on the model, the transformer/rectifier (Fig. 135) is installed in theseat console under the driver's seat or the front passenger's seat.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN119

9Electrical system9.6.1 Battery cut-off switchWhen the battery cut-off switch is OFF, the safety/drainage valve opens.The water flows out of the boiler. When the battery cut-off switch is ONagain, close the safety/drainage valve of the boiler by hand.Also switch off a refrigerator with automatic power selection system. Therefrigerator will otherwise switch to gas operation.After switching the battery cut-off switch back on again: Put the basic light(lighting in the entrance area), entrance step, heater and spare 4 back intoservice (depending on the model). To do so, switch on the 12 V main switchbriefly. This also applies if the living area battery was disconnected andthen reconnected.The battery cut-off switch disconnects all the living area 12 V appliances, eventhe safety/drainage valve. This prevents the living area battery from slowly dischargingif the vehicle is not used for a longer period of time (e.g. temporarylay-up).The batteries can still be charged by the transformer/rectifier when the batterycut-off switch is turned off.Switching on/off:Press the battery cut-off switch up: Battery ON ("Batterie Ein").Press the battery cut-off switch down: Battery OFF ("Batterie Aus").9.6.2 Battery selector switch If the battery selector switch is set incorrectly, there is the danger of theformation of detonating (oxy-hydrogen gas). Danger of explosion!Incorrect setting of the battery selector switch damages the living area battery.The factory settings of the battery selector switch must not be changed.The battery selector switch is used to set the charger module in the transformer/rectifierto the type of living area battery installed in the vehicle ("leadacid" or "dryfill" battery).9.6.3 Battery monitorYou must fully recharge a discharged living area battery as soon as possible.The battery monitor in the transformer/rectifier monitors the voltage in theliving area battery.If the battery voltage falls below 10.5 V, the battery monitor in the transformer/rectifier switches off all of the 12 V appliances, excluding the safety/drainagevalve.A refrigerator with automatic power selection system switches to gas operation.120 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Electrical system 9Measures:Switch off all electrical appliances that are not absolutely essential at thecorresponding switch.If necessary, use the 12 V main switch to switch the 12 V power supplyback on for a short while. This is only possible, however, when the batteryvoltage is above 11 V. If the voltage is below this level, the 12 V powersupply cannot be switched on again until the living area battery has beenrecharged.9.6.4 Charging the batteryWhen the vehicle engine is running, the vehicle alternator recharges the livingarea battery and the starter battery. When the vehicle engine is switched off,the batteries are automatically disconnected from one another by a relay in thetransformer/rectifier. This prevents the starter battery from being run down byelectrical appliances in the living area. The starting capability of the vehicle isthus preserved. The charging condition of the living area battery or the starterbattery can be read on the panel.If the vehicle is connected to the 240 V power supply, the living area batteryand the starter battery are automatically charged by the charger module on thetransformer/rectifier. The starter battery is only charged with a float charge.The charging current is adapted to suit the charging condition of the battery.This ensures that it is not possible to overload the battery.To make use of the maximum output from the charger module on the transformer/rectifier,switch off all electrical appliances during charging.9.7 Panel IT 20-31 12 V main switch2 12 V indicator lamp3 Rocker switch for reading the batteryvoltage of the starter and living areabatteries4 V/tank gauge5 Rocker switch for reading the level inthe water or waste water tanks6 240 V indicator lamp7 ALARM warning light for the livingarea batteryFig. 136 Panel IT 20-39.7.1 V/tank gauge for battery voltage and water or waste waterlevelsBattery voltageThe V/tank gauge is for the indication of the battery voltage of the starter batteryor the living area battery.With the V/tank gauge (Fig. 136,4), note the top scale. The gauge automaticallylights up as soon as a switch is pressed. Displays: Press the upper part of the rocker switch (Fig. 136,3) " ": The batteryvoltage of the starter battery is displayed.Press the lower part of the rocker switch (Fig. 136,3) "voltage of the living area battery is displayed.": The batteryThe table below will help you correctly interpret the displayed battery voltageof the living area battery.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN121

9Electrical systemDanger of totaldischarge (batteryalarm)Battery voltage(values duringoperation)11 V or less 1)Mobile operation(vehicle moving,no 240 V connection)12 V power supplyoverloadThe battery is notcharged by the alternator,the alternator'sregulatoris defective11.1 V to 13.2 V 12 V power supplyoverload 2)The battery is notcharged by the alternator,the alternator'sregulatoris defective13.3 V to 13.7 V Battery is beingcharged (maincharge)13.8 V to 14.4 V Battery beingcharged (floatcharge)Over 14.5 VBattery is overcharged,defectivealternatorcontrolBattery operation(vehicle stationary,no 240 Vconnection)If appliances areswitched off: BatteryflatIf appliances areswitched on: BatteryoverloadNormal rangeOccurs only brieflyafter chargingPower operation(vehicle stationary,240 V connection)12 V power supplyoverloadThe battery is notcharged by thetransformer/rectifier,the transformer/rectifierisdefective12 V power supplyoverload 2)The battery is notcharged by thetransformer/rectifier,the transformer/rectifierisdefectiveBattery is beingcharged (maincharge)– Battery beingcharged (floatcharge)– Battery is overcharged,defectivetransformer/rectifier1) The battery guard switches all the appliances off (at 10.5 V).2)If the voltage does not exceed this range for several hours.Values for off-load voltage Charging condition of the batteryLess than 11 VTotally discharged12.3 V 50 %12.5 V 75 %More than 12.8 VFullTotal discharge causes irreparable damage to the battery.Volume of water/wastewaterThe V/tank gauge is for the indication of the quantity of water or waste water.With the V/tank gauge (Fig. 136,4), use the bottom scale. The gauge automaticallylights up as soon as a switch is pressed.Only read the tank levels briefly. Keeping the reading option on for a longtime can damage the transducers.122 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Electrical system 9Displays:Press the upper part of the rocker switch (Fig. 136,5) "water is displayed.Press the lower part of the rocker switch (Fig. 136,5) "waste water is displayed.": The volume of": The volume of9.7.2 Battery alarm for the living area batteryThe red ALARM warning light (Fig. 136,7) flashes as soon as the voltage ofthe living area battery falls below 11 V (measured under operation) and thereis a risk of a total discharge.When the battery alarm comes on, switch off the appliances and charge theliving area battery, either by mobile operation or by connection to a 240 Vpower supply.Total discharge damages the battery. If the battery voltage falls below 10.5 V, the battery monitor in the transformer/rectifierswitches off all of the 12 V appliances, excluding the safety/drainage valve.9.7.3 12 V main switchThe 12 V main switch (Fig. 136,1) switches the panel and the 12 V powersupply of the living area on and off.Exception: Depending on the model, safety/drainage valve, heater, basic light(lighting in the entrance area), entrance step and spare 4 remain ready tooperate.Switching on:Press the upper part of the rocker switch (Fig. 136,1) "12 V": The 12 Vliving area power supply is switched on. The indicator lamp (Fig. 136,2)lights up green.Switching off: Press the lower part of the rocker switch (Fig. 136,1) " ": The 12 Vliving area power supply is switched off. The indicator lamp (Fig. 136,2)goes out.When leaving the vehicle, switch off the 12 V main switch. This preventsany unnecessary discharge of the living area battery.Appliances such as the safety/drainage valve, charger, solar charge regulatorand panel consume approx. 20 mA to 65 mA of electricity from thebattery capacity, even when the 12 V main switch is turned off. Thereforedisconnect the living area battery from the 12 V power supply, if the vehiclewill not be used for a long period of time.9.7.4 12 V indicator lampThe 12 V indicator lamp (Fig. 136,2) illuminates whenever the 12 V mainswitch (Fig. 136,1) is switched on.9.7.5 240 V indicator lampThe yellow 240 V indicator lamp (Fig. 136,6) illuminates whenever line voltageis available at the transformer/rectifier input.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN123

9Electrical system9.8 Panel IT 992Fig. 137 Panel IT 9921 V/tank gauge2 Current gauge3 12 V indicator lamp4 12 V main switch5 240 V indicator lamp6 Rocker switch for special equipment7 Rocker switch for reading the level inthe water or waste water tanks8 ALARM warning light for the livingarea battery9 Rocker switch for reading the batteryvoltage of the starter and living areabatteries9.8.1 V/tank gauge for battery voltage and water or waste waterlevelsBattery voltageThe V/tank gauge is for the indication of the battery voltage of the starter batteryor the living area battery.With the V/tank gauge (Fig. 137,1), note the top scale. The gauge automaticallylights up as soon as a switch is pressed. Displays: Push the rocker switch (Fig. 137,9) up " ": The battery voltage of thestarter battery is displayed.Push the rocker switch (Fig. 137,9) down "living area battery is displayed.": The battery voltage of theThe following tables will help you correctly interpret the battery voltage of theliving area battery displayed on the panel IT 992.Danger of totaldischarge (batteryalarm)Battery voltage(values duringoperation)Mobile operation(vehicle moving,no 240 V connection)11 V or less 1) 12 V power supplyoverloadThe battery is notcharged by the alternator,the alternator'sregulatoris defectiveBattery operation(vehicle stationary,no 240 Vconnection)If appliances areswitched off: BatteryflatIf appliances areswitched on: BatteryoverloadPower operation(vehicle stationary,240 V connection)12 V power supplyoverloadThe battery is notcharged by thetransformer/rectifier,the transformer/rectifierisdefective11.1 V to 13.2 V 12 V power supplyoverload 2) ply overloadNormal range 12 V power sup-2)The battery is notcharged by the alternator,the alternator'sregulatoris defectiveThe battery is notcharged by thetransformer/rectifier,the transformer/rectifierisdefective124 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Electrical system 9Battery voltage(values duringoperation)13.3 V to 13.7 V Battery is beingcharged (maincharge)13.8 V to 14.4 V Battery beingcharged (floatcharge)Over 14.5 VMobile operation(vehicle moving,no 240 V connection)Battery is overcharged,defectivealternatorcontrolBattery operation(vehicle stationary,no 240 Vconnection)Occurs only brieflyafter chargingPower operation(vehicle stationary,240 V connection)Battery is beingcharged (maincharge)– Battery beingcharged (floatcharge)– Battery is overcharged,defectivetransformer/rectifier1)2)The battery guard switches all the appliances off (at 10.5 V).If the voltage does not exceed this range for several hours.Values for off-load voltage Charging condition of the batteryLess than 11 VTotally discharged12.3 V 50 %12.5 V 75 %More than 12.8 VFullTotal discharge causes irreparable damage to the battery.Volume of water/wastewaterThe V/tank gauge is for the indication of the quantity of water or waste water.With the V/tank gauge (Fig. 137,1), use the bottom scale. The gauge automaticallylights up as soon as a switch is pressed.Displays:": The volume of water is dis-Push the rocker switch (Fig. 137,7) up "played.Push the rocker switch (Fig. 137,7) down "is displayed.": The volume of waste waterOnly read the tank levels briefly. Keeping the reading option on for a longtime can damage the transducers.9.8.2 Battery alarm for the living area batteryThe red ALARM warning light (Fig. 137,8) flashes as soon as the voltage ofthe living area battery falls below 11 V (measured under operation) and thereis a risk of a total discharge.When the battery alarm comes on, switch off the appliances and charge theliving area battery, either by mobile operation or by connection to a 240 Vpower supply.Total discharge damages the battery.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN125

9Electrical system If the battery voltage falls below 10.5 V, the battery monitor in the transformer/rectifierswitches off all of the 12 V appliances, excluding the safety/drainage valve.9.8.3 Current gauge for charging/discharging the living areabatteryThe battery current actually flowing is permanently displayed on the currentgauge (Fig. 137,2). The gauge automatically lights up as soon as a switch ispressed.Red "discharging" zone: Battery is being discharged at the discharging currentindicated between 0 and 30 A.Indicator "0": Battery is neither being charged nor discharged.Green "charging" zone: Battery is being charged at the charging currentindicated between 0 and 30 A.DisplayMobile operation(vehicle moving,no 240 V connection)Battery operation(vehicle stationary,no 240 Vconnection)Power operation(vehicle stationary,240 V connection)Notes for charging/discharge displayRed "discharging"zone (dischargingcurrent)No charge!Too many appliancesareswitched on or thealternator is defectiveAppliances are onBattery is beingdischargedNo charge!Too many appliancesareswitched on0 A (there is nocurrent)Battery fully or virtuallycharged 1)Appliances areswitched offBattery fully or virtuallycharged 2)Green zone(charging current)Battery is beingcharged (up to30 A possible)Battery is beingcharged (onlypossible with solarpower)Battery is beingcharged (up tomax. 16 A possible;with 32 Aauxiliary chargingunit)1)2)If the indicator falls from the green range to 0 and all appliances are switched off(apart from the refrigerator).If the indicator falls from the green range to 0 and all appliances are switched off.9.8.4 12 V main switchThe 12 V main switch (Fig. 137,4) switches the panel and the 12 V powersupply of the living area on and off.Exception: Depending on the model, safety/drainage valve, heater, basic light(lighting in the entrance area), entrance step and spare 4 remain ready tooperate.Switching on: Push the rocker switch (Fig. 137,4) up " ": The 12 V living area powersupply is switched on. The indicator lamp (Fig. 137,3) lights up green.Switching off: Push the rocker switch (Fig. 137,4) down " ": The 12 V living areapower supply is switched off. The indicator lamp (Fig. 137,3) goes out.126 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Electrical system 9When leaving the vehicle, switch off the 12 V main switch. This preventsany unnecessary discharge of the living area battery.Appliances such as the safety/drainage valve, charger, solar charge regulatorand panel consume approx. 20 mA to 65 mA of electricity from thebattery capacity, even when the 12 V main switch is turned off. Thereforedisconnect the living area battery from the 12 V power supply, if the vehiclewill not be used for a long period of time.9.8.5 12 V indicator lampThe 12 V indicator lamp (Fig. 137,3) illuminates whenever the 12 V mainswitch (Fig. 137,4) is switched on.9.8.6 240 V indicator lampThe yellow 240 V indicator lamp (Fig. 137,5) illuminates whenever line voltageis available at the transformer/rectifier input.9.8.7 Switch for water pumpSwitching on: Push the rocker switch (Fig. 137,6) up: The water pump is turned on. Switching off: Push the rocker switch (Fig. 137,6) down " ": The water pump isswitched off.9.9 Panel MP 20-TThe luminance of the LEDs and the symbols adapts automatically to theambient light.The displays can only be called up if the 12 V power supply is switched on.As soon as a button is pressed, the gauge is automatically illuminated. Thedisplay goes out 20 seconds after the last key has been pressed.Further information can be obtained in the manufacturer's instructionmanual.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN127

9Electrical systemFig. 138 Panel MP 20-T1 230 V indicator lamp2 Volt symbol3 Ampere symbol4 Interior temperature button5 Digital display6 External temperature button7 Water tank symbol8 Waste water tank symbol9 Clock gauge10 Lock11 Reserve button12 Tanks gauge13 Tanks button14 Living area battery button15 Starter battery button16 Symbol for starter battery and living area battery17 Batteries gauge18 Button for 12 V power supply (12 V main switch)9.9.1 240 V indicator lampThe 240 V indicator lamp (Fig. 138,1) illuminates whenever line voltage isavailable at the transformer/rectifier input.9.9.2 12 V main switchThe 12 V main switch (Fig. 138,18) switches the panel and the 12 V powersupply of the living area on and off.Exception: Heater, safety/drainage valve, basic light (lighting in the entrancearea) and entrance step remain operational.Switching on:Switching off:Briefly press the "12 V" button (Fig. 138,18). The 12 V living area powersupply is switched on. The "12 V" indicator lights up.If, after switching on, the "11.0" LED of the volt indicator and the "V" voltsymbol (Fig. 138,2) in the batteries gauge (Fig. 138,17) flash, the voltageof the living area battery is too low. Charge battery.If, after switching on, the "12 V" indicator, the symbol for the living area battery(Fig. 138,16) and the "V" volt symbol (Fig. 138,2) flash three times, bat-tery separation is activated. Deactivate battery separation.Briefly press the "12 V" button (Fig. 138,18). The 12 V living area powersupply is switched off. The "12 V" indicator goes out.128 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Electrical system 9Activating batterydisconnection(transformer/rectifierwithout battery cut-offswitch):Deactivating batterydisconnection(transformer/rectifierwithout battery cut-offswitch):Switch off 12 V power supply.Press button for living area battery (Fig. 138,14) and hold it down forapprox. 10 seconds. The "V" volt (Fig. 138,2) and "A" ampere (Fig. 138,3)symbols flash three times. The living area battery is disconnected from the12 V power supply.Press the "12 V" button (Fig. 138,18) and hold it down for approx.5 seconds. The "V" volt symbol (Fig. 138,2) flashes three times. The livingarea battery is connected to the 12 V power supply. The indicator lights upafter approx. 2 seconds.When leaving the vehicle, switch off the 12 V main switch. This preventsany unnecessary discharge of the living area battery.Appliances such as the safety/drainage valve, charger, solar charge regulatorand panel consume approx. 20 mA to 65 mA of electricity from thebattery capacity, even when the 12 V main switch is turned off. Thereforedisconnect the living area battery from the 12 V power supply, if the vehiclewill not be used for a long period of time.9.9.3 Batteries gaugeThe voltage and charging/discharging of the living area battery or the starterbattery voltage can be indicated using the batteries gauge.Displays: Press button for living area battery " " (Fig. 138,14). The "V" volt symbol(Fig. 138,2) lights up. Depending on whether the battery is being chargedor discharged, the "A" ampere symbol lights up white or red respectively.The battery voltage and current of the living area battery are displayedusing the LEDs in the gauge.Press button for starter battery " " (Fig. 138,15). The "V" volt symbol(Fig. 138,2) lights up. The battery voltage of the starter battery is displayedusing the LEDs in the gauge.The tables below will help you interpret the statuses displayed on the panel.Volt indicator (blue) 1 LED 2 LEDs 3 LEDs 4 LEDs 5 LEDs 6 LEDs 7 LEDs 8 LEDs< 11.0 V 11.5 V 12.0 V 12.2 V 12.5 V 12.7 V 13.0 V > 13.5 VMotorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN129

9Electrical systemBattery voltage(values duringoperation)Mobile operation(vehicle moving,no 240 V connection)Battery operation(vehicle stationary,no 240 Vconnection)Power operation(vehicle stationary,240 V connection)Danger of totaldischarge (batteryalarm)11 V or less 1)12 V power supplyoverloadThe battery is notcharged by the alternator,the alternator'sregulatoris defectiveIf appliances areswitched off: BatteryflatIf appliances areswitched on: Batteryoverload12 V power supplyoverloadThe battery is notcharged by thetransformer/rectifier,the transformer/rectifierisdefective11.5 V to 13 V 12 V power supplyoverload 2)Normal range12 V power supplyoverload 2)The battery is notcharged by the alternator,the alternator'sregulatoris defectiveThe battery is notcharged by thetransformer/rectifier,the transformer/rectifierisdefectiveOver 13.5 VBattery is beingcharged (maincharge)Occurs only brieflyafter chargingBattery is beingcharged (maincharge)1)2)The battery guard switches all the appliances off (at 10.5 V).If the voltage does not exceed this range for several hours.Values for off-load voltage Charging condition of the batteryLess than 11 VTotally discharged12.0 V 0 % (discharged)12.2 V 25 %12.3 V 50 %12.5 V 75 %More than 12.8 VFull Total discharge causes irreparable damage to the battery.Ampere indicator (blue) 1 LED 2 LEDs 3 LEDs 4 LEDs 5 LEDs 6 LEDs 7 LEDs 8 LEDsDischarging with:Charging with:> 30 A > 10 A > 3 A > 1 A Approx.0A> 1 A > 3 A > 10 A130 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Electrical system 9Current displayed System status "A" ampere symbol-30 A to -10 A Battery is being heavilydischarged-10 A to -1 A Battery is being discharged0 A Battery current is low or0ALights up redLights up whiteLights up white+1 A to +10 A Battery being charged Lights up white9.9.4 Tank gaugeThe water and waste water quantities can be indicated using the tank gauge.Displays: Press tanks button " " (Fig. 138,13). The water tank " " (Fig. 138,7)and waste water tank " " (Fig. 138,8) symbols light up. The fill level of thewater tank (left-hand scale) and the waste water tank (right-hand scale) areindicated using the LEDs in the gauge.The table below will help you interpret the levels displayed on the panel.Level indicator (blue) 1 LED 2 LEDs 3 LEDs 4 LEDs 5 LEDs 6 LEDs 7 LEDs 8 LEDs25 % 50 % 75 % 100 %9.9.5 AlarmsThe alarm functions are only active when the corresponding display iscalled up. Perform checks regularly.It is best to perform checks in the morning, before the 12 V appliances areswitched on.Battery alarmThe "V" volt symbol (Fig. 138,2) and the "11.0" LED flash as soon as the batteryvoltage falls below 11 V (measured during operation) and there is thethreat of a total discharge. Total discharge damages the battery. If the battery voltage falls below 10.5 V, the battery monitor in the transformer/rectifierswitches off all of the 12 V appliances, excluding the safety/drainage valve.Measures:When the battery alarm comes on, switch off the appliances and charge thebattery, either by mobile operation or by connection to a 240 V powersupply.Tank alarm The water tank symbol " " (Fig. 138,7) or waste water tank symbol " "(Fig. 138,8) flashes when the water tank is empty or the waste water tank isfull.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN131

9Electrical system If, when the fill levels are called up, the LEDs in the scale flash in additionto the tank symbol, a sensor error has occurred. Clean tank sensors.Measures: Fill water tank or empty waste water tank.9.9.6 Temperature displayThe internal and external temperatures can be indicated using the digital display(Fig. 138,5).Displays: Press internal temperature button " " (Fig. 138,4). The internal temperatureis displayed.Press external temperature button " " (Fig. 138,6). The external temperatureis displayed.9.9.7 Clock gaugeThe clock gauge (Fig. 138,9) displays the time. The clock has its own batteryand is not connected to the 12 V power supply.Detach the clock if the battery needs to be replaced or the clock needs to beset.Detaching clock:Fitting clock:Turn lock (Fig. 138,10) one quarter turn. The lock is released.Detach clock by pulling forwards.Install clock.Lightly press lock (Fig. 138,10) and turn a quarter turn. Check lock by lightly pulling on the clock.9.9.8 Switch for tank heaterThe tank heater can be turned on and off using the "Res" button (Fig. 138,11).Switching on:Switching off: Press "Res" reserve button (Fig. 138,11). The "Res" symbol lights up. Press "Res" reserve button (Fig. 138,11). The "Res" symbol goes out. The switch status is saved when the 12 V power supply is switched off. Thismeans: If the tank heater was on when the 12 V power supply wasswitched off, the heater is also switched on when the 12 V power supply isswitched back on.9.10 240 V power supply Only allow qualified personnel to work on the electrical system.The 240 V power supply provides electricity for:sockets with earth contact for appliances with maximum 16 Arefrigeratortransformer/rectifier132 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Electrical system 9The electrical appliances connected to the 12 V power supply of the living areaare supplied with voltage by the living area battery.Connect the vehicle to an external 240 V power supply system as often aspossible. The charger module in the transformer/rectifier automaticallycharges the living area battery. In addition to this, the starter battery is chargedwith a float charge.9.10.1 240 V connection The external 240 V power supply must be protected by fuse with a faultcurrent protection switch (FI-switches, 30 mA). For the connection points on camp sites (camping distributors) highly sensitivefault current protection switches (FI-switches, 30 mA) are obligatory.The vehicle can be connected to an external 240 V power supply. The cablemay have a length of maximum 25 m.9.10.2 Power cable for external 240 V connection Completely unwind the cable on cable drums to prevent overheating.Power cableConnection possibilitiesThree-core (3 x 2.5 mm 2 ) flexible rubber sheathed cableMaximum 25 m in length1 plug with earth contact1 socket with earth contact (plug-in devices according to EN 60309)For your power cable, we recommend using a CEE connection cable with aCEE plug and coupling. If this type of connection is not feasible, we recommendthe following combination with a safety plug:Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN133

9Electrical systemFig. 139 Connection possibilities 240 VconnectionFig. 140 Connecting an angled connectorwith socketAdapter cable:CEE 17 socket with earth contact (Fig. 139,1) – plug with earth contact(Fig. 139,2)Cable reel:Socket with earth contact (Fig. 139,3) – plug with earth contact (Fig. 139,4)Adapter cable:CEE 17 socket with earth contact (Fig. 139,5) – plug with earth contact(Fig. 139,6) When using a CEE 17 angled connector with rear socket (Fig. 140,1)only use a rubberised and sealed IP 44 socket with earth contact(Fig. 140,2). Do not use sockets without earth contact (Fig. 140,3).Danger of electrocution!Depending on the design, the flap for the 240 V connection is designated withthe symbol " ".Connecting the powercable:Open external flap.Depending on the design, tilt the cover upwards. Insert connector. Depending on the design, disconnect the connector before removing it.9.11 FusesOnly replace defective fuses when the cause of the defect is known andhas been remedied.Replace defective fuses only after the power supply has been turned off.Never bridge or repair fuses.9.11.1 12 V fusesThe appliances connected to the 12 V power supply in the living area arefused individually. The fuses are accessible at different positions in thevehicle.134 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Electrical system 91 Unbroken fuse element2 Broken fuse elementFig. 141 12 V fuseAn intact 12 V fuse can be detected by the unbroken fuse element(Fig. 141,1). If the fuse element is broken (Fig. 141,2), change the fuse.Before changing fuses, take the function, value and colour of the relevantfuses from the following specifications. When changing fuses, only use flatfuses with the values shown below.Fuses for the starterbatteryThe fuses are located near the starter battery or near the transformer/rectifier.For vehicles on a Fiat chassis, the fuses are installed near the transformer/rectifierin the console of the driver's seat.1 Jumbo flat fuse 40 A/orange2 Flat fuse for optional devices3 Flat fuse 5 A/beige(for the right clearance light)4 Flat fuse 5 A/beige(for the left right clearance)5 Flat fuse 2 A/grey(for alternator D+)6 Jumbo flat fuse 20 A/yellow(for charging line)Fig. 142 Fuses for the starter battery(Fiat)For vehicles built on a Ford chassis, the fuses are installed near the transformer/rectifier.1 Jumbo flat fuse 40 A/orange(for starter battery)2 Jumbo flat fuse 20 A/yellow(for charging line of the starter battery)3 Jumbo flat fuse 40 A/orange(for living area battery)4 Flat fuse 2 A/grey(for battery charger sensor)5 Jumbo flat fuse 20 A/yellow(for the refrigerator)Fig. 143 Fuses in front of the driver'sseat (Ford)Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN135

9Electrical systemFor vehicles on a Renault chassis, the fuses are installed near the starter batteryunder a covering between the seats.1 Flat fuse 2 A/grey(for alternator D+)2 Jumbo flat fuse 40 A/orange3 Flat fuse 20 A/yellow(for charging line)Fig. 144 Fuses for the starter battery(Renault)Not illustrated: Jumbo flat fuse 40 A/orange (for refrigerators with automaticpower selection system)Fuses on the living areabatteryThe fuses are located near the living area battery or in the driver's cabin infront of the driver's seat.For vehicles on a Fiat chassis, the fuses are installed in the console of the frontpassenger's seat.1 Jumbo flat fuse 40 A/orange(for living area battery)2 Flat fuse 2 A/grey(for battery charger sensor)3 Flat fuse 20 A/yellow(for the refrigerator)4 Jumbo flat fuse(value depending on optional device)Fig. 145 Fuses on the living area battery(Fiat)For vehicles on a Ford chassis, the fuses are installed near the living area batteryor next to the driver's seat.1 Jumbo flat fuse 40 A/orange(for starter battery)2 Jumbo flat fuse 20 A/yellow(for charging line of the starter battery)3 Jumbo flat fuse 40 A/orange(for living area battery)4 Flat fuse 2 A/grey(for battery charger sensor)5 Jumbo flat fuse 20 A/yellow(for the refrigerator)Fig. 146 Fuses in front of the driver'sseat (Ford)136 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Electrical system 9For vehicles built on a Renault chassis, the fuses are installed near the livingarea battery.1 Jumbo flat fuse 20 A/yellow(for the refrigerator)2 Jumbo flat fuse 40 A/orange(for living area battery)3 Flat fuse 2 A/grey(for battery charger sensor)Fig. 147 Fuses on the living area battery(Renault)Fuse for the Thetfordtoilet (swivel toilet)The fuse is located in the locker wall of the Thetford cassette.Fig. 148 Fuse for the Thetford toilet1 Flat fuse 3 A/purpleFig. 149 Fuse for the Thetford toilet(alternative)Changing:Open the flap for the Thetford cassette on the outside of the vehicle.Pull out the Thetford cassette completely. Replace fuse (Fig. 148,1 or Fig. 149,1 ).Fuse for the Thetfordtoilet (fixed seat)The fuse is located in the locker wall of the Thetford cassette.1 Flat fuse 3 A/purpleFig. 150 Fuse for the Thetford toiletChanging:Open the flap for the Thetford cassette on the outside of the vehicle.Remove the Thetford cassette and swing out the flap in the housing panel. Replace fuse (Fig. 150,1).Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN137

9Electrical systemFuse for the Dometic toiletThe fuse is located on the rear side of the control unit for the toilet.1 Control unit2 Flat fuse 7.5 A/brownFig. 151 Fuse for toiletChanging:Lift the control unit for the toilet (Fig. 151,1) with a suitable tool and pull itfrom the wall.Replace fuse (Fig. 151,2).9.11.2 240 V fuseFig. 152 240 V automatic circuit breakerThe 240 V connection is protected by one or several two-pole automatic circuitbreakers (Fig. 152).PositionThe automatic circuit breaker is in the wardrobe or under a cover in the reararea (under the slatted frame), depending on the model.138 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Appliances10Chapter overviewThis chapter contains instructions regarding the appliances of the vehicle.The instructions refer exclusively to the operation of the appliances.Further information about the appliances can be found in the instruction manualsfor the appliances, included separately with the vehicle.The instructions address the following topics:heater air conditioning unitboiler gas cookergas oven microwave ovenextractor hoodrefrigerator10Appliances10.1 GeneralThe heat exchanger of the Truma hot-air heater has to be replaced after30 years. The heat exchanger of the Webasto hot-air heater has to bereplaced after 10 years. The heat exchanger of the Alde hot-water heaterhas to be replaced after 10 years. Only the manufacturer of the heater oran authorised specialist workshop is allowed to replace the heatexchanger. The operator of the heater must see to it that the parts arereplaced.For safety reasons, spare parts for pieces of heating appliances must correspondwith manufacturer's instructions and be permitted by the manufac-turer as a spare part. These spare parts may only be fitted by themanufacturer or an authorised specialist workshop.Further information can be obtained in the instruction manual for therespective appliance.The heater, boiler, cooker, refrigerator and air conditioning unit are fitteddepending on the model of the vehicle.In this instruction manual a description is given only for the operation of theappliances and their particular features.To operate gas appliances, first open the regulator tap on the gas bottle andthe gas isolator tap corresponding to the appliance.1 Refrigerator2 Cooker3 Heater/boiler4 OvenFig. 153 Symbols for the gas isolatortapsMotorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN139

10Appliances10.2 HeaterNever let gas escape unburned due to danger of explosion.Never run the heater in gas operation when refuelling, on ferries or in thegarage. Danger of explosion! Never operate the heater in gas operation in closed spaces (e.g.garages). Danger of poisoning and suffocation!Initial start-upWhen lighting the heater for the first time a small amount of smoke and odourwill occur. Immediately set the operating switch of the heater to its highestposition. Open doors and windows and ventilate well. Smoke and odour willdisappear by themselves after a while.10.2.1 Models with waste gas vent on the right-hand side of thevehicle If the awning is put up and the heater is running in gas operation,exhaust gases from the heater can escape into the awning area. Dangerof suffocation! Make sure the area is sufficiently ventilated.10.2.2 To heat properlyFig. 154 Air outlet nozzleHot air distributionAdjusting the air outletnozzlesSeveral air outlet nozzles (Fig. 154) are built into the vehicle. Pipes conductthe warm air to the air outlet nozzles. Turn the air outlet nozzles in a suitableposition so the air can escape as required. To avoid draft close the air outletnozzles on the dashboard and set the air distribution of the base vehicle to aircirculation.Fully open: Full hot air streamHalf or partially open: Reduced hot air streamWhen five air outlet nozzles are completely opened, less warm air escapesthrough each nozzle. However, if only three air outlet nozzles are opened,more warm air flows out of each nozzle.140 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Appliances1010.2.3 Truma Combi hot-air heaterWhen there is a danger of frost the heater is not in operation, empty theheating system.Do not use the space above and behind the heater as a storage compartment.The circulation fan is automatically switched on when the hot-air heater isactivated, and it stays on. This puts an immense strain on the living areabattery, if the vehicle is connected to an external 240 V power supply. Takeinto consideration that the living area battery only has limited reserves ofenergy.Depending on the equipment, different heaters are installed in the vehicles.The heaters differ with regard to the energy type with which they can be operated.Fig. 155 Operating unit for heater/boiler1 Temperature control knob2 Summer operation water temperature40 °C or 60 °C3 Rotary switch4 Off5 Winter operation "Heater withoutboiler"6 Winter operation "Heater and boiler"7 Green indicator lamp "Heating operation"8 Red indicator lamp "Fault"9 Yellow indicator lamp "Boiler heatingupphase"Operating modesAll heaters have two operating modes:Winter operationSummer operationIt is only possible to heat the vehicle in the "Winter" operating mode. With the"Summer" operating mode only water in the boiler is heated. It is not possibleto heat the vehicle in this operating mode.Selecting operating mode: Set the operating mode using the rotary switch (Fig. 155,3).The power supply of the heater cannot be interrupted by means of the 12 Vmain switch.Variant: Heater with gasoperationWinter operationSwitching on:The heater is operated exclusively with gas.The heater selects the necessary burner setting according to the requiredroom temperature. When the required room temperature is reached, theburner is switched off. The room temperature is measured by the temperaturesensor next to the panel. In "Heater and boiler" operating mode (Fig. 155,6)water in the boiler is also heated. In the operating mode "Heater without boiler"(Fig. 155,5) the heater can be operated with an empty boiler.Open the regulator tap on the gas bottle and the gas isolator tap "Heater/boiler".Turn the temperature control knob (Fig. 155,1) on the operating unit to thedesired heating level.Set rotary switch (Fig. 155,3) to winter operation "Heater without boiler"(Fig. 155,5) or to winter operation "Heater and boiler" (Fig. 155,6).Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN141

10AppliancesGreen indicator lamp (Fig. 155,7) is on.The circulation fan automatically switches on when the heater is activated.Switching off: Turn the rotary switch (Fig. 155,3) to " " (Fig. 155,4).Close the gas isolator tap "Heater/boiler" and the regulator tap on the gasbottle.After switching off the heater, the circulation fan may still run for a moment touse up the residual heat.Summer operationVariant: Heater with gasand 240 V electricaloperationIt is not possible to heat the vehicle in "Summer" operating mode. In "Summer"operating mode, only the water in the boiler is heated.240 V electrical operation is only possible when the vehicle is connected tothe 240 V power supply.Select the output level for 240 V electrical operation so that it correspondsto the fuse protection of the 240 V connection (900 W for 3.9 A fuse,1800 W for 7.8 A fuse).When the heater on the operating unit is set to summer operation and theenergy selector switch is set to mixed operation, the heater still runs onlyin 240 V operation. The gas burner is not switched on.1 240 V electrical operation (1800 W)2 240 V electrical operation (900 W)3 Gas operation4 Gas and 240 V electrical operation(900 W)5 Gas and 240 V electrical operation(1800 W)6 Yellow indicator lamp "240 V electricaloperation"Fig. 156 Energy selector switch forheater/boilerThe heater can be operated with different types of energy:Gas operation (Fig. 156,3)240 V electrical operation with the output levels 900 W (Fig. 156,2) or1800 W (Fig. 156,1)Gas and 240 V electrical operation (mixed operation) with the output levels900 W (Fig. 156,4) or 1800 W (Fig. 156,5)The combination gas operation and 240 V electrical operation reduces theheating-up time (only possible when the heater on the operating unit (Fig. 155)is set to winter operation).When 240 V electrical operation is selected, the yellow indicator lamp illuminates(Fig. 156,6).Further information can be obtained from the separate "Gas heater"instruction manual.For further information about the use of the boiler see section "Boiler".142 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Appliances1010.2.4 Trumatic C hot-air heaterWhen there is a danger of frost the heater is not in operation, empty theheating system.Do not use the space above and behind the heater as a storage compartment.The circulation fan is automatically switched on when the hot-air heater isactivated, and it stays on. This puts an immense strain on the living areabattery, if the vehicle is connected to an external 240 V power supply. Takeinto consideration that the living area battery only has limited reserves ofenergy.Depending on the equipment, different heaters are installed in the vehicles.The heaters differ with regard to the energy type with which they can be operated.Fig. 157 Operating unit for heater/boiler1 Temperature control knob2 Summer operation water temperature40 °C or 60 °C3 Rotary switch4 Off5 Winter operation "Heater withoutboiler"6 Winter operation "Heater and boiler"7 Green indicator lamp "Heating operation"8 Red indicator lamp "Fault"9 Yellow indicator lamp "Boiler heatingupphase"Operating modesAll heaters have two operating modes:Winter operationSummer operationIt is only possible to heat the vehicle in the "Winter" operating mode. With the"Summer" operating mode only water in the boiler is heated. It is not possibleto heat the vehicle in this operating mode.Selecting operating mode: Set the operating mode using the rotary switch (Fig. 157,3).The power supply of the heater cannot be interrupted by means of the 12 Vmain switch.Variant: Heater with gasoperationWinter operationSwitching on:The heater is operated exclusively with gas.The heater selects the necessary burner setting according to the requiredroom temperature. When the required room temperature is reached, theburner is switched off. The room temperature is measured by the temperaturesensor next to the panel. In "Heater and boiler" operating mode (Fig. 157,6)water in the boiler is also heated. In the operating mode "Heater without boiler"(Fig. 157,5) the heater can be operated with an empty boiler.Open the regulator tap on the gas bottle and the gas isolator tap "Heater/boiler".Turn the temperature control knob (Fig. 157,1) on the operating unit to thedesired heating level.Set rotary switch (Fig. 157,3) to winter operation "Heater without boiler"(Fig. 157,5) or to winter operation "Heater and boiler" (Fig. 157,6).Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN143

10AppliancesGreen indicator lamp (Fig. 157,7) is on.The circulation fan automatically switches on when the heater is activated.Switching off: Set the rotary switch (Fig. 157,3) to " " (Fig. 157,4).Close the gas isolator tap "Heater/boiler" and the regulator tap on the gasbottle.After switching off the heater, the circulation fan may still run for a moment touse up the residual heat.Summer operationVariant: Heater with gasand 240 V electricaloperationIt is not possible to heat the vehicle in "Summer" operating mode. In "Summer"operating mode, only the water in the boiler is heated.240 V electrical operation is only possible when the vehicle is connected tothe 240 V power supply.Select the output level for 240 V electrical operation so that it correspondsto the fuse protection of the 240 V connection (900 W for 3.9 A fuse,1800 W for 7.8 A fuse).When the heater on the operating unit is set to summer operation and theenergy selector switch is set to mixed operation, the heater still runs onlyin 240 V operation. The gas burner is not switched on.1 240 V electrical operation (1800 W)2 240 V electrical operation (900 W)3 Gas operation4 Gas and 240 V electrical operation(900 W)5 Gas and 240 V electrical operation(1800 W)6 Yellow indicator lamp "240 V electricaloperation"Fig. 158 Energy selector switch forheater/boilerThe heater can be operated with different types of energy:Gas operation (Fig. 158,3)240 V electrical operation with the output levels 900 W (Fig. 158,2) or1800 W (Fig. 158,1)Gas and 240 V electrical operation (mixed operation) with the output levels900 W (Fig. 158,4) or 1800 W (Fig. 158,5)The combination gas operation and 240 V electrical operation reduces theheating-up time (only possible when the heater on the operating unit (Fig. 157)is set to winter operation).When 240 V electrical operation is selected, the yellow indicator lamp illuminates(Fig. 158,6).Further information can be obtained from the separate "Gas heater"instruction manual.For further information about the use of the boiler see section "Boiler".144 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Appliances1010.2.5 Webasto Dual Top hot-air heater Take the device out of operation by removing the fuse and contact customerservice if one of the following events occurs: Long lasting, strongdevelopment of smoke; unusual combustion noises; smell of fuel; continuousfault shut-down with error message (blink code).The heater is powered with diesel fuel from the fuel tank of the basevehicle. The heater is not approved for operation with fuels of classes EL,L and PME (biodiesel).Operate the heater every 4 weeks for approx. 10 minutes in order to preventa blockage of moving parts.When there is a danger of frost the heater is not in operation, empty theheating system.Do not use the space above and behind the heater as a storage compartment.Fig. 159 Operating unit for heater/boiler1 Summer operation water temperature40 °C or 70 °C2 Winter operation "Heater withoutboiler"3 Indicator lamp "No water"4 Winter operation "Heater and boiler"5 Indicator lamp "Operation/fault"(green/red)6 Control knob "Temperature"7 Frost protection8 Rotary switch "Operating mode"9 Emptying boiler10 OffOperating modesThe heater has two operating modes:Summer operationWinter operationIt is only possible to heat the vehicle in the "Winter" operating mode. With the"Summer" operating mode only water in the boiler is heated. It is not possibleto heat the vehicle in this operating mode.Selecting operating mode: Set the operating mode using the rotary switch (Fig. 159,8).The power supply for the appliance cannot be interrupted by means of the12 V main switch. In the case of faults, the indicator lamp "Operation/fault"(Fig. 159,5) flashes alternately green and red.Summer operationWinter operationIndicator function"No water"It is not possible to heat the vehicle in "Summer" operating mode. In this operatingmode, only the water in the boiler is heated up to either 40 °C or 70 °C.The heater automatically selects the burner setting, which is necessary toreach the required room temperature. When the required room temperature isreached, the burner is switched off. In "Heater and boiler" operating mode(Fig. 159,4) water in the boiler is also heated uo to 70 °C. In the operatingmode "Heater without boiler" (Fig. 159,2) the heater can be operated with anempty boiler.When the "Heater and boiler" operating mode (Fig. 159,4) is selected,although the boiler is empty, the indicator lamp "No water" (Fig. 159,3) flashes.In this case, switch to the "Heater without boiler" (Fig. 159,2) operating mode.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN145

10AppliancesOnly select the "Heater and boiler" operating mode when the boiler is fullof water.Switching on the heater:Set control knob "Temperature" (Fig. 159,6) on the operating unit to thedesired thermostat setting for the room temperature.Set rotary switch "Operating mode" (Fig. 159,8) to winter operation "Heaterwithout boiler" (Fig. 159,2) or to winter operation "Heater and boiler"(Fig. 159,4).The indicator lamp "Operation/fault" (Fig. 159,5) lights up green.Both the symbol of the selected operating mode and the temperature symbollight red.Switching the heater off: Turn rotary switch "Operating mode" (Fig. 159,8) to "OFF" (Fig. 159,10).After the heater has been switched off, the circulation fan may still run for amoment in order to cool down the heating appliance.The indicator lamp "Operation/fault" (Fig. 159,5) goes off.Further information can be obtained in the manufacturer's instructionmanual.For further information about the use of the boiler see section "Boiler".10.2.6 Alde hot-water heaterNever run hot-water heater without heating fluid. Observe notes inchapter 13.Never drill holes in the floor. This might damage the hot-water pipes.Do not use the space above and behind the heater as a storage compart-ment. The circulating pump must always be turned on when the hot-water heateris in operation. We recommend to bleed the heating system after the initial heater operationand to check the glycol content. Observe notes in chapter 13. For further information, see the separate instruction manual "Alde Compact"and observe the maintenance instructions found in chapter 13. For further information about the use of the boiler see section "Boiler".The hot-water heater has been fitted below in the wardrobe.Operating unitThe operating unit is divided into two sections:Display (Fig. 160,1)Control buttons146 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Appliances101 LCD display2 "Back" button3 "Activate/Increase" button4 "Forward" button5 "Switch off/Decrease" button6 "System reset" button7 Lower menu line8 Information line9 Status line10 Upper menu lineFig. 160 Operating unit for hot-waterheaterWhen no button is pressed, the operating unit automatically switches tohome position after two minutes.Control buttonsThe control buttons have the following functions:Pos. inFig. 160ButtonFunction4 Starting operation and selecting a symbol3 +/On5 -/Off2 Ending operation6Store ResetActivating the selected menu or increasing the displayedvalueDeactivating the selected menu or decreasing the displayedvalueResetting the system to home position or saving theset timeLCD displayThe LCD displays are divided into four sections:Upper menu line (Fig. 160,10)Status line (Fig. 160,9)Information line (Fig. 160,8)Lower menu line (Fig. 160,7)Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN147

10AppliancesFig. 161 LCD displaysPos. inFig. 161SymbolSignificationUpper menu line 1 On The heater is activated2 Off The heater is switched off3 Selection: Setting the desired temperature4Selection: Temporarily increasing (approx. 30 min) thewater temperature in the boiler from 50 °C to 65 °C5 Selection: Heating with gas6Selection: Heating with currentThe number in the symbol specifies the selected heatinglevel7 Circulating pump is activated8 240 V power supply is connectedStatus line 20 Internal temperature display9External temperature display (only when an externaltemperature sensor is installed)10 e.g. Hour Day, hour and minute display when setting the timeInformation lineLower menu lineDetails about temperatures, times and operating states or even error messagesare displayed as text in the Information line (Fig. 161,19).Pos. inFig. 161Symbol11 MenuSignification12 Amp Not assignedSelection: Calling various functions such as pump operationor button sounds13 Auto On Selection: Starting the heater automatically148 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Appliances10Pos. inFig. 161Symbol14 Selection: Setting the night temperature15 Auto16 ExtSignification17 Setting the timeSelection: Starting the night temperature control automaticallySelection: Starting the heater via remote control (onlywhen a remote control is installed)18 Activating the lower menu lineSelecting the operatingmodeSelecting gas operation:The hot-water heater can be operated with the following energy sources:Gas operation240 V electrical operation Gas and 240 V electrical operationThe operating mode is selected from the operating unit.Press the " " button (Fig. 160,4) until the " " symbol (Fig. 161,5) flashes.Press the "+/On" button (Fig. 160,3). The gas operation is activated.Press the " " button (Fig. 160,2). The operation ends, the display movesto home position and the " " symbol lights up.Selecting 240 V electricaloperation:Selecting gas and 240 Velectrical operation:Press the " " button (Fig. 160,4) until the " " symbol (Fig. 161,6) flashes.Press the "+/On" button (Fig. 160,3) or the "-/Off" button (Fig. 160,5) untilthe desired output level is visible.Press the " " button (Fig. 160,2). The operation ends, the display movesto home position and the " " symbol lights up.Select the output level during 240 V electrical operation in such a way thatit corresponds to the 240 V connection protection:Level 1 (1050 W) at 6 ALevel 2 (2100 W) at 10 ALevel 3 (3150 W) at 16 A Select gas operation and 240 V electrical operation on the operating unit.If gas and 240 V electrical operation is selected and if the vehicle is connectedto the 240 V power supply, then the hot-water heater at first onlyoperates in 240 V electric operation. Only if the heat output is insufficientdoes the gas operation also automatically switch on.The gas operation is only possible when the regulator tap on the gas bottleand the gas isolator tap are opened.240 V electrical operation is only possible when the vehicle is connected tothe 240 V power supply.When the heater is turned on, it starts with the last set operating mode.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN149

10AppliancesSwitching on the heater: Press the " " button (Fig. 160,4). The "Off" symbol (Fig. 161,2) flashes.Press the "+/On" button (Fig. 160,3). The "On" symbol (Fig. 161,1) flashes.The heater starts automatically.Press the " " button (Fig. 160,2). The operation ends, the display movesto home position and the "On" symbol lights up.Switching the heater off: Press the " " button (Fig. 160,4). The "On" symbol (Fig. 161,1) flashes.Press the "-/Off" button (Fig. 160,5). The "Off" symbol (Fig. 161,2) flashes.The heater is turned off.Press the " " button (Fig. 160,2). The operation ends, the display movesto home position and the "Off" symbol lights up.Alde heat exchangerThe heat exchanger only works when the vehicle engine is running.If the heat exchanger is not being used (as in the summer), the heatexchanger on the stop cock should be shut off.The heat exchanger can be used to heat the living area of the vehicle duringtravel without operating the hot-water heater in the living area.The heat exchanger is connected to the vehicle engine's cooling circuit andthus has the same function as the vehicle heater.Heat output is set with the living area's heating regulator.The heat exchanger stop cock is located directly on the exchanger.Fig. 162 Alde heat exchangerTurning on:Shutting off: Set stop cock handle (Fig. 162,1) parallel to the pipe. Set drain cock handle (Fig. 162,1) at a right angle to the pipe.150 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Appliances10Alde auxiliary circulatingpump The auxiliary circulating pump works only if a heat exchanger has beeninstalled and the hot-water heater is running.Fig. 163 Auxiliary circulating pumpFig. 164 Operating switch for auxiliarycirculating pumpThe auxiliary circulating pump (Fig. 163,1) can be used to heat the vehicleengine when parked.The auxiliary circulating pump is connected to the vehicle engine's cooling circuitand thus functions as an engine heater.The auxiliary circulating pump switch (Fig. 164,2) is located next to the hotwaterheater operating unit. The yellow indicator lamp (Fig. 164,1) illuminateswhen the pump is operated.Setting the rotationalspeed of the circulatingpump The hot-water heater is equipped with a very powerful pump. Only operatethe pump for approx. 5 minutes on full output when the system is emptiedor the pipes are bled. Otherwise, this will increase wear; loud operatingnoises are the result.Fig. 165 Rotational speed reductionswitchThe rotational speed of the circulating pump can be set with the sliding switch(Fig. 165,2). At a lower rotary speed, the operating sounds of the pump arequieter.The sliding regulator is located in the hot-water heater area.Setting the output:Push sliding trap (Fig. 165,1) towards the right. The output is reduced.Push sliding trap towards the left. The output is increased.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN151

10Appliances240 V circulating pump Depending on the equipment, the hot-water heater has an additional 240 V circulatingpump.If the vehicle is connected to the 240 V power supply, then it is possible toswitch to the higher output of the 240 V circulating pump.The switch for switching between the 12 V circulating pump and the 240 V circulatingpump is located on the hot-water heater operating unit.Selecting the circulatingpump:Press the " " button (Fig. 160,4) until the "Menu" symbol (Fig. 161,11)flashes.Press the "+/On" button (Fig. 160,3).If "OF" is displayed in the information line (Fig. 161,19), keep pressing the" " button until "PU" is displayed.Select the "AU" (240 V) or "12" (12 V) setting with the "+/On" button(Fig. 160,3) or the "-/Off" button (Fig. 160,5).Exit the menu command with the "Store" button (Fig. 160,6).10.2.7 Arizona auxiliary heat exchangerDo not operate the auxiliary heat exchanger at petrol stations. Danger ofexplosion!The fan on the auxiliary heat exchanger can be used for ventilation.The heat output is continuously adjusted.The auxiliary heat exchanger is built into the bench seat.The auxiliary heat exchanger may be used to provide the vehicle's living areawith additional heat during the journey.The auxiliary heat exchanger is integrated into the heat circulation of the basevehicle and is therefore only in operation when the vehicle engine is running.Fig. 166 Operating controls for auxiliaryheat exchangerSwitching on:Turn the control knob (Fig. 166,1) of the flow control to the desired position.The water circulation is open.Turn the fan switch (Fig. 166,2) for the circulation fan in a clockwise direction.Switching off: Turn the fan switch (Fig. 166,2) to " ". Turn the control knob (Fig. 166,1) of the flow control to its initial position.152 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Appliances1010.2.8 Independent vehicle heaterDo not operate the independent vehicle heater in closed spaces. Dangerof suffocation!Do not operate the independent vehicle heater at petrol stations. Dangerof explosion!The inside and the engine can be heated with the independent vehicle heater.The heating of the engine can be switched off.The independent vehicle heater can be turned on and off manually or with atimer. The time for the heating to start can be exactly preselected from1 minute to 24 hours. It is possible to program three switching on times, ofwhich only one can be activated. The maximum permitted operation time is60 minutes.Fig. 167 Operating unit for independentvehicle heaterSwitching on manually:Switching off manually:Switching on the engineheating:Switching off the engineheating:Press the button (Fig. 167,7). The heating mode is displayed by the symbol(Fig. 167,9). The fan will only be switched on when there is a coolant temperatureof 30 °C. Press the button (Fig. 167,7). The symbol (Fig. 167,9) goes off.Press the lower part of the switch (Fig. 167,4). Engine is preheated. Thefan is switched on immediately. Press the upper part of the switch (Fig. 167,4). Engine stays cold.Setting the time: Press the button (Fig. 167,2). The time setting is displayed by the symbol(Fig. 167,8).Set the time with the buttons (Fig. 167,3 and 6).Programming heating start: Press the button (Fig. 167,5).Set the switching on time within ten seconds, with the buttons (Fig. 167,3and 6).Selecting programmedswitching on time:Keep pressing button (Fig. 167,5) until the selected programme number(Fig. 167,1) appears in the display.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN153

10Appliances10.2.9 Heater for waste water tank and waste water pipes (wintercomfort package)In order to prevent waste water fittings freezing up, the waste water tank andthe waste water pipes can be electrically heated separately.When the heater is turned on, temperature sensors monitor the temperatureof the waste water tank and the waste water pipes. If the temperature fallsbelow 5 °C, the heating elements are switched on and the waste water tankand waste water pipes are heated. If the temperature rises above a certainlevel, the heating elements are switched off again.Fig. 168 Control unitThe control unit (Fig. 168) is installed in the wardrobe. The control lamps onthe control unit have the following meanings:The indicator lamp (Fig. 168,2) lights up in green: Regulation in operation.Indicator lamp (Fig. 168,1) lights up in red: Waste water tank is heated.Indicator lamp (Fig. 168,3) lights up in red: Waste water pipes are heated.To turn it on and off, use the rocker switch on the panel.10.2.10 Electrical floor warming unit On models with electrical floor warming unit, never drill holes in the flooror screw in any screws. Careful with sharp objects. There is danger of apower cut or a short circuit due to damage to a heater wire. Do not cover the regulator. Danger of overheating!The electrical floor warming unit only operates if the vehicle is connectedto the 240 V power supply.The output of the electrical floor warming unit alone is not sufficient to heatthe living area.The regulator for the electrical floor warming unit is located in the wardrobe.Operating levelsThe electrical floor warming unit has four operating levels:0 "Off" 20 V "Low heating level"22 V "Medium heating level"24 V "High heating level"154 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Appliances10Fig. 169 Regulator for electrical floorwarming unitSwitching on: Connect the vehicle to the 240 V power supply (see section 9.10.1). Turn the control knob (Fig. 169,2) to the required heating level.Switching off:Switching on overloadprotection:Turn control knob (Fig. 169,2) to "0" position.After switching off, the floor remains warm for a while, due to residual heat.If the regulator is overloaded, the overload protection is actuated. The pin(Fig. 169,1) jumps out.Press the pin (Fig. 169,1) on the overload protection when the regulator iscooled.10.3 Air conditioning unit10.3.1 Dometic If the unit is operating, always open at least one ventilation flap.In the winter, vehicle heating can be supported but not replaced by the airconditioning unit.Also read the manufacturer's instruction manual.Fig. 170 Remote control1 Symbol for automatic mode2 Symbol for cold mode3 Symbol for warm mode4 Symbol for ventilation mode5 Symbol for discharged batteries6 Time7 Temperature display8 Fan speed display9 ON/OFF button10 Fan speed button11 "MODE" button12 "CLOCK" button13 Reset key14 Interior temperature display button"ROOM"15 Store button "SET"16 Light button "LIGHT"(optional)17 Temperature unit change button"F/C°"18 Temperature decrease button "-"19 Temperature increase button "+"20 DisplayMotorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN155

10AppliancesTo execute the individual switching commands, always point the remote controlin the direction of the ceiling unit.Operating modesThe air conditioning unit has the following operating modes:AutomaticVentilation, manualCooling, manualHeating, manualSwitching on: Press the ON/OFF button (Fig. 170,9).Press the "Mode" button (Fig. 170,11) as often as required until therequired mode (Fig. 170,1, 2, 3 or 4) is indicated on the display(Fig. 170,20).Use the "+" (Fig. 170,19) and "–" (Fig. 170,18) buttons to set the desiredtemperature.Use the fan speed button (Fig. 170,10) to select the desired fan level.Switching off: Press the ON/OFF button (Fig. 170,9).Fig. 171 Air conditioning unit (Dometic)LEDThe LED (Fig. 171,4) on the ceiling unit (Fig. 171,1) displays the operatingstatus of the air conditioning unit:Status LEDOffOrangeGreenRed (continuous)Red (flashes once intermittently)Red (flashes twice intermittently)SignificationAir conditioning unit offAir conditioning unit ready to operateAir conditioning unit in operationNo 240 V power connectionFault in the interior temperature gaugeFault in the exterior temperature gaugeAir currentAdjusting air current:The air current can be directed in different directions. The distribution of the aircurrent toward the front or back is continuously adjustable.Align the two deflectors (Fig. 171,3 and 5) in the desired position.Rotate knob (Fig. 171,2) on sliding regulator in an anticlockwise direction.The sliding regulator for air distribution is released.156 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Appliances10Slide the sliding regulator forwards or backwards to the desired position.The side on which the sliding regulator is located is closed.Turn the knob tight in the clockwise direction.10.3.2 TrumaThe air conditioning unit only runs if the vehicle is connected to a 240 Vpower supply.The external 240 V power supply must be protected by a fuse of at least3 A. It is otherwise not possible to operate the air conditioning unit properly.Fig. 172 ReceiverFig. 173 Remote controlTo execute the individual switching commands, always point the remote controlin the direction of the receiver.Switching on:Connect the vehicle to the 240 V power supply. The air conditioning unit isready to operate.Switch on the remote control with the switch (Fig. 173,7). The green indicatorlamp (Fig. 172,1) indicates cooling mode.Set the desired operating mode with the key (Fig. 173,8)."FAN": Only ventilation without cooling."COMFORT": Cooling. The fan output and the room temperature can beset separately. The green indicator lamp in the receiver indicates thecompressor is in operation and therefore cooling mode.Set the desired fan output and room temperature with the keys (Fig. 173,3and 4) if necessary. The arrow (Fig. 173,9) indicates the selected settingmode.If the temperature set on the remote control is reached, the green indicatorlamp goes out, the compressor is switched off and the circulation fan continuesto run. An additional key switch (Fig. 172,2) is on the receiver, which can be usedto switch the air conditioning unit off or on without remote control. If the airconditioning unit is switched on by means of this key switch, the operatingmode set last on the remote control is automatically selected.Switching off: To switch off, press the key (Fig. 173,7) on the remote control again. Condensation accumulates on the vaporiser in cooling mode. To counteractany formation of germs, operate the air conditioning unit about 5 to10 minutes in the "FAN" and "HIGH" positions to dry the vaporiser.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN157

10AppliancesTimerThe air conditioning unit can be switched on or off automatically from the currenttime up to 15 hours in advance with the integrated timer. Pre-programmingup to a certain time is not possible.10.4 BoilerTo program, switch on the air conditioning unit with the key (Fig. 173,7) onthe remote control.Set the desired operating mode and room temperature with the keys(Fig. 173,8, 3 and 4).Use the key (Fig. 173,5) to select the desired function (Fig. 173,1):"ON": Switching on"OFF": Switching offUse the keys (Fig. 173,4) to select the desired switching time (1 to15 hours). The arrow (Fig. 173,2) flashes and indicates the setting mode.If "ON" (switch on) was selected, the air conditioning unit must be switchedoff again with the remote control after the setting process. The indicatorlamp in the receiver flashes and confirms the programming.The indicator lamp in the receiver flashes and confirms the programming if"OFF" (switch off) was selected. Do not switch off the air conditioning unitwith the remote control.To go easy on the batteries in the remote control, the infrared transmittercan be covered by hand and the remote control then switched off after the"OFF" programming. In this way no signal is transferred to the receiver andthe programming is retained.The key (Fig. 173,6) is used to send the settings of the remote controlrepeatedly to the receiver.Further information can be obtained in the manufacturer's instructionmanual.Never let gas escape unburned due to danger of explosion.Never run the boiler in gas operation when refuelling, on ferries or in thegarage. Danger of explosion! Never operate the boiler in gas operation in closed spaces (e.g.garages). Danger of poisoning and suffocation! The water in the boiler can be heated up to 60 °C. Risk of scalding!Never use boiler when empty.If the boiler is not being used, empty it if there is any risk of frost. Only operate the boiler with the maximum temperature setting if yourequire a large quantity of warm water. This protects the boiler against thebuild-up of limescale.Dethleffs recommends that water from the boiler is not used as drinkingwater.158 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Appliances1010.4.1 Models with waste gas vent on the right-hand side of thevehicle If the awning is put up and the boiler is running in gas operation, exhaustgases from the boiler can escape into the awning area. Danger of suffocation!Make sure the area is sufficiently ventilated.10.4.2 Truma Combi boiler1 Summer operation water temperature40 °C or 60 °C2 Rotary switch3 Winter operation "Heater and boiler"4 Red indicator lamp "Fault"5 Yellow indicator lamp "Boiler heatingupphase"Fig. 174 Operating unit for heater/boilerThe boiler is integrated into the heater and is operated with gas (gas operation)or with gas and/or electricity (gas and 240 V electrical operation). Theboiler is switched on by turning the rotary switch (Fig. 174,2) on the operatingunit (Fig. 174). The type of energy is pre-selected (gas and 240 V electricaloperation) with the energy selector switch (Fig. 176).In winter operation "Heater and boiler" (Fig. 174,3) the water is automaticallyheated up when the heater is switched on. If the heater switches off after therequired room temperature has been reached, the boiler will continue to heatup until the set water temperature has been reached.In summer operation (Fig. 174,1) only the water in the boiler is heated up toeither 40 °C or 60 °C. The water is heated to 60 °C in approx. 25 minutes. Theyellow indicator lamp (Fig. 174,5) illuminates during the boiler heating-upperiod.The power supply for the appliance cannot be interrupted by means of the12 V main switch. When there is a fault, the red indicator lamp (Fig. 174,4) onthe operating unit illuminates (see chapter 15).Safety/drainage valveThe boiler is equipped with a safety/drainage valve (Fig. 175). The safety/drainage valve prevents water in the boiler from freezing, when there is frostand the heater is not switched on.When the vehicle is not used for a long period of time, open the safety/drainage valve and empty the boiler.At temperatures below 2 °C the safety/drainage valve opens automatically.Before filling the boiler, switch on the heater and wait until the temperatureon the safety/drainage valve is above 6 °C. Only then can the safety/drainage valve be closed once again.The water pump and the water fittings are not protected against freezing bythe safety/drainage valve.The drainage neck of the safety/drainage valve has to be free of dirt (e.g.leaves, ice) at all times.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN159

10AppliancesFig. 175 Safety/drainage valve of theboilerVariant: Boiler with gasoperationWinter operationSummer operationSwitching on:The boiler is operated exclusively with gas.In the "heater and boiler" switch setting in winter operation, the boiler isalready switched on.In summer operation the water can be heated up to 40 °C or 60 °C.Open the regulator tap on the gas bottle and the gas isolator tap "Heater/boiler".Set the rotary switch (Fig. 174,2) on the operating unit (Fig. 174) to"Summer operation" (Fig. 174,1).The yellow indicator lamp (Fig. 174,5) is illuminated during the heating upperiod. When the set water temperature is reached, the period of heating upis finished and the yellow indicator lamp fades.Switching off: Set the rotary switch (Fig. 174,2) on the operating unit (Fig. 174) to " ".Close the gas isolator tap "Heater/boiler" and the regulator tap on the gasbottle.Variant: Boiler with gasand 240 V electricaloperation240 V electrical operation is only possible when the vehicle is connected tothe 240 V power supply.Select the output level for 240 V electrical operation so that it correspondsto the fuse protection of the 240 V connection (900 W for 3.9 A fuse,1800 W for 7.8 A fuse).When the boiler on the operating unit is set to summer operation and theenergy selector switch is set to mixed operation, the boiler still runs only in240 V operation. The gas burner is not switched on.160 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Appliances101 240 V electrical operation (1800 W)2 240 V electrical operation (900 W)3 Gas operation4 Gas and 240 V electrical operation(900 W)5 Gas and 240 V electrical operation(1800 W)6 Yellow indicator lamp "240 V electricaloperation"Fig. 176 Energy selector switch forheater/boilerThe boiler can be operated with different types of energy:Gas operation (Fig. 176,3)240 V electrical operation with the output levels 900 W (Fig. 176,2) or1800 W (Fig. 176,1)Gas and 240 V electrical operation (mixed operation) with the output levels900 W (Fig. 176,4) or 1800 W (Fig. 176,5)The combination gas operation and 240 V electrical operation reduces theheating-up time (only possible when the boiler on the operating unit (Fig. 174)is set to winter operation).When 240 V electrical operation is selected, the yellow indicator lamp illuminates(Fig. 176,6).Filling/emptying the boilerThe boiler can be supplied with water from the water tank.Filling the boiler with water:Switch on 12 V power supply on the panel.Close the safety/drainage valve. Turn the knob (Fig. 175,1) perpendicularto the safety/drainage valve and press the button (Fig. 175,2) in.Set all the water taps to "Hot" and open them. The water pump is turnedon. The warm water pipes are filled with water.Keep the taps open until the water flowing out of the taps has no bubblesin it. This is the only way to ensure that the boiler is full of water.Close all water taps.Emptying the boiler: Set the rotary switch (Fig. 174,2) on the operating unit (Fig. 174) to " ".Open the safety/drainage valve. To do this turn the knob (Fig. 175,1) parallelto the safety/drainage valve. The snap fastener (Fig. 175,2) jumps out.The boiler is drained to the outside by the safety/drainage valve.Check whether the water has been drained completely from the boiler(approx. 10 litres).Further information can be obtained from the separate instruction manual"Boiler".Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN161

10Appliances10.4.3 Trumatic C boiler1 Summer operation water temperature40 °C or 60 °C2 Rotary switch3 Winter operation "Heater and boiler"4 Red indicator lamp "Fault"5 Yellow indicator lamp "Boiler heatingupphase"Fig. 177 Operating unit for heater/boilerThe boiler is integrated into the heater and is operated with gas (gas operation)or with gas and/or electricity (gas and 240 V electrical operation). Theboiler is switched on by turning the rotary switch (Fig. 177,2) on the operatingunit (Fig. 177). The type of energy is pre-selected (gas and 240 V electricaloperation) with the energy selector switch (Fig. 179).In winter operation "Heater and boiler" (Fig. 177,3) the water is automaticallyheated up when the heater is switched on. If the heater switches off after therequired room temperature has been reached, the boiler will continue to heatup until the set water temperature has been reached.In summer operation (Fig. 177,1) only the water in the boiler is heated up toeither 40 °C or 60 °C. The water is heated to 60 °C in approx. one hour. Theyellow indicator lamp (Fig. 177,5) illuminates during the boiler heating-upperiod.The voltage supply for the heater/boiler and the safety/drainage valve cannotbe interrupted by the 12 V main switch. When there is a fault, the red indicatorlamp (Fig. 177,4) on the operating unit for Trumatic C heater/boiler illuminates(see chapter 15).Safety/drainage valveThe boiler is equipped with a safety/drainage valve (Fig. 178). The safety/drainage valve prevents water in the boiler from freezing, when there is frostand the heater is not switched on.When the safety/drainage valve is closed a small electrical power flowswhich puts an extra load on the living area battery. Therefore, a daily checkof the battery voltage panel is recommended. If the battery voltage dropsto below 10.8 V the function of the safety/drainage valve can no longer beguaranteed.When the vehicle is not used for a long period of time, open the safety/drainage valve and empty the boiler.At temperatures below 8 °C the safety/drainage valve opens automatically.Therefore, you must switch on the living area heater and wait until the livingarea temperature exceeds 8 °C before you fill the boiler.The water pump and the water fittings are not protected against freezing bythe safety/drainage valve.The drainage neck of the safety/drainage valve has to be free of dirt (e.g.leaves, ice) at all times.162 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Appliances10Fig. 178 Safety/drainage valve of theboilerVariant: Boiler with gasoperationWinter operationSummer operationSwitching on:The boiler is operated exclusively with gas.In the "heater and boiler" switch setting in winter operation, the boiler isalready switched on.In summer operation the water can be heated up to 40 °C or 60 °C.Open the regulator tap on the gas bottle and the gas isolator tap "Heater/boiler".Set the rotary switch (Fig. 177,2) on the operating unit (Fig. 177) to"Summer operation" (Fig. 177,1).The yellow indicator lamp is illuminated during the heating up period. Whenthe set water temperature is reached, the period of heating up is finished andthe yellow indicator lamp fades.Switching off: Set the rotary switch (Fig. 177,2) on the operating unit (Fig. 177) to " ".Close the gas isolator tap "Heater/boiler" and the regulator tap on the gasbottle.Variant: Boiler with gasand 240 V electricaloperation240 V electrical operation is only possible when the vehicle is connected tothe 240 V power supply.Select the output level for 240 V electrical operation so that it correspondsto the fuse protection of the 240 V connection (900 W for 3.9 A fuse,1800 W for 7.8 A fuse).When the boiler on the operating unit is set to summer operation and theenergy selector switch is set to mixed operation, the boiler still runs only in240 V operation. The gas burner is not switched on.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN163

10Appliances1 240 V electrical operation (1800 W)2 240 V electrical operation (900 W)3 Gas operation4 Gas and 240 V electrical operation(900 W)5 Gas and 240 V electrical operation(1800 W)6 Yellow indicator lamp "240 V electricaloperation"Fig. 179 Energy selector switch forheater/boilerThe boiler can be operated with different types of energy:Gas operation (Fig. 179,3)240 V electrical operation with the output levels 900 W (Fig. 179,2) or1800 W (Fig. 179,1)Gas and 240 V electrical operation (mixed operation) with the output levels900 W (Fig. 179,4) or 1800 W (Fig. 179,5)The combination gas operation and 240 V electrical operation reduces theheating-up time (only possible when the boiler on the operating unit (Fig. 177)is set to winter operation).When 240 V electrical operation is selected, the yellow indicator lamp illuminates(Fig. 179,6).Filling/emptying the boilerThe boiler can be supplied with water from the water tank.Filling the boiler with water:Switch on 12 V power supply on the panel.Close the safety/drainage valve. In order to do this, pull the pull switch(Fig. 178,1) up.Set all the water taps to "Hot" and open them. The water pump is turnedon. The warm water pipes are filled with water.Keep the taps open until the water flowing out of the taps has no bubblesin it. This is the only way to ensure that the boiler is full of water.Close all water taps.Emptying the boiler: Set the rotary switch (Fig. 177,2) on the operating unit (Fig. 177) to " ".Open the safety/drainage valve. In order to do this, push the pull switch(Fig. 178,1) down. The boiler is drained to the outside by the safety/drainage valve.Check whether the water has been drained completely from the boiler(approx. 12.5 litres).Because of the suction effect, a part of the water supply can be alsodrained from the lines and the water tank. The water system is however notcompletely emptied.Further information can be obtained from the separate instruction manual"Boiler".164 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Appliances1010.4.4 Webasto Dual Top boiler Take the device out of operation by removing the fuse and contact customerservice if one of the following events occurs: Long lasting, strongdevelopment of smoke; unusual combustion noises; smell of fuel; continuousfault shut-down with error message (blink code).Fig. 180 Operating unit for heater/boiler1 Summer operation water temperature40 °C or 70 °C2 Winter operation "Heater withoutboiler"3 Indicator lamp "No water"4 Winter operation "Heater and boiler"5 Indicator lamp "Operation/fault"(green/red)6 Control knob "Temperature"7 Frost protection8 Rotary switch "Operating mode"9 Emptying boiler10 OffThe boiler is integrated in the heater and is powered with diesel fuel from thefuel tank.In winter operation "Heater and boiler" (Fig. 180,4) the water is heated up aswell when the heater is switched on. If the heater switches off after therequired room temperature has been reached, the boiler will continue to heatup until the water is heated.In summer operation (Fig. 180,1) only the water in the boiler is heated up toeither 40 °C or 70 °C.The power supply for the appliance cannot be interrupted by means of the12 V main switch. In the case of faults, the indicator lamp "Operation/fault"(Fig. 180,5) flashes alternately green and red.Safety/drainage valveThe boiler is equipped with a safety/drainage valve. The safety/drainage valveprevents water in the boiler from freezing, when there is frost and the heateris not switched on.When the vehicle is not used for a long period of time, open the safety/drainage valve and empty the boiler.If the temperature is below 6 °C, the safety/drainage valve is opened automaticallywhen one of the following prerequisites is met: The device isswitched off (OFF); the "Heater without boiler" operating mode has beenselected; the battery capacity is too weak; an error has occurred.The water pump and the water pipes are not protected against freezing bythe safety/drainage valve.The drainage neck of the safety/drainage valve has to be free of dirt (e.g.leaves, ice) at all times.Winter operationSummer operationIn the "Heater and boiler" switch setting (Fig. 180,4) in winter operation, theboiler is already switched on.In summer operation the water can be heated up to 40 °C or 70 °C.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN165

10AppliancesSwitching the boiler on:Switching the boiler off:Frost protection modeFilling/emptying the boilerFilling the boiler with water:Emptying the boiler:Set the rotary switch "Operating mode" (Fig. 180,8) to summer operation"40 °C" or "70 °C" (Fig. 180,1) or to winter operation "Heater and boiler"(Fig. 180,4).The indicator lamp "Operation/fault" (Fig. 180,5) lights up green.The symbol of the selected operating mode lights red.Turn the rotary switch "Operating mode" (Fig. 180,8) to "OFF"(Fig. 180,10).The indicator lamp "Operation/fault" (Fig. 180,5) goes off.In frost protection mode, only the boiler is protected against frost. The waterpump and the water pipes are not protected against frost.In frost protection mode, the device works like in the "Heater and boiler" operatingmode. However, the water in the boiler is not heated to 60 °C, but ratheronly slightly warmed.The boiler is not automatically emptied at ambient temperatures below 6 °C. Frost protection mode consumes fuel and electricity. In frost protectionmode make sure that sufficient fuel is available and that the battery ischarged.The boiler can be supplied with water from the water tank.Switch on 12 V power supply on the panel.At ambient temperatures below 6 °C, switch the rotary switch "Operatingmode" (Fig. 180,8) to summer operation or winter operation "Heater andboiler" so that the safety/drainage valve is not opened.Set all the water taps to "Hot" and open them. The water pump is turnedon. The warm water pipes are filled with water.Keep the taps open until the water flowing out of the taps has no bubblesin it. This is the only way to ensure that the boiler is full of water.Close all water taps.Switch off the water pump's power supply on the panel.Set all the water taps to "Hot" and open them.Switch and hold the rotary switch "Operating mode" (Fig. 180,8) for at least5 seconds at position "Emptying boiler" (Fig. 180,9) on the operating unit.The boiler is drained to the outside by the safety/drainage valve.Indicator function"No water"When the "Heater and boiler" operating mode is selected, although the boileris empty, the indicator lamp "No water" (Fig. 180,3) flashes. In this case, fill theboiler with water.Further information can be obtained in the manufacturer's instructionmanual.For further information about the use of the boiler see section "Boiler".166 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Appliances1010.4.5 Alde boilerSwitching the boileron/offFilling/emptying the boilerThe boiler is integrated in the hot-water heater. A separate operation is notpossible. For operating the hot-water heater, see section 10.2.6.The boiler can be supplied with water from the water tank.Fig. 181 Drain cockFilling the boiler with water:Close drain cock. Position the rocking lever (Fig. 181,1) horizontally.Switch on 12 V power supply on the panel.Set all the water taps to "Hot" and open them. The water pump is turnedon. The warm water pipes are filled with water.Keep the taps open until the water flowing out of the taps has no bubblesin it. This is the only way to ensure that the boiler is full of water.Close all water taps.Emptying the boiler:Switch off boiler.Open all water taps and set to the central position.Open drain cocks (Fig. 181). To do so, set the rocking lever (Fig. 181,1) ina vertical position. The boiler is drained to the outside using the drain cock.Check whether the water has been drained completely from the boiler(approx. 12.5 litres).Further information can be obtained from the separate instruction manual"Alde Compact".10.5 CookerNever let gas escape unburned due to danger of explosion.Before using the cooker make sure that there is sufficient ventilation.Open windows or the skylight. Do not use gas cooker or gas oven for heating. Always protect your hands with cooking gloves or potholders when handlinghot pots, pans and similar items. There is a risk of injury.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN167

10Appliances10.5.1 Gas cookerDuring activation and operation of the gas cooker, no flammable objectsor highly inflammable objects such as dishcloths, napkins etc. must benear the gas cooker. Fire hazard!The process of ignition must be visible from above and must not be coveredby cooking pans placed on the cooker.Depending on the model, the gas cooker lid is held closed by a spring.When closing there is danger of getting injured!Do not use the glass gas cooker lid as a hob.Do not close the gas cooker lid while the gas cooker is in operation.Do not apply pressure on the gas cooker lid when it is closed.Do not place hot cooking pans on the gas cooker lid.Keep the gas cooker lid open after cooking until the burners are cool. Otherwisethe glass plate couldshatter.Only use pots and pans whose diameter is appropriate for the gas cookerburners.When the flame goes out, the thermocouple automatically cuts the gassupply.Further information can be obtained from the separate instruction manual"Gas cooker".The vehicle kitchen unit is fitted with a three-burner gas cooker.Depending on the model, the operating controls for the gas cooker are foundon the operating panel or directly on the gas cooker.Fig. 182 Operating controls for gascookerFig. 183 Alternative: Operating controlsfor gas cookerSwitching on:Open the regulator tap on the gas bottle and the gas isolator tap "Cooker".Open the gas cooker lid.Turn the control knob (Fig. 182,1) on the burner you wish to use to the ignitionposition (large flame).Press the control knob down and hold it.Light the burner with a gas lighter, a match or other suitable means oflighting.Once the flame is burning, the control knob must be held down for 10 to15 seconds, until the thermocouple automatically keeps the gas supplyopen.168 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Appliances10Release the control knob and turn to the desired setting.If ignition is unsuccessful, repeat the entire procedure.Switching off:Turn the control knob to the 0-position. The flame fades.Close the gas isolator tap "Cooker" and the regulator tap on the gas bottle.10.5.2 Gas oven (Spinflo)Keep the ventilation openings on the gas oven open at all times.There must be no flammable objects near the gas oven when it is beinglit.The oven flap must remain open when it is being lit.If ignition has not taken place, repeat the entire procedure. If necessary,check if there is gas and/or current in the gas oven.If the gas oven still does not work, close the gas isolator tap and notifyyour service centre.If the burner flame is accidentally extinguished, switch the oven off andleave the burner off for at least 1 minute. Then ignite it again.When grilling, pull out the heat guard and leave the flap fully open.Before using the gas oven for the first time run it for 30 minutes at maximumtemperature without any contents.When the flame goes out, the thermocouple automatically cuts the gassupply.Further information can be obtained from the separate instruction manual"Gas oven".Fig. 184 Gas oven (Spinflo)Switching on:Open the regulator tap on the gas bottle and the gas isolator tap "Oven".Fully open the oven flap (Fig. 184,3).Lightly press control knob (Fig. 184,2) and set to " " (oven) or " "(grill).Press the control knob (Fig. 184,2) and hold it down for 5 to 10 seconds.Gas will stream into the burner.Press the lighting switch (Fig. 184,1) repeatedly until there is a flame.Once the flame is burning, the control knob must be held down for 10 to15 seconds, until the thermocouple automatically keeps the gas supplyopen.Release the control knob and turn to the desired setting.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN169

10AppliancesSwitching off: Turn control knob (Fig. 184,2) to " ". The flame fades. Close the gas isolator tap "Oven" and the regulator tap on the gas bottle.10.5.3 Gas oven (Dometic)lit.Keep the ventilation openings on the gas oven open at all times.There must be no flammable objects near the gas oven when it is beingIf ignition has not taken place, repeat the entire procedure. If necessary,check if there is gas and/or current in the gas oven.If the gas oven still does not work, close the gas isolator tap and notifyyour service centre.If the burner flame is accidentally extinguished, turn the control knob to" " and leave the burner off for at least 1 minute. Then ignite it again.Depending on the model the gas oven may come equipped with a grill.Before using the gas oven for the first time run it for 30 minutes at maximumtemperature without anycontents.When the flame goes out, the thermocouple automatically cuts the gassupply.Further information can be obtained from the separate instruction manual"Gas oven".The oven is equipped with electronic ignition.Fig. 185 Gas oven (Dometic)Switching on:Open the regulator tap on the gas bottle and the gas isolator tap "Oven".Gently press the control knob (Fig. 185,1) and turn left to any position.Press the control knob and hold it down for 5 to 10 seconds. Ignition willtake place automatically.Release the control knob and turn to the desired setting.Switching off: Turn the control knob (Fig. 185,1) to " ". The flame fades.Close the gas isolator tap "Oven" and the regulator tap on the gas bottle.170 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Appliances1010.5.4 Microwave ovenOnly qualified personnel may repair the microwave oven. Improperrepairs can cause major risks to the user.The protection device against the escape of microwave energy shouldnever be removed.Use the microwave oven only if it has been properly installed.Only use the microwave oven when the door seal is free of damage.Never leave the microwave oven unattended when it is in operation.If there is smoke, keep the microwave oven closed, switch it off andinterrupt the power supply.Operate the microwave oven only with the rotary plate and the rotary crossin place.Use only crockery suitable for microwave use.The microwave oven only functions with correct 240 V power supply. In thecase of fluctuations of the voltage or of voltage below 230 V, the microwaveoven switches itself off completely. Therefore, do not switch on additional240 V appliances when the microwave oven is in operation. Particularly insouthern countries it happens that the line voltage is described as having230 V but it really does not amount to this value. So it may happen that themicrowave oven cannot be operated in these countries.Further information can be obtained from the separate instruction manual"Microwave oven".Fig. 186 Operating controls for microwaveovenSwitching on:Open the door and place foodstuffs into the cooking area.Close the door. A clicking noise can be heard when it engages.Select the output on the control knob (Fig. 186,1).Select the cooking time with the control knob (Fig. 186,2). Cooking begins.The end of the cooking process is signalled by a signal tone. The microwaveoven will switch off automatically.Switching off: Open the door and remove foodstuffs.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN171

10Appliances10.5.5 Extractor hoodFig. 187 Extractor hoodThe cooking area is equipped with an extractor hood. The two-level fan blowsthe cooking steam directly outside.Use the switch (Fig. 187,1) to turn the extractor hood on and off.Use the switch (Fig. 187,2) to turn the cooker lamps on and off.10.6 RefrigeratorDuring the journey, only operate the refrigerator via the 12 V power supply. Athigh ambient temperatures the refrigerator is unable to reach its full coolingpower. At high external temperatures, the full cooling power of the cooling unitis only guaranteed if the refrigerator is ventilated sufficiently. In order toachieve a better ventilation the refrigerator ventilation grill can be removed.When leaving the vehicle, always mount the refrigerator ventilation grill.Otherwise water can enter during rain.10.6.1 Refrigerator ventilation grillDometicFig. 188 Refrigerator ventilation grill(Dometic small)Fig. 189 Refrigerator ventilation grill(Dometic large)Removal:Turn screw (Fig. 188,1 or Fig. 189,1) one quarter turn using a coin.Remove refrigerator ventilation grill.172 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Appliances10ThetfordFig. 190 Refrigerator ventilation grill(Thetford)Removal:Move the locking device (Fig. 190,1) to the middle.Remove refrigerator ventilation grill.10.6.2 Operation (Dometic 7 series, automatic ignition)Operating modesThe refrigerator has 2 operating modes:Gas operationElectrical operation (240 V AC or 12 V DC)The operating mode is set with the operating controls on the refrigerator panel.Select only one energy source.Even when the 12 V power supply is switched off, a small electrical powerflows which puts an extra load on the living area battery. Always switch offthe refrigerator for a temporary lay-up.Gas operationNever let gas escape unburned due to danger of explosion.It is not permitted to operate the refrigerator with car gas.1 Energy selector switch2 "230 V" operating indicator3 "GAS" operating indicator4 "12 V" operating indicator5 Control knob for setting the temperatureFig. 191 Operating controls for therefrigerator (Dometic 7 series)Switching on:Open the regulator tap on the gas bottle and the gas isolator tap "Refrigerator".Set the energy selector switch (Fig. 191,1) to "GAS".Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN173

10AppliancesSet the control knob (Fig. 191,5) to maximum power. Gas supply is open.Ignition will take place automatically. A ticking sound can be heard untilignition has been completed successfully. The "GAS" operating indicator(Fig. 191,3) lights up yellow.Adjust the refrigerating temperature with the control knob.Switching off: Set energy selector switch to " ". Refrigerator is switched off.Close the gas isolator tap "Refrigerator" and the regulator tap on the gasbottle.Electrical operationClose the gas isolator tap "Refrigerator" when the refrigerator is operatedelectrically.The refrigerator can be operated with the following voltages:240 V AC12 V DC Switching the 240 Voperation on:Set energy selector switch (Fig. 191,1) to "230 V". The "230 V" operatingindicator (Fig. 191,2) lights up green.Use the control knob (Fig. 191,5) to adjust the refrigerating temperature.Switching the 240 Voperation off: Set energy selector switch to "". Refrigerator is switched off.Switching the 12 Voperation on:Switching the 12 Voperation off:Set energy selector switch (Fig. 191,1) to "12 V". The "12 V" operating indicator(Fig. 191,4) lights up green.Use the control knob (Fig. 191,5) to adjust the refrigerating temperature.Set energy selector switch to " ". Refrigerator is switched off.When operated with 12 V, the refrigerator draws power only from the starterbattery of the vehicle. The starter battery only supplies the refrigerator with12 V when the vehicle engine is running. When the vehicle engine is not running,the refrigerator is cut off from the power supply in the living area. For thisreason, change over to gas operation during prolonged driving breaks.Further information can be obtained from the separate instruction manual"Refrigerator".10.6.3 Operation (Dometic 7 series with automatic power selectionand frame heater)Operating modesThe refrigerator is equipped with automatic power selection (AES). The AESautomatically selects the optimal energy source and regulates the refrigeratoroperation. Manual intervention to select the type of power is possible but notrequired.The AES selects from the following types of power:Solar installation 12 V240 V AC174 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Appliances1012 V DC Gas Choosing the available energy source highest on the list. Even when the 12 V power supply is switched off, a small electrical powerflows which puts an extra load on the living area battery. Always switch offthe refrigerator for a temporary lay-up.1 Frame heater (FH) button2 Indicator lamp3 Energy selector switch4 Indicator lamps5 Indicator lamps6 Control knob for setting the temperatureFig. 192 Operating controls for therefrigerator (Dometic 7 serieswith AES and FH)240 V operation If the 240 V power supply is connected, this energy source is selected as thefirst priority by the AES.12 V operation 12 V operation is only selected by the AES if the vehicle's engine is runningand the alternator supplies sufficient 12 V operating power.Gas operationNever let gas escape unburned due to danger of explosion.It is not permitted to operate the refrigerator with car gas.Open the regulator tap on the gas bottle and the gas isolator tap "Refrigerator".If the 240 V power supply is not connected and the vehicle's engine is not runningthe AES selects the gas supply. When selecting gas operation the ignitionfuse is opened automatically so gas can get into the burner. At the sametime the electronic ignition is activated. If the gas flame is extinguished, e.g. byblast of wind, the ignition is activated immediately and re-ignites the gas.When the gas operation is faulty, the "GAS" indicator lamp (Fig. 192,4) flashesred.Change-over betweenenergy sources Open flames are prohibited at petrol stations. If the stop takes longerthan 15 minutes, the refrigerator has to be turned off at the energyselector switch.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN175

10AppliancesWhen changing over between the different power sources there are forceddelays built in the AES. This means, that after a change-over to a new energysource the refrigerator can not be operated immediately. When changing overfrom 12 V operation to gas operation, a 15-minute delay is built in the AES.This prevents a change-over to gas operation when the vehicle is stoppedbriefly and the engine is switched off (e.g. stop to fill tank).Refrigerating temperaturecontrolFrame heater (FH)When turned on the first time the refrigerator automatically selects the middlethermostat position. This position can be adjusted manually by using the controlknob (Fig. 192,6). The indicator lamps (Fig. 192,5) show the selected thermostatposition. The refrigerating temperature for the three types of energy isset with the control knob. It takes a few hours till the refrigerator reaches itsnormal operating temperature. When changing over the operating mode thethermostat setting will be maintained. The refrigerating temperature is retainedregardless of the type of power being used. If the frame heater is switched on, it will always consume current. Therefore,switch off the frame heater if the vehicle engine is off and the vehicleis not connected to the 240 V power supply.High external temperatures and high humidity can cause drops of water toform on the metal frame of the freezer compartment. This is why the refrigeratoris equipped with a frame heater for the freezer compartment. If the temperatureand humidity are high, switch on the frame heater by pressing thebutton (Fig. 192,1). This prevents corrosion. If the frame heater is switched on,the indicator lamp (Fig. 192,2) will be lit.Manual operationSwitching on:Open the regulator tap on the gas bottle and the gas isolator tap "Refrigerator".Select the energy type with the energy selector switch (Fig. 192,3). Therespective indicator lamp (Fig. 192,4) lights up green.Adjust refrigerating temperature with the control knob (Fig. 192,6). Theindicator lamps (Fig. 192,5) show the selected thermostat position.When the gas operation is faulty, the "GAS" indicator lamp (Fig. 192,4) flashesred. If the refrigerator is manually set to "12 V", it will constantly consume current.Therefore, switch over to gas operation when the vehicle engine isnot running, and the vehicle is not connected to the 240 V power supply.Switching off: Turn the energy selector switch (Fig. 192,3) to " ". No indicator lamp(Fig. 192,4) is lit.Close the gas isolator tap "Refrigerator" and the regulator tap on the gasbottle.Further information can be obtained from the separate instruction manual"Refrigerator".176 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Appliances1010.6.4 Operation (Dometic 8 series)Operating modesThe refrigerator has 2 operating modes:Gas operationElectrical operation (240 V AC or 12 V DC)The operating mode is set with the operating controls on the refrigerator panel. Select only one energy source.Gas operationNever let gas escape unburned due to danger of explosion.It is not permitted to operate the refrigerator with car gas.1 Flame indicator2 Energy selector switch3 Control knob for setting the temperature4 Gas ignition buttonSwitching on:Fig. 193 Operating controls for therefrigerator (Dometic 8 series)Open the regulator tap on the gas bottle and the gas isolator tap "Refrigerator".Set the energy selector switch (Fig. 193,2) to " ".Press the control knob (Fig. 193,3), turn it to the highest level and hold itdown. Wait until gas gets into the burner.Press the gas ignition button (Fig. 193,4) and keep it pressed. Ignition willtake place automatically.Keep gas ignition button (Fig. 193,4) pressed down until the flame indicator(Fig. 193,1) becomes green and then release it.Keep the control knob (Fig. 193,3) pressed for another 10 to 15 seconds,then release it.Adjust the refrigerating temperature with the control knob.Switching off: Set energy selector switch to " ". Refrigerator is switched off.Close the gas isolator tap "Refrigerator" and the regulator tap on the gasbottle.Electrical operationClose the gas isolator tap "Refrigerator" when the refrigerator is operatedelectrically.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN177

10AppliancesThe refrigerator can be operated with the following voltages:240 V AC12 V DC Switching the 240 Voperation on:Set the energy selector switch (Fig. 193,2) to " ".Use the control knob (Fig. 193,3) to adjust the refrigerating temperature.Switching the 240 Voperation off: Set energy selector switch to "". Refrigerator is switched off.Switching the 12 Voperation on:Switching the 12 Voperation off:Set the energy selector switch (Fig. 193,2) to " ".Use the control knob (Fig. 193,3) to adjust the refrigerating temperature.Set energy selector switch to " ". Refrigerator is switched off.When operated with 12 V, the refrigerator draws power only from the starterbattery of the vehicle. The starter battery only supplies the refrigerator with12 V when the vehicle engine is running. When the vehicle engine is not running,the refrigerator is cut off from the power supply in the living area. For thisreason, change over to gas operation during prolonged driving breaks.Further information can be obtained in the device manufacturer's instructionmanual.10.6.5 Operation (Dometic 8 series with manual power selectionMES)Operating modesThe refrigerator has 2 operating modes:Gas operationElectrical operation (240 V AC or 12 V DC)The operating mode is set with the operating controls on the refrigerator panel.Select only one energy source.Even when the 12 V power supply is switched off, a small electrical powerflows which puts an extra load on the living area battery. Always switch offthe refrigerator for a temporary lay-up.Gas operation Never let gas escape unburned due to danger of explosion.178 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Appliances10Fig. 194 Operating controls for the refrigerator (Dometic 8 series with MES)1 On/off switch/energy selector switch2 Display-LED "open door" (only for central locking system of the refrigerator door)3 Display-LED "fault"4 Operating indicators5 Display-LED "temperature range"6 Switch for temperature setting7 Door opener (only for refrigerator door central locking system)Switching on:Open the regulator tap on the gas bottle and the gas isolator tap "Refrigerator".Press the on/off switch/energy selector switch (Fig. 194,1) down for 2 secondsin order to switch on the appliance. The LED of the operating modechosen most recently lights up.If appropriate press the on/off switch/energy selector switch (Fig. 194,1)until the gas operating indicator " " lights up. Gas supply is open. Ignitionwill take place automatically. A ticking sound can be heard until ignition hasbeen completed successfully.Use switch (Fig. 194,6) to adjust refrigerating temperature.Switching off:Electrical operationPress down the on/off switch/energy selector switch for 2 seconds. Refrigeratoris switched off.Close the gas isolator tap "Refrigerator" and the regulator tap on the gasbottle.Close the gas isolator tap "Refrigerator" when the refrigerator is operatedelectrically.The refrigerator can be operated with the following voltages:240 V AC12 V DC Switching the 240 Voperation on:Switching the 240 Voperation off:Press the on/off switch/energy selector switch (Fig. 194,1) down for 2 secondsin order to switch on the appliance. The LED of the operating modechosen most recently lights up.If appropriate press the on/off switch/energy selector switch (Fig. 194,1)several times until the operating indicator 230 V " " lights up.Use switch (Fig. 194,6) to adjust refrigerating temperature.Press down the on/off switch/energy selector switch for 2 seconds. Refrigeratoris switchedoff.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN179

10AppliancesSwitching the 12 Voperation on:Switching the 12 Voperation off:Press the on/off switch/energy selector switch (Fig. 194,1) down for 2 secondsin order to switch on the appliance. The LED of the operating modechosen most recently lights up.If appropriate press the on/off switch/energy selector switch (Fig. 194,1)several times until the operating indicator 12 V " " lights up.Use switch (Fig. 194,6) to adjust refrigerating temperature.Press down the on/off switch/energy selector switch for 2 seconds. Refrigeratoris switchedoff.When operated with 12 V, the refrigerator draws power only from the starterbattery of the vehicle. The starter battery only supplies the refrigerator with12 V when the vehicle engine is running. When the vehicle engine is not running,the refrigerator is cut off from the power supply in the living area. For thisreason, change over to gas operation during prolonged driving breaks.Further information can be obtained from the separate instruction manual"Refrigerator".Operating modes10.6.6 Operation (Dometic 8 series with automatic power selection)Fig. 195 Operating controls for the refrigerator (Dometic 8 series with AES)1 On/off switch/energy selector switch2 Display-LED "open door" (only for central locking system of the refrigerator door)3 Display-LED "fault"4 Operating indicator5 Display-LED "temperature range"6 Switch for temperature setting7 Door opener (only for refrigerator door central locking system)The refrigerator is equipped with automatic power selection (AES). If automaticoperation (AU) is selected, the AES automatically selects the optimumenergy source and regulates the refrigerator operation. Manual intervention toselect the type of power is possible but not required.The AES selects from the following types of power:Solar installation 12 V240 V AC12 V DC GasChoosing the available energy source highest on the list.In the case of a fault, the LED display fault will flash " " (Fig. 195,3).180 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Appliances10 Even when the 12 V power supply is switched off, a small electrical powerflows which puts an extra load on the living area battery. Always switch offthe refrigerator for a temporary lay-up.240 V operation If the 240 V power supply is connected, this energy source is selected as thefirst priority by the AES.12 V operation 12 V operation is only selected by the AES if the vehicle's engine is runningand the alternator supplies sufficient 12 V operating power.Gas operation Never let gas escape unburned due to danger of explosion.Open the regulator tap on the gas bottle and the gas isolator tap "Refrigerator".If the 240 V power supply is not connected and the vehicle's engine is notrunning the AES selects the gas supply. When selecting gas operation theignition fuse is opened automatically so gas can get into the burner. At thesame time the electronic ignition is activated. If the gas flame is extinguished,e.g. by blast of wind, the ignition is activated immediately and re-ignites thegas. In the case of a fault in gas operation the text "GAS" flashes in the operatingindicator (Fig. 195,4).Change-over betweenenergy sources Open flames are prohibited at petrol stations. If the stop takes longerthan 15 minutes, the refrigerator has to be turned off at the energyselector switch.When changing over between the different power sources there are forceddelays built in the AES. This means, that after a change-over to a new energysource the refrigerator can not be operated immediately. When changing overfrom 12 V operation to gas operation, a 15-minute delay is built in the AES.This prevents a change-over to gas operation when the vehicle is stoppedbriefly and the engine is switched off (e.g. stop to fill tank).Refrigerating temperaturecontrolWhen turned on the first time the refrigerator automatically selects the middlethermostat position. This position can be adjusted manually by using theswitch for temperature setting (Fig. 195,6). The indicator LEDs (Fig. 195,5)show the selected thermostat position. The refrigerating temperature for thethree types of energy is set with the switch. It takes a few hours till the refrigeratorreaches its normal operating temperature. When changing over theoperating mode the thermostat setting will be maintained. The refrigeratingtemperature is retained regardless of the type of power being used.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN181

10AppliancesManual operationSwitching on:Switching off:Open the regulator tap on the gas bottle and the gas isolator tap "Refrigerator".Press the on/off switch/energy selector switch (Fig. 195,1) down for 2 secondsin order to switch on the appliance. The operating mode selectedmost recently is shown in the operating indicator (Fig. 195,4).Select the energy type with the on/off switch/energy selector switch(Fig. 195,1).Set the refrigerating temperature on the switch for temperature setting(Fig. 195,6). The indicator LEDs (Fig. 195,5) show the selected thermostatposition.Press down the on/off switch/energy selector switch (Fig. 195,1) for 2 seconds.All displays close.Close the gas isolator tap "Refrigerator" and the regulator tap on the gasbottle.Further information can be obtained from the separate instruction manual"Refrigerator".10.6.7 Operation (Thetford)The refrigerator starts when it is switched on with the setting selected last.The display lights up for about 10 seconds as soon as a button is pressed. In the event of a malfunction, the display flashes in second clock pulsesand an error code is displayed (see section 15.6.2).Operating modesThe refrigerator has 2 operating modes:Gas operationElectrical operation (240 V AC or 12 V DC)The operating mode is set with the button (Fig. 196,4) on the refrigeratorpanel. Select only one energy source. Even when the 12 V power supply is switched off, a small electrical powerflows which puts an extra load on the living area battery. Always switch offthe refrigerator for a temporary lay-up.Refrigerating temperaturecontrolWhen turned on the refrigerator automatically selects the thermostat positionselected last. This position can be adjusted manually by using the button(Fig. 196,1). The bars on the display (Fig. 196,3) indicate the selected thermostatposition. The refrigerating temperature for the three types of energy is setwith the button. It takes a few hours till the refrigerator reaches its normal operatingtemperature. When changing over the operating mode the thermostatsetting will be maintained. The refrigerating temperature is retained regardlessof the type of power being used.182 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Appliances10Gas operationNever let gas escape unburned due to danger of explosion.It is not permitted to operate the refrigerator with car gas.1 Button for thermostat2 On/Off button3 Display4 Button for operating modeFig. 196 Operating controls for therefrigerator (Thetford withoutSES)Switching on:Switching off:Electrical operationOpen the regulator tap on the gas bottle and the gas isolator tap "Refrigerator".Press the button (Fig. 196,2). The display (Fig. 196,3) lights up in blue andthe current settings are displayed.Press the button (Fig. 196,4). The current setting of the operating modeappears on the display. To change the setting, press the button repeatedlyuntil the gas operating mode " " appears on the display. Gas supply isopen. Ignition will take place automatically. A ticking sound can be hearduntil ignition has been completed successfully.Press the button (Fig. 196,1). The current thermostat setting appears onthe display. To change the setting, press the button repeatedly until thedesired setting appears on the display.Press the button (Fig. 196,2). The display (Fig. 196,3) is no longer lit up.Refrigerator is switched off.Close the gas isolator tap "Refrigerator" and the regulator tap on the gasbottle.Close the gas isolator tap "Refrigerator" when the refrigerator is operatedelectrically.The refrigerator can be operated with the following voltages:240 V AC12 V DC Switching the 240 Voperation on:Press the button (Fig. 196,2).Press the button (Fig. 196,4) repeatedly until the 240 V operating mode" " appears on the display.Press the button (Fig. 196,1) repeatedly until the desired thermostat settingappears on the display.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN183

10AppliancesSwitching the 240 Voperation off:Switching 12 V operationon:Switching 12 V operationoff:Press the button (Fig. 196,2). The display is no longer lit up. Refrigerator isswitched off.Press the button (Fig. 196,2).Press the button (Fig. 196,4) repeatedly until the 12 V operating mode " "appears on the display.Press the button (Fig. 196,1) repeatedly until the desired thermostat settingappears on the display.Press the button (Fig. 196,2). The display is no longer lit up. Refrigerator isswitched off.When operated with 12 V, the refrigerator draws power only from the starterbattery of the vehicle. The starter battery only supplies the refrigerator with12 V when the vehicle engine is running. When the vehicle engine is not running,the refrigerator is cut off from the power supply in the living area. For thisreason, change over to gas operation during prolonged driving breaks.Further information can be obtained from the separate instruction manual"Refrigerator".10.6.8 Refrigerator door locking mechanismWith some models, the refrigerator has a separate freezer compartment. Thespecifications in this section correspondingly also apply to the door of thefreezer compartment.During the journey the refrigerator door must always be closed and lockedin the closed position. Lock the refrigerator door in ventilation position when the refrigerator isswitched off. This prevents mould forming.There are two positions for locking the refrigerator door in place:Closed refrigerator door during travel and when the refrigerator is in operationSlightly opened refrigerator door as a ventilation position when the refrigeratoris switchedoff184 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Appliances10Dometic 7 seriesFig. 197 Locking of the refrigerator door(Dometic 7 series)Fig. 198 Refrigerator door in ventilationposition (Dometic 7 series)Opening:Closing:Push the lock (Fig. 197,1) to the left " ".Use recessed grip to open refrigerator door. Fully close the refrigerator door. Push the lock (Fig. 197,1) completely to the right " ".Locking in the ventilationposition:Slightly open refrigerator door.Push the lock completely to the right. The door latch (Fig. 198,1) keeps therefrigerator door in a fixed position. The refrigerator door will then stayslightly open (Fig. 198).Dometic 7 series withseparate freezercompartmentFig. 199 Locking of the refrigeratordoor/freezer compartmentdoor (Dometic 7 series withseparate freezer compartment)Fig. 200 Refrigerator door/freezer compartmentdoor in ventilationposition (Dometic 7 series withseparate freezer compartment)Opening:Closing:Push the lock (Fig. 199,1) to the side, so that the open lock " "(Fig. 199,3) is completely visible. Use recessed grip to open refrigerator door/freezer compartment door. Fully close the refrigerator door/freezer compartment door.Push the lock (Fig. 199,1) to the side, so that the closed lock " "(Fig. 199,2) is completely visible.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN185

10AppliancesLocking in the ventilationposition:Slightly open refrigerator door/freezer compartment door.Push the lock completely to the right. The door latch (Fig. 200,1) keeps therefrigerator door/freezer compartment door in a fixed position. The refrigeratordoor/freezer compartment door will then stay slightly open (Fig. 200).Dometic 8 seriesFig. 201 Release button of the refrigeratordoor (Dometic 8 series)Fig. 202 Lock hook fixtureOpening:Closing:Fixing the lock hook:Unlocking the lock hook: Press the release button (Fig. 201,1) and open the refrigerator door. Close the refrigerator door. The lock hook engages audibly.When the vehicle has been positioned, the lock hook can be fixed. The refrigeratordoor can now be opened without having to press the release button.Press the fixture (Fig. 202,1) upwards. The lock hook (Fig. 202,2) ispressed upwards and has no function. Push the lock hook (Fig. 202,2) down. The lock hook functions again.Fig. 203 Locking device in normal positionFig. 204 Locking device in ventilationpositionLocking in the ventilationposition:Open the refrigerator door.Press down the unlocking device (Fig. 203,2). Push locking device (Fig. 203,1) forwards (Fig. 204).If the refrigerator door is closed now, a gap will remain between the refrigeratordoor and the refrigerator.186 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Appliances10ThetfordFig. 205 Lock of refrigerator door,closed (Thetford)Fig. 206 Refrigerator door in ventilationposition (Thetford)Opening: Open the refrigerator door at the handle (Fig. 205,2). The lock (Fig. 205,1)is released automatically.Closing:Locking in the ventilationposition: Fully close the refrigerator door. Ensure that the lock is engaged.Slightly open refrigerator door/freezer compartment door.Slightly open refrigerator door.Open the lock (Fig. 206,2) and snap it into the locking catch (Fig. 206,1).The refrigerator door will then stay slightly open.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN187

10Appliances188 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Sanitary fittings11Chapter overview11Sanitary fittingsThis chapter contains instructions regarding the sanitary fittings of the vehicle.The instructions address the following topics:water tankwaste water tankcomplete water systemtoilet compartmenttoilet 11.1 Water supply, generalFill the water tank with fresh water only.Water left standing in the water tank or in the water pipes becomesundrinkable after a short period. For this reason, rinse the water pipesand the water tank thoroughly with several litres of fresh water beforeeach use of the vehicle. To do this, open all water taps. After each useof the vehicle completely empty the water tank and the water pipes.If the vehicle is not used for several days or if it is not heated when there isa risk of frost, empty the entire water system. Leave the water taps on incentral position. Leave the safety/drainage valve (if there is one) and alldrain cocks open. Frost damage to appliances, frost damage to the vehicleand deposits in water-carrying components can be avoided in this way.The water pump will overheat without water and can get damaged. Neveroperate water pump when the water tank is empty.The vehicle is equipped with a fitted water tank. An electric water pump pumpsthe water to the individual water taps. Opening a water tap automaticallyswitches on the water pump and pumps water to the tap.The waste water tank collects the waste water. The water level in the waterand waste water tanks can be checked on the panel.Before using the water fittings, the 12 V power supply on the panel must beswitched on. Otherwise the water pump will not work.Two different types of pump are used as water pumps depending on themodel: Submerged pumps or pressurised water pumps.Fig. 207 Pressurised water pumpPositions of the waterpumpsThe submerged pumps are located in the water tank.The pressurised water pumps (Fig. 207,1) are mounted on the outside of thewater tank.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN189

11Sanitary fittings11.2 Switch for water pump (winter comfort package)Fig. 208 Switch for water pumpThe switch for the water pump (Fig. 208,1) is installed in the water tank area.The water pump can be switched off with this switch. This prevents the waterpump from starting if the water system is empty and the water taps areopened. Otherwise, the water pump will run hot and discharge the living areabattery.11.3 Water tank11.3.1 Fresh water filler neck with lid The cap for the fresh water filler neck and for the fuel filler neck are verysimilar. Before filling the tank, always check the label.Fig. 209 Cap for the fresh water fillerneckFig. 210 Cap for the fresh water fillerneck (alternative)The fresh water filler neck is on the right or left side of the vehicle, dependingon the model.The fresh water filler neck is labelled with the word "WASSER" (water)(Fig. 209,1 or Fig. 210,1). The cap is opened or closed using the key for theexternal flap locks.Opening:Closing:Insert key into locking cylinder (Fig. 209,2 or Fig. 210,2) and turn a quarterturn in an anticlockwise direction.Remove cap.Fill the water tank with fresh water.Place the cap on the fresh water filler neck.Turn key one quarter turn in a clockwise direction.190 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Sanitary fittings11Remove the key.Check that the cap sits firmly on the fresh water filler neck.11.3.2 Water drainageModels with a double floorA hose line can be connected to the water drain neck under the floor of thevehicle.Fig. 211 Drain cock in the double floorThe drain cock (Fig. 211,1) is fixed in the double floor. The drain cock islabelled by the word "Wasser" (water).Models without doublefloorAll models without double floor have no drain cock.In these models, the water is drained through a stopper in the water tank.Fig. 212 StopperFig. 213 StopperRemove the stopper (Fig. 212,1 or Fig. 213,1) from the drainage opening(Fig. 212,2) by pulling or unscrewing it.11.3.3 Filling with water When filling the water tank, observe the maximum permissible grossweight of the vehicle. Luggage must be reduced accordingly when thewater tank is full.To fill the water tank with fresh water, proceed as follows:Open the fresh water filler neck (Fig. 209).Fill the water tank with fresh water. Use a water hose, a water canister witha funnel or similar for filling.Close the fresh water filler neck.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN191

11Sanitary fittings11.3.4 Draining waterModels with double floorTo empty the water tank, proceed as follows:Fig. 214 Water drain neck and wastewater drain neckUnlock and remove the cap (Fig. 214,2) from the water drain neck(Fig. 214,1) by turning it a quarter turn in a clockwise direction.Open the external flap (see section 7.2).Mount suitable hose to the water drain neck (Fig. 214,1) or place appropriatecontainer under the water drain neck.Open drain cock (Fig. 211,1). The water will drain.Close the drain cock.Close the external flap.Replace the cap and lock it by turning it a quarter turn in an anticlockwisedirection.Models without doublefloorTo empty the water tank, proceed as follows:Unscrew the cap on the water tank.Remove the stopper from the drainage opening by pulling or unscrewing it.The water will drain.Insert or screw in the stopper.Screw the cap onto the water tank.11.4 Waste water tankIn case of frost add so much anti-freeze (such as kitchen salt) to the wastewater tank so that the waste water cannot freeze.For models with an double floor: If the living area heater is out of order, thewaste water tank no longer is sufficiently protected against frost.Never pour boiling water directly into the sink outlet. Boiling water couldcause deformation and leaks in the waste water pipe system. Only empty the waste water tank at disposal stations, camping sites or caravansites especially provided for this purpose.192 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Sanitary fittings1111.4.1 Waste water tank (models with double floor)With the models with a double floor, the waste water tank is heated by the hotair of the living area heater. This protects the waste water tank from frost whenthe living area heater is in operation.Fig. 215 Waste water tapFig. 216 Waste water drain neckDepending on the model, the waste water tap for waste water disposal islocated on the left or right hand side of the vehicle.The waste water tap (Fig. 215,2) is fixed in the double floor. The waste watertap is labelled with the word "Abwasser" (waste water).A hose line can be connected to the waste water drain neck (Fig. 216,3).Emptying:Unlock and remove the cap (Fig. 216,4) from the waste water drain neck(Fig. 216,3) by turning it a quarter turn in a clockwise direction.Open the external flap (see section 7.2).Mount suitable hose to the waste water drain neck or place appropriatecontainer under the waste water drain neck.Open the waste water tap (Fig. 215,2). The waste water will run out.Close the waste water tap.Close the external flap.Replace the cap and lock it by turning it a quarter turn in an anticlockwisedirection.11.4.2 Waste water tank (models without double floor)Fig. 217 Operation of the waste watertapDepending on the model, the waste water tap for waste water disposal islocated on the left or right hand side of the vehicle.The square bolt for opening the waste water tap is directly accessible underthe vehicle floor.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN193

11Sanitary fittingsEmptying: Place key (Fig. 217,2) onto the square bolt (Fig. 217,1).In order to open the waste water tap, turn the square bolt a quarter turn.Completely empty waste water tank. To close the waste water tap, turn the square bolt back as far as it will go.11.4.3 Odour sealFor models without double floor, remove the siphon base if there is a riskof frost. This protects the siphon from freezing up.If the siphon base is removed and the vehicle is used: Place a suitable tankunder the siphon to collect the waste water (not applicable for models withdouble floors). For motorhomes that have had "winter comfort package" special equipmentinstalled in the factory, the waste water pipes are electrically heated.When the temperature drops below 5 °C, the frost protection equipmentturns on automatically.Fig. 218 Odour sealIn order to prevent odours occurring in the waste water system, the vehicle -depending on the model - has been equipped with odour seals (Fig. 218,1).The odour seals are installed in the waste water pipes.Clean the odour seals every two years at the latest. To do so, unscrew andremove the bottom cover (Fig. 218,2).With all the Globeline models, the odour seals are only accessible via a holein the floor plate. This hole is sealed with a cover plate and made splashproof.To remove the siphon base, unscrew the four securing bolts and take off thecover plate. The position of the cover plate is shown in the following illustration.1 Cover plate for T 70132 Cover plate for T 70433 Cover plate for T 6813 and T 7073Fig. 219 Cover plate positions194 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Sanitary fittings1111.5 Filling the water system When filling the water tank, observe the maximum permissible grossweight of the vehicle. Luggage must be reduced accordingly when thewater tank is full. The water pump will overheat without water and can get damaged. Neveroperate water pump when the water tank is empty.The Truma system (heater/boiler) has an electric safety/drainage valveand, depending on the model, one or two drain cocks for emptying.The Webasto system (heater/boiler) has an electric safety/drainage valveand, depending on the model, one or two drain cocks for emptying.Depending on the model, the Alde system (heater/boiler) has one or twodrain cocks for emptying.The water quantity can be monitored on the panel while the water tank isfilled.Fig. 220 Drain cockPosition the vehicle horizontally.Switch on 12 V power supply on the panel.If necessary, switch on the water pump on the panel.Close the safety/drainage valve (Truma). For this pull the pull switchupwards or turn the knob perpendicular to the safety-/drainage valve andpress the button in.If the temperature is below 6 °C, the safety/drainage valve cannot beclosed. Therefore switch on the living area heater and wait until the temperatureof the safety/drainage valve exceeds 6 °C.Close drain cocks. Position the rocking lever (Fig. 220,1) horizontally.If needed, set the stopper into the drainage opening of the water tank orscrew it in.Close all water taps.Fill the water tank with fresh water. Use a water hose, a water canister witha funnel or similar for filling.Set all the water taps to "Hot" and open them. The water pump is turnedon. The warm water pipes are filled with water.Keep the taps open until the water flowing out of the taps has no bubblesin it. This is the only way to ensure that the boiler is full of water.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN195

11Sanitary fittingsSet all water taps to "Cold" and leave them open. This will fill the cold waterpipes with water.Keep the taps open until the water flowing out of the taps has no bubblesin it.Close all water taps.Check that the cap on the water tank is not leaking.11.6 Emptying the water systemIf the vehicle is not used for several days or if it is not heated when there isa risk of frost, empty the entire water system. Leave the water taps on incentral position. Leave the safety/drainage valve (if there is one) and alldrain cocks open. Frost damage to appliances, frost damage to the vehicleand deposits in water-carrying components can be avoided in this way.If the water pump can be turned off from the panel, always turn off the waterpump from the panel before you empty the water system. Otherwise thewater pump runs until it overheats or the battery is empty.The Truma system (heater/boiler) has an electric safety/drainage valveand, depending on the model, one or two drain cocks for emptying.The Webasto system (heater/boiler) has an electric safety/drainage valveand, depending on the model, one or two drain cocks for emptying.Depending on the model, the Alde system (heater/boiler) has one or twodrain cocks for emptying.Fig. 221 Drain cockTo empty and ventilate the water system, proceed as follows. This preventsfrost damage and deposits:Position the vehicle horizontally.If necessary, switch off the water pump on the panel.Switch off the 12 V power supply on the panel.Shut off the boiler (see section 10.4).Open drain cocks. To do so, set the rocking lever (Fig. 221,1) in a verticalposition.Open the safety/drainage valve (only for Truma boiler). For this press thepull switch down or turn the knob parallel to the safety/drainage valve.For models with water drainage in the water tank:Unscrew the cap of the water tank.Open the water tank drain (see section 11.3.4).196 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Sanitary fittings11For models with an double floor: Remove the cap from the waste waterdrain neck and open the drain cock.Open all water taps and set to the central position.Hang the shower handset up in the shower position.Hold the water pump up until the water pipes are completely empty.Check whether the water tank is completely empty.Blow out the remaining water in the water pipes (max. 0.5 bar). To do this,remove the pipe from the water pump and blow into the pipe.Empty the waste water tank. Take note of the environmental tips in thischapter.Empty Thetford cassette. Take note of the environmental tips in thischapter.Clean the water tank and then rinse it out thoroughly.Let the water system dry for as long as possible.After emptying, leave all water taps on in the central position.Leave all drain cocks open.11.7 Toilet compartment Do not transport any loads in the shower tray. The shower tray or otheritems of equipment in the toilet compartment can be damaged.For ventilation purposes during or after a shower, and for drying wetclothing, close the toilet compartment door and open the window or thetoilet compartment skylight. This improves the air circulation.Close the shower curtain completely when showering, so that no water isable to enter the area between the wash room wall and the shower tray.After taking a shower, rinse soap residue from the shower tray, otherwisecracks can appear in the shower tray over time.the section 12.2.After using the shower, wipe it dry to prevent moisture from collecting.Further information about cleaning the toilet compartment can be found inFig. 222 Light switchThe flip switches for the toilet compartment lighting are installed in differentplaces in the toilet compartment depending on the model.For example, the light switch (Fig. 222,1) of the toilet compartment is locatedunder the bathroom cabinet.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN197

11Sanitary fittings11.8 ToiletIf there is any risk of frost and the vehicle is not heated, empty the sewagetank (cassette).Do not sit on the lid of the toilet. The lid is not designed to bear the weightof a person and could break.Use a suitable chemical for this toilet. The ventilation will merely removethe odour but not germs and gases. Germs and gases will have a detrimentaleffect on the sealing rubbers.Further information can be obtained in the manufacturer's instructionmanual. Only empty the sewage tank (cassette) at disposal stations, at campingsites or caravan sites, that are especially provided for this purpose.11.8.1 Swivel toilet (Thetford)The flushing of the Thetford toilet is fed directly from the water system of thevehicle or from its own water tank, which is integrated in the toilet.Fig. 223 Fresh water filler neck for toiletFilling the water tank:Open the fresh water filler neck for the toilet (Fig. 223,1) above the flap forthe Thetford cassette and swivel downwards.Fill the water tank with fresh water. Use a water hose, a water canister witha funnel or similar for filling.Close the fresh water filler neck.The toilet bowl can be moved into the optimal position.198 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Sanitary fittings11Fig. 224 Thetford toilet bowl, swivellingFig. 225 Thetford toilet bowl, swivelling(alternative)The operating unit is located close to the toilet bowl.Fig. 226 Flush button/indicator lampThetford toiletFig. 227 Flush button/indicator lampThetford toilet (alternative)Flushing:Emptying the water tank:Emptying the Thetfordcassette:Before flushing open the sliding trap of the Thetford toilet. To do this, pushthe slide lever (Fig. 224,1 or Fig. 225,1) in an anticlockwise direction.For flushing, press the blue flush button (Fig. 226,1 or Fig. 227,1).After flushing close the sliding trap. To do this push the slide lever in aclockwise direction.The indicator lamp (Fig. 226,2 or Fig. 227,2) goes on whenever the Thetfordcassette has to be emptied.Open the sliding trap. To do this, turn the slide lever in an anticlockwisedirection.Press the flush button until water ceases to flow into the bowl.Close the sliding trap. To do this push the slide lever in a clockwise direction.Empty Thetford cassette.Push the slide lever (Fig. 224,1 or Fig. 225,1) in a clockwise direction. Thesliding trap is closed. To empty, the sliding trap in the Thetford toilet mustbe closed.Remove the Thetford cassette and empty it as described in sections 11.8.5and 11.8.6.11.8.2 Toilet with fixed seatThe flushing of the toilet is fed from the water system of the vehicle.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN199

11Sanitary fittingsFig. 228 Operating unit Thetford toiletFlushing:Emptying:Before flushing open the sliding trap of the Thetford toilet. To do this, turnthe slide lever (Fig. 228,1) in an anticlockwise direction.For flushing, press the blue flush button (Fig. 228,3).After flushing close the sliding trap. To do this turn the slide lever(Fig. 228,1) in a clockwise direction.The indicator lamp (Fig. 228,2) goes on whenever the Thetford cassette hasto be emptied.Turn the slide lever (Fig. 228,1) in a clockwise direction. The sliding trap isclosed. To empty, the sliding trap in the Thetford toilet must be closed.Remove the Thetford cassette and empty it as described in sections 11.8.5and 11.8.6.11.8.3 Toilet (Dometic)The flushing of the toilet is fed directly from the water system of the vehicle orfrom its own water tank, which is integrated in the toilet.1 Fresh water filler neckFig. 229 Fresh water filler neck for toiletFilling the water tank:Open the fresh water filler neck for the toilet (Fig. 229,1) above the flap forthe sewage tank and swivel downwards.Fill the water tank with fresh water. Use a water hose, a water canister witha funnel or similar for filling.Close the fresh water filler neck.200 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Sanitary fittings11Fig. 230 Toilet bowl with control andoperating unitFig. 231 Control and operating unittoiletLet some water run into the toilet bowl before using the toilet. In order to do sopress the flush button (Fig. 231,3) on the control and operating unit(Fig. 230,2).Flushing:Before flushing open the sliding trap of the toilet. For this pull out the slidelever (Fig. 230,1).For flushing, press the flush button (Fig. 231,3).After flushing close the sliding trap. To do so, push the slide lever back.The indicator lamp (Fig. 231,2) goes on whenever the sewage tank is filled upto 3/4.The indicator lamp (Fig. 231,1) goes on whenever the sewage tank has to beemptied.Emptying the water tank: Open the sliding trap. For this pull out the slide lever (Fig. 230,1).Press the flush button until water ceases to flow into the bowl.Close the sliding trap. To do so, push the slide lever back.Emptying the sewage tank:Push the slide lever (Fig. 230,1) in. The sliding trap is closed. To empty, thesliding trap of the toilet must be closed.Remove the sewage tank and empty it as described in sections 11.8.5 and11.8.6. The display "Sewage tank removed" (Fig. 231,4) lights up on thecontrol and operating unit. Empty the sewage tank.11.8.4 Vacuum toilet (Dometic) Only flush the toilet if the toilet lid is closed.The flushing of the toilet is fed directly from the water system of the vehicle.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN201

11Sanitary fittingsFig. 232 Vacuum toiletFig. 233 Vacuum toilet panelPutting into operation:Turn on power supply. The yellow LED (Fig. 233,1) on the panel(Fig. 232,1) turns on for ca. 1 minute. A vacuum is generated in the system.If the green LED (Fig. 233,3) on the panel lights up, lift the pedal(Fig. 232,3) briefly, so that some water runs into the toilet bowl (Fig. 232,2)and the stopper on the bottom is covered with water.The vacuum toilet is ready for operation. Flushing only functions if the green LED is lit.Flushing:Close the lid of the toilet.Press down the pedal (Fig. 232,3) for several seconds.Briefly lift the pedal, so that some water runs into the toilet bowl (Fig. 232,2)and the stopper on the bottom is covered with water.The red LED (Fig. 233,2) lights up if the cassette must be emptied or removed.Removing the cassette:Remove the cassette and empty it as described in sections 11.8.5 and11.8.6.11.8.5 Removing the cassetteThe sewage tank (cassette) can only be taken out if the sliding trap isclosed.Fig. 234 Flap for the toilet cassetteFig. 235 Thetford cassetteOpen the flap for the cassette on the outside of the vehicle. Insert the keyinto the locking cylinder of the push-button lock (Fig. 234,1) and turn aquarter turn.Remove the key.202 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Sanitary fittings11Press both push-button locks (Fig. 234,2) simultaneously with your thumband open the flap for the cassette.Press the release (Fig. 235,1) and pull out the toilet cassette on the handle(Fig. 235,2).11.8.6 Emptying the cassetteFig. 236 Emptying the Thetford cassetteTake the cassette to a disposal point especially provided for this purpose.As you do this, point the drainage neck upwards.If necessary, turn the drainage neck upwards.Remove the cap of the drainage neck.Point the cassette with the drainage neck downwards.For Thetford cassettes: Activate the aeration knob with your thumb. Thecassette empties.Close drainage neck with the cap.If necessary, return the drainage neck to its original position.Push the cassette back to its original position.Ensure that the cassette is secured by the retaining clip. Lock the flap for the cassette.11.9 Vario toilet Only remove the inner part of the toilet door when it is closed. Depending on the model, the Vario toilet is installed reverse to the oneshown here. The conversion is then also done reverse to the Vario toiletshown.Depending on the model, the vehicle is fitted with a Vario toilet. A Vario toiletcan be changed with few maneuvers so that when the shower is in use, thetoilet is available in its own enclosed cubicle. This protects the toilet area fromwater spray.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN203

11Sanitary fittings11.9.1 Converting into a shower cubicleFig. 237 Vario toilet, locking the showerwallFig. 238 Vario toiletPush the latch (Fig. 237,1) right on the edge of the wash basin and lightlypull the wash basin. The wash basin moves forwards with the rear wall.Turn the wash basin and the rear wall (Fig. 238,1) in the direction indicated.Enter the toilet compartment and close the toilet door (Fig. 238,2) from theinside and lock.Fig. 239 Vario toilet, toilet doorPut the latch (Fig. 239,1) of the toilet door in a vertical position and openthe inner part of the toilet door.Turn the inner part of the toilet door in the direction indicated and pushagainst the rear wall of the wash basin.The shower compartment is completely set up and can be used.11.9.2 Conversion to toilet compartmentTurn the inner part of the toilet door and to close, place the latch(Fig. 239,1) in a horizontal position. Return the wash basin and the rear wall to the initial position and lock.204 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Care12Chapter overviewThis chapter contains instructions regarding the care of the vehicle.The instructions address the following topics:exterior of the vehicleinterior extractor hoodtoilets winter operation12CareAt the end of the chapter there is a checklist of measures you must carry outif you are not going to use the vehicle for an extended period of time.The checklist address the following topics:temporary lay-upwinter lay-upstart-up after a lay-up12.1 External care12.1.1 Washing with a high-pressure cleanerDo not clean the tyres with a high-pressure cleaner. The tyres might bedamaged.Do not spray external applications (deco-films) directly with the high-pressurecleaner. The external applications could comeoff.Before cleaning the vehicle with a high-pressure cleaner, observe the operatinginstructions of the high-pressure cleaner.When cleaning with the nozzle for circular jet between the vehicle and thecleaning nozzle, maintain a minimum distance of approx. 700 mm.Take into consideration that the jet of water comes out of the cleaning nozzlewith pressure. The vehicle may be damaged by incorrect handling of the highpressurecleaner. The temperature of the water should not be above 60 °C.Keep the jet of water in constant movement during the washing process. Donot direct the water jet at clearances, built-in electrical parts, plugs, seals, theventilation grill or the skylights. The vehicle may be damaged or water mayenter the interior.12.1.2 Washing the vehicle Never clean the vehicle in the car wash. Water can enter the refrigeratorgrills, the waste gas vents, the ventilation of the extractor hoods or theforced ventilations. The vehicle could be damaged.Wash the vehicle only on a washing site intended for this purpose.Avoid full sunshine. Observe environmental measures.Only clean external applications and synthetic parts with plenty of warmwater, dish washing liquid and soft cloth.Wash down the vehicle with plenty of water, a clean sponge or a soft brush.In the case of stubborn dirt add dish washing liquid to the water.Painted exterior walls may also be cleaned with a caravan cleaner.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN205

12CareAdd-on parts made of glass-fibre reinforced plastic (GRP) require a regularfollow-up treatment with a polisher. This way these parts will not turn yellowand the sealing of the surface remains intact.Treat rubber seals of doors and storage flaps with talc.Treat locking cylinder of doors and storage flaps with graphite dust.12.1.3 Windows of acrylic glassAcrylic glass windows are delicate and require very careful handling.Never rub acrylic glass windows dry as dust particles might damage thesurface!Only clean acrylic glass windows with plenty of warm water, some dishwashing liquid and a soft cloth.Never use glass cleaning agents with chemical, abrasive or alcohol-containingadditives. Premature brittleness of the panes and associated cracksmay result from their use.Avoid contact of cleansing agents used for the body (e.g. tar- or siliconeremovingagents) with acrylicglass.Do not clean vehicle in car wash.Do not attach stickers to the acrylic glass windows.Having cleaned the vehicle rinse acrylic glass with sufficient clear water.Treat rubber seals with glycerin. An acrylic glass cleanser with antistatic effect is suitable for a follow-uptreatment. Small scratches can be treated with an acrylic glass polish.These agents are available at the accessories shop.12.1.4 UnderbodyThe underbody of the vehicle is partly coated with an age-resistant underbodyprotection. Should the underbody protection be damaged, repair immediately.Do not treat areas coated with underbody protection with spray oil. Only use products approved by the manufacturer. Our authorised dealersand service centres will be happy to advise you.12.1.5 Waste water tankClean the waste water tank after every use of the vehicle.Cleaning:Empty the waste water tank.Thoroughly rinse out the waste water tank with fresh water.If possible, clean waste water sensors through the cleaning opening byhand.12.1.6 Entrance stepIf the entrance step is lubricated, coarse particles of dirt can settle on the lubricantduring the journey and cause damage to the operating mechanism of theentrance step. Therefore, do not lubricate the moving parts of the entrancestep.206 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Care1212.1.7 Driver's cabin insulation mat (model I)Clean the insulation mat for the driver's cabin with clear, lukewarm water.Remove heavier soiling with a cloth and some white spirits. Afterwards, immediatelyrinse the cleaned area with lukewarm water.12.2 Interior caresection 12.1.3).If possible, treat stains immediately.Acrylic glass windows are delicate and require very careful handling (seeSynthetic parts in the toilet and living area are very delicate and should betreated with care. Do not use solvents, alcohol-containing cleansers orscourers containing sand. This procedure will help you to avoid brittlenessand formation of cracks.Do not pour any corrosive agents into the drain holes. Never pour boilingwater directly into the drain holes. Corrosive agents and boiling watercause damage to drainage pipes and siphon traps.Do not use vinegar based products to clean the toilet and water system, orfor decalcification of the water system. Vinegar-based products may causedamage to seals or parts of the installation. Use standard decalcifyingproducts for decalcification.Save water. Mop up all remaining water.Vacuum off carpets and cushions with a suitable brush attachment. For information about the use of maintenance products, our representativesand service centres will be glad to advise.Surface and knobs of furniture, lamps and synthetic parts in the toilet andliving area should be cleaned with water and a wool cloth. A mild cleansermay be added to the water. If required, use furniture polish for the paintedsurfaces.Clean upholstery with dry foam specially manufactured for the use onupholstery or with the foam of a mild detergent. Do not wash upholstery.Protect upholstery from direct sunlight so that it does not loose its colour.Clean the imitation leather coverings by wiping them off in circular motionwith a soft cloth or sponge and a mixture of lukewarm water and mild lather.Treat stubborn stains with a soft brush. For very hard-to-remove stains, usea mixture of alcohol and water mixed in a 1:1 ratio. Afterwards, wipe it offwith soap water. Do not use any products that contain solvents or abrasives.Wipe off Teflon coverings with an absorbent cloth or sponge and use a mildhousehold detergent.Never rub wet or oily stains. Instead, dab them with an absorbent cloth.Work from the outside to the inside to prevent spreading the stain.When treating solid or dried stains, always try to scrape them off with a dullknife or scraper or remove them off with a soft brush. Afterwards, dab offany residue with a moist cloth.Curtains and net curtains should be dry cleaned.Vacuum clean the carpet, if necessary clean with carpet shampoo.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN207

12CareClean PVC-floor covering with a mild, soapy cleanser for PVC floors. Donot place carpet on wet PVC-floor covering. The carpet and the PVC-floorcovering may stick together.Never clean the sink or the gas cooker with a scourer. Avoid anything whichmay cause scratching or grooves.Clean gas cooker only with a moist cloth. Prevent any water from penetratingthe gas cooker. Water may damage the gas cooker.Brush insect screens on doors, windows and skylights with a soft brush orvacuum with the brush attachment of the vacuum cleaner.Brush blinds with a soft brush or vacuum with the brush attachment of thevacuum cleaner. Grease or stubborn dirt may be removed with a mild soapat 30 °C (curd soap).Brush Roman shades with a soft brush or vacuum with the brush attachmentof the vacuum cleaner. Grease or stubborn dirt may be removed witha mild soap at 30 °C (curd soap).Unrolled seat belts can be cleaned with warm soapsuds. The seat beltmust be completely dry before being rolled up.Clean water tank with water and dish washing liquid and rinse subsequentlywith plenty of freshwater.12.3 Extractor hood Prior to carrying out work on the device, turn off the power supply.Clean the extractor hood filter occasionally. How often cleaning is necessarydepends on how often the extractor hood is used. Do not wait to clean the filteruntil the performance of the extractor hood has noticeably decreased.Fig. 240 Extractor hoodCleaning the filter: Pull down the filter (Fig. 240,2) with the handle (Fig. 240,1).Wash the filter with warm water and some washing-up liquid.Let the filter dry completely and re-install.12.4 ToiletsIf the toilet will not be used for a longer period of time, for example for Winterlay up, the toilet must be cleaned and completely emptied.208 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Care1212.4.1 Toilet with separate water tankFig. 241 Toilet water tank drain hoseEmptying the tank:Press the flush button, to active the operating panel.Open the sliding trap and flush until no more water flows.Close the sliding trap.Empty the cassette (Fig. 241,2) at a disposal station authorized for this purposeand clean it.Leave the drainage neck (Fig. 241,3) open.Remove the drain hose (Fig. 241,5) from the holder (Fig. 241,4).Place a sufficiently large container under the drain hose.Remove the drain plug (Fig. 241,1) and let the residual water run out.When no more water flows out, place the drain plug in the drain hose.Replace the drain hose in the holder.12.4.2 Vacuum toilet (Dometic) A backflow preventer is installed above the valve. The backflow preventerhinders water from running out of the valve. Press the pedal until no morewater runs out.Fig. 242 Vacuum toilet valveEmptying valve:Empty the entire water system.Press the toilet pedal several times, until no more water flows.Empty the cassette at a disposal station authorized for this purpose andclean it.Turn off power supply.Remove cover (Fig. 242,3).Unscrew the cap (Fig. 242,2).Place a suitable container under the valve (Fig. 242,1).Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN209

12CarePress the pedal several times until water no longer comes out of the valve.Screw the cap back on and attach cover.12.5 Winter careDe-icing salt damages the underbody and the parts open to water spray. Werecommend that you wash the vehicle more frequently during wintertime.Mechanical and surface treated parts and the underside are under particularstrain, and should therefore be cleaned thoroughly.If there is any risk of frost, always run heater at a minimum of 15 °C. Switchthe circulation fan (if there is one) to automatic. In the case of extremeexternal temperatures, the furniture flaps and doors should be left slightlyopen. The inflowing warm air can help prevent the freezing of water pipes,for example, and counteract the formation of condensation in the storagespaces.If there is any risk of frost, cover the outside surface of the windows withwinter insulation mats.12.5.1 PreparationsCheck the vehicle for paint and rust damage. Repair damage as necessary.Make certain that water cannot penetrate the automatic floor ventilationsystem and the heater.Use a wax-based rust inhibitor to protect the metal parts of the underbody.Use appropriate protection for external painted surfaces.12.5.2 Winter operationDuring winter operation, condensation develops when the vehicle is occupiedunder low-temperature conditions. To ensure good interior air quality andavoid vehicle damage from condensation, sufficient ventilation is essential.When heating the vehicle, the heater should be at the highest setting androof storage cabinets, curtains and blinds should be opened. This ensuresoptimal ventilation.In the morning, lift up all cushions, air out storage boxes and dry any dampareas. If condensation has still developed, just wipe it off.12.5.3 At the end of the winter seasonThoroughly clean the underbody of the vehicle and the engine. When thisis done, corrosion-inducing anti-freeze agents (salts, alkaline residues) areremoved.Clean the exterior and use regular car wax to protect metal surfaces.210 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Care1212.6 Lay-up12.6.1 Temporary lay-up If the vehicle has been stationary for a long period (approx. 10 months)have the braking and gas systems checked by an authorised specialistworkshop.Take into consideration that water is undrinkable after only a short time.Animal damage to cables can lead to short circuits. Fire hazard!Animals (especially mice) can cause great damage to the interior of thevehicle. This is especially true if the animal remains undisturbed in a parkedvehicle.The animals can get into the vehicle at an opportune moment and hide fromview.To keep damages from animals to a minimum or to avoid them altogether, regularlycheck the vehicle for damage or animal traces. This is especially importantapprox. 24 hours after parking the car in storage.If animal traces are found, contact your authorised dealer or service centre. Ifdamage to cables has occurred, they can result in short circuits. The vehiclecould catch fire.Before laying up the vehicle, go through the following checklist:Base vehicleActivitiesCompletely fill fuel tank. This prevents corrosion damage within thefuel tank systemJack up vehicle so that the wheels do not bear any load, or move vehicleevery 4 weeks. This prevents any pressure points from occurringon tyres and wheel bearingsProtect the tyres from direct exposure to the sun. Danger of formationof cracks!Inflate tyres up to the recommended maximum pressureAlways provide for sufficient ventilation in the underbody area Humidity or lack of oxygen e.g. by covering with plastic filmmay cause optical irregularities to the underbody.In addition observe the notes in the operating manual of the base vehicleDoneBodyAll vents should be sealed with the appropriate caps and all otheropenings (apart from forced ventilations) should also be sealed. Thisprevents animals (e.g. mice) from gaining entryAir the interior, all storage compartments accessible from the outside,and the parking space (e.g. garage) every 3 weeks in order toprevent the occurrence of condensation and resulting mould formationInteriorPlace upholstery in an upright position for ventilation, and coverClean refrigeratorAllow refrigerator and freezer compartment doors to remain slightlyopenMotorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN211

12CareActivitiesSearch for traces of animals that have gained entryDisconnect the flat screen from the mains and, if necessary, removeit from the vehicleDoneGas systemElectrical systemClose regulator tap on the gas bottleClose all gas isolator tapsAlways remove gas bottles from the gas bottle compartment, even ifthey are emptyFully charge living area and starter battery Charge the battery for at least 20 hours before laying up.Disconnect the living area battery from the 12 V power supplyWater systemEmpty the entire water system. Blow out the residual water from thewater pipes (0.5 bar max.). Leave the water taps on in central position.Leave the safety/drainage valve (if there is one) and all draincocks open. Observe the notes in chapter 11Switch off the safety/drainage valve on the transformer/rectifier. Otherwisethe battery will become discharged too quickly If the safety/drainage valve is switched off, the watersystem is no longer sufficiently protected against frost.12.6.2 Winter lay-upAdditional measures are required if laying up the vehicle over winter:Base vehicleActivitiesClean body and underbody thoroughly and spray with hot wax orprotect with varnishFill fuel tank with winter dieselCheck antifreeze in the cooling waterRectify damage to the paintworkDoneBodyKeep the forced ventilation openClean and lubricate the mounted steady legsClean and grease all door and flap hingesBrush oil or glycerine on all locking mechanismsRub all rubber seals with talcUse graphite dust to treat locking cylindersInteriorPosition de-humidifiersRemove upholstery from the vehicle and store in a dry placeAir the interior every 3 weeksEmpty all cabinets and storage compartments, open flaps, doors anddrawers212 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Care12ActivitiesThoroughly clean the interiorIf there is a risk of frost, do not leave the flat screen in the vehicleDoneElectrical systemWater systemComplete vehicleRemove starter and living area batteries and store in a place protectedfrom frost (see chapter 9)Clean the water system using a cleaning agent from a specialisedstoreArrange the tarpaulins in such a way that the ventilation openingsare not covered, or use porous tarpaulins12.6.3 Starting up the vehicle after a temporary lay-up or after layupover winterGo through the following checklist before start-up:Base vehicleActivitiesCheck the tyre pressure on all tyresCheck the tyre pressure of the spare wheelDoneBodyClean the pivot bearing of the entrance stepCheck the functioning of the fitted steady legsCheck that the doors, windows and skylights are working properlyCheck the function of all external locksRemove the cover from the waste gas vent of the heater (if there isone)Remove the winter cover from the refrigerator grills (if there is one)Gas systemPut the gas bottles in the gas bottle compartment, tie down and connectto the gas pressure regulatorElectrical systemConnect to 240 V power supply using the external socketFully charge living area and starter battery Charge the battery for at least 20 hours after lay-up.Connect the living area battery with the 12 V power supply (seechapter 9)Check that the electrical system are working, e.g. interior light, socketand all installed electrical appliancesMotorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN213

12CareWater systemActivitiesUse several litres of fresh water to rinse out water pipes and watertank. To this end, open all water tapsCheck the functionality of the operating lever for the waste watertankClose safety/drainage valve, drain cocks and water tapsCheck the safety/drainage valve, water taps, drain cocks and waterdistributors for leaksDoneAppliancesCheck the function of the refrigeratorChange heating fluid of the hot-water heater every 2 yearsCheck the function of the heater/boilerCheck the function of the gas cookerCheck the function of the air conditioning unit214 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Maintenance13Chapter overviewThis chapter contains instructions about inspection and maintenance workconcerning the vehicle.The maintenance instructions address the following topics:Alde hot-water heaterindependent vehicle heaterair conditioning unitreplacing bulbs and fluorescent tubesAL-KO rear axle13MaintenanceAt the end of the chapter you will find important instructions on how to obtainspare parts.13.1 Inspection workLike any technical appliance, the vehicle must be inspected at regular intervals.This inspection work must be carried out by qualified personnel.Special technical knowledge, which cannot be taught within the framework ofthis instruction manual, is required for these tasks. Personnel possessing thistechnical knowledge are available for assistance at all Dethleffs service centres.Their experience and regular technical instruction by the factory as wellas equipment and tools guarantee expert and up-to-date inspection of thevehicle.The service centre in charge will confirm the work performed.Have chassis inspections confirmed in the chassis manufacturer's customerservice booklet.Observe the inspections indicated by the manufacturer and have them carriedout at the specified intervals. The value of the vehicle is thus pre-served.The confirmation of the inspection work carried out serves as valid proof inthe event of damage and guarantee claims.13.2 Maintenance workAs with every machine, this vehicle requires maintenance. The extent and frequencyof the maintenance work required depend on conditions of operationand use. More difficult operating conditions make it necessary to service thevehicle more often.Have the base vehicle and the appliances serviced at the intervals specifiedin the corresponding instruction manuals.13.3 Alde hot-water heaterCheck the level of the heating fluid regularly on the compensator reservoir.During or after the first operating hours of the hot-water heater, the fillinglevel may fall below the minimum mark. If this is the case, top up theheating fluid.We recommend to bleed the heating system after the initial heater operationand to check the glycolcontent.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN215

13MaintenanceHave heating fluid changed by an authorised dealer or a service centre atintervals of approximately two years as corrosion-protection wears off aftersome time.Top up heating system with a water-glycol mixture (60 : 40) only. This mixtureoffers frost protection up to approx. -25 °C. When topping up hot-waterheaters that are connected to the engine's cooling circuit, please observethe instructions in the instruction manuals of the manufacturers.Further information can be obtained from the separate instruction manual"Alde Compact" heater.13.3.1 Checking the fluid levelFig. 243 Compensator reservoir hotwaterheaterSwitch off the hot-water heater and allow it to cool down.Check if the fluid level is between the marks "MIN" (Fig. 243,3) and "MAX"(Fig. 243,2) on the compensator reservoir (Fig. 243).13.3.2 Topping up heating fluidPosition the vehicle horizontally. This prevents the formation of bubbles.Switch off the hot-water heater and allow it to cool down.Unscrew or pull off the panel.Open the rotary lid (Fig. 243,1) on the compensator reservoir.Slowly remove cover with circulating pump upwards.Check anti-freeze with an anti-freeze hydrometer. The frost protection contentmust be 40 % or correspond to a frost protection of -25 °C.Fill water frost protection mixture slowly into the compensator reservoir.The optimum fluid level is reached when the fluid in the compensator reservoiris 1 cm above the "MIN"mark.216 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Maintenance1313.3.3 Bleeding the heating systemFig. 244 Bleeding valve of hot-waterheaterThe bleeding valves are built in nearby the radiators.Switch off the hot-water heater and allow it to cool down.Open bleeding valve (Fig. 244,1) and leave open until no more air escapes.Close bleeding valve.Repeat this procedure at all bleeding valves. Check to see if the hot-water heater warms up.13.4 Independent vehicle heaterUse the independent vehicle heater for 10 minutes at least once a month witha cold engine and smallest fan settings.Before the heating season starts, have the independent vehicle heaterchecked by an authorised specialist workshop.13.5 Air conditioning unit Prior to carrying out work on the device, turn off the power supply.Never operate the air conditioning unit without a lint filter. Without a lintfilter, the vaporiser becomes dirty and the capacity of the air conditioningunit is consequently impaired.Condensation can enter the vehicle if the condensation drain is clogged up.Keep the condensation drain free from dirt, leaves and similar.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN217

13Maintenance13.5.1 TrumaFig. 245 Air conditioning unit (Truma)A lint filter (Fig. 245,1) for the air circulation suction system is at the front of theair conditioning unit. The lint filter must be cleaned at regular intervals, at leasttwice a year however, and replaced if necessary.The condensation drain is under the floor of the vehicle. Keep the drain hosefree from dirt, leaves or similar to allow the condensation to be drained.13.5.2 DometicFig. 246 Air conditioning unit (Dometic)A lint filter and an activated carbon filter are each located in the lower part ofthe air conditioning system ceiling unit (Fig. 246,2) behind the ventilation grills(Fig. 246,1 and 3). The lint filters must be cleaned at regular intervals andreplaced if necessary. The manufacturer recommends replacing the activatedcarbon filter yearly.On the left side of the ceiling unit (outside of the vehicle) is located thedrainage opening for the condensation. Keep the drain openings free from dirt,leaves or similar to allow the condensation to be drained.13.6 Replacing bulbs and fluorescent tubesBulbs and light fittings can be extremely hot. Therefore, allow lights tocool down before changing bulbs.Shut off the power supply on the safety cut-out in the 240 V fuse boxbefore changing bulbs.Store bulbs in a safe place inaccessible to children.218 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Maintenance13Do not use any bulb that has been dropped or which shows scratches inits glass. The bulb might burst.Lights can get very hot. When the light is switched on, there must alwaysbe a safety distance of 30 cm between light and flammable objects. Firehazard!A new bulb should not be touched with the fingers. Use a cloth wheninstalling the new bulb.Only use bulbs of the same type and with the correct wattage.If LEDs in lights are defect, contact an authorised dealer or service centre.13.6.1 Ceiling lamp (cover with screws)Fig. 247 Ceiling lampChanging bulbs:Undo the screws (Fig. 247,1) and carefully remove the glass cover(Fig. 247,2).Remove bulb.Put in a new bulb. Fasten the glass cover again.13.6.2 Ceiling lampFig. 248 Ceiling lampChanging bulbs:Use a suitable tool (e.g. a screwdriver) to carefully lever out the cover(Fig. 248,2) at the notch (Fig. 248,1) and remove it.Remove bulb.Put in a new bulb. Reassemble the lamp in the reverse order.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN219

13Maintenance13.6.3 Halogen spotlight (with glass shade)Fig. 249 Halogen spotlight (with glassshade)Changing bulbs:Pull the halogen bulb (Fig. 249,1) forward out of the socket.Press the new halogen bulb into the fitting between the two spring tongues.13.6.4 Halogen spotlight (movable)Fig. 250 Halogen spotlight (movable)Changing bulbs: Loosen the fixing screws (Fig. 250,1).Carefully remove the lamp chalice (Fig. 250,2) from the holder.Remove halogen bulb.Put in a new halogen bulb.Reassemble the lamp in the reverse order.13.6.5 Room lampFig. 251 Room lampChanging bulbs: Unscrew the cap (Fig. 251,1). Remove cover (Fig. 251,2).220 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Maintenance13Press the light covering (Fig. 251,3) lightly together and remove it.Remove the fluorescent tube.Insert a new fluorescent tube.Reassemble the lamp in the reverse order.13.6.6 Living area lampFig. 252 Living area lampChanging bulbs: Remove the screw (Fig. 252,1) and take off the cover (Fig. 252,2).Press the glass together gently and remove from the housing.Remove the fluorescent tube.Insert a new fluorescent tube.Reassemble the lamp in the reverse order.13.6.7 Recessed halogen light with housingFig. 253 Recessed halogen lightThe recessed halogen light is installed flush in a housing (Fig. 253,1).Changing bulbs:Use a screwdriver to remove the inner cover ring (Fig. 253,3) from thehousing.Remove the cover ring with the glass.Remove halogen bulb (Fig. 253,2).Put in a new halogen bulb.Reassemble the lamp in the reverse order.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN221

13Maintenance13.6.8 Recessed halogen light (flat)Fig. 254 Recessed halogen light (flat)Fig. 255 Changing the halogen bulbThe recessed halogen light (Fig. 254,1) is installed flush.Changing bulbs:Use a screwdriver to remove the inner cover ring (Fig. 255,1) from thehousing.Use a screwdriver to remove the cover ring with the glass (Fig. 255,2) fromthe lower section of the recessed halogen light.Remove halogen bulb (Fig. 255,3).Put in a new halogen bulb. Reassemble the lamp in the reverse order.13.6.9 Surface-mounted halogen light driver's cabin (model I)Fig. 256 Surface-mounted halogen lightdriver's cabin (model I)Changing bulbs:Use a suitable tool (e.g. a screwdriver) to carefully lever out and removethe glass cover (Fig. 256,1).Remove halogen bulb.Put in a new halogen bulb. Reassemble the lamp in the reverse order.222 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Maintenance1313.6.10 Wardrobe lightFig. 257 Wardrobe lightChanging bulbs:Press the light covering (Fig. 257,1) lightly together and remove it.Remove halogen bulb.Put in a new halogen bulb.Reassemble the lamp in the reverse order.13.7 Changing the battery of the wardrobe light with LEDThe wardrobe light has a button cell that supplies voltage to the LED. Use only button cells of the same type.Fig. 258 Wardrobe light with openedbattery compartmentChanging the battery:Carefully push back the retaining clip (Fig. 258,3) on the top side of thewardrobe light (Fig. 258,5). This exposes the nose (Fig. 258,4) on theretaining clip.Pull the battery holder (Fig. 258,2) out at the top.Take the button cell (Fig. 258,1) out of the battery holder.Insert new button cell of the same type (+/-), observing the correct polarity.Insert the battery holder with the retaining clip to the rear of the housing andpush it downwards until the nose snaps into place.13.8 AL-KO rear axleFiat vehicles with AL-KOrear axle withoutpneumatic springIn addition to the regulations and notes in the operator manual of the basicvehicle as well as in the maintenance manual, the rear axles must be relubricatedafter 20,000 km, or at least every 12 months.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN223

13MaintenanceThe rear axles must not bear any load while they are being lubricated.Use one of the following types of grease for lubrication:Costrac GL 1501 by the firm KlüberCardex 3746 SP by the firm CONDA If the vehicle is equipped with a maintenance-free torsion bar spring axleor a rear axle with pneumatic cushioning, the two lubricator nipples are leftout.Fig. 259 AL-KO rear axleThe lubricator nipples (Fig. 259, arrow) are situated on the underside of theaxle tube.13.9 Spare partsEvery alteration of the original condition of the vehicle can alter roadbehaviour and jeopardize road safety.The special equipment and original spare parts recommended byDethleffs have been specially developed and supplied for your vehicle.These products are available at your Dethleffs dealer. The Dethleffsdealer is informed about admissible technical details and carries out therequired work correctly.The use of accessories, parts and fittings not supplied by Dethleffs maycause damage to the vehicle and jeopardize road safety. Even if anexpert's report, a general type approval or a design certification exists,there is no guarantee for the proper quality of the product.No liability can be assumed for damage caused by products which havenot been released by Dethleffs. This also applies to impermissible alterationsto the vehicle.For safety reasons, spare parts for pieces of equipment must correspond withmanufacturer's instructions and be permitted by the manufacturer as a sparepart. These spare parts may only be fitted by the manufacturer or an authorisedspecialist workshop. Our Dethleffs dealers and service centres are availablefor any spare parts requirement.Here are some suggestions of important spare parts:Fuses V-belt Windscreen bladesBulbs Water pump (submerged pump)224 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Maintenance13When ordering spare parts please indicate the serial number and the vehicletype to the Dethleffs dealer.The vehicle described in this instruction manual is built and equipped to factorystandards. Special equipment is offered depending on its purpose or use.When fitting special equipment check if such equipment has to be entered inthe vehicle documents. Observe the max. permissible gross weight. YourDethleffs dealer will be pleased to advise you.13.10 Vehicle identification plateFig. 260 Vehicle identification plate1 Type2 Maximum permissible gross weightof the vehicle with trailer3 Manufacturer of the unit (add-onunit)4 Manufacturer's code and chassisnumber5 EG type approval number6 Permissible rear axle load (fortandem axle)7 Permissible axle load rear8 Permissible axle load front9 Maximum permissible gross weightof the vehicle10 Serial numberThe vehicle identification plate (Fig. 260) with the serial number is mounted inthe entrance area.Do not remove the vehicle identification plate. The vehicle identification plate:Identifies the vehicleHelps with the procurement of spare parts Together with the vehicle documents identifies the vehicle ownerFig. 261 Cover for chassis number (Fiatbase vehicle)Always include the serial number with all inquiries for the customerservice office.For vehicles on a Fiat chassis, the chassis number is located behind acover (Fig. 261,1) in the entrance on the front passenger's side.13.11 Warning and information stickersThere are warning and information stickers on and inside the vehicle. Warningand information stickers are for the sake of safety and must not be removed.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN225

13MaintenanceReplacement stickers can be obtained from an authorised dealer or aservice centre.226 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Wheels and tyres14Chapter overviewThis chapter contains instructions regarding the tyres of the vehicle.The instructions address the following topics:tyre selectionhandling of tyreschanging wheelsspare wheel supporttyre pressure14Wheels and tyresAt the end of the chapter there is a table you can use to find the correct tyrepressure for your vehicle.14.1 General Check tyre pressure before a journey or every 2 weeks. Wrong tyrepressure causes excessive wear and can lead to damage or even to tyreburst. You can lose control of the vehicle.these tyres.Only check the tyre pressure on cold tyres.Tubeless tyres have been installed on the vehicle. Never install tubes in Read the instruction manual for the base vehicle.Depending on the base vehicle and model the vehicles are equipped withonly one tyre repair kit as standard.In the case of a puncture, pull over to the side of the road. Make vehiclesafe with a hazard warning triangle. Switch on the warning lights.Tyres on vehicles with tandem axles may wear faster.Tyres must not be older than 6 years as the material will become brittleover time. The four-digit DOT number on the tyre flank indicates the dateof manufacture. The first two digits designate the week, the last two digitsthe year of manufacture.Example: Week 15, year of manufacture 2008.Observe:Check the tyres regularly (every 2 weeks) for equal tread wear, tread depthand external damage.Replace tyres at the latest, when the minimum depth of tread stipulated bylaw is reached.Always use tyres of the same model, same brand and same style (summerand winter tyres).Only use tyres approved for the wheel rim type fitted. The approved wheelrim and tyre sizes are listed in the vehicle documentation; your dealer orthe dealer for the base vehicle will be pleased to advise you.Run-in new tyres for approx. 100 km (60 miles) at low speed since onlythen do they reach full strength.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN227

14Wheels and tyresFig. 262 Tighten the wheel nuts orwheel bolts cross-wiseCheck regularly that the wheel nuts or wheel bolts are firmly seated. Retightenthe wheel nuts or wheel bolts of a changed wheel cross-wise(Fig. 262) after 50 km (30 miles).When using new or newly painted rims, re-tighten the wheel nuts or wheelbolts once again after approx. 1,000 to 5,000 km (600 miles to3,000 miles).For lay-ups or long periods of inactivity, keep the tyres and tyre bearingsfree from pressure points:Jack up the vehicle so that the wheels do not bear any load, or move thevehicle every 4 weeks in such a way that the position of the wheels ischanged.14.2 Tyre selectionA wrong tyre can damage the tyres during the journey and even causeit to burst. If tyres that are not approved for the vehicle are used, then the typeapproval for the vehicle and subsequently the insurance coverage canlapse. Your Dethleffs dealer will be pleased to advise you.The tyre sizes approved for the vehicle are given in the vehicle documents orcan be got from the Dethleffs dealers. Each tyre must fit the vehicle on whichit will be driven. This applies to the external dimensions (diameter, width),which are indicated with the standardised size designations. In addition, thetyres must meet the requirements of the vehicle with regard to weight andspeed.Weight refers to the maximum permissible axle load which can be distributedon two tyres. The maximum load-carrying capacity of a tyre is indicated by itsload index (= LI, load index code).The axle geometry of a vehicle, such as wheel camber and track, is alsoimportant for tyre selection. The maximum permissible speed for a tyre (withfull load-carrying capacity) is indicated by the speed index (= SI). Together,load index and speed index form the operating code of a tyre. This is an officialcomponent of the complete, standardised dimensions description whichappears on every tyre. The information on the tyres must correspond to thespecifications which appear in the vehicle papers.228 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Wheels and tyres1414.3 Tyre specificationsDescription Explanation215/70 R 15C 109/107 Q 215 Tyre width in mm70 Height-to-width proportion in percentRTyre design (R = radial)15 Rim diameter in inchesCCommercial (transporter)109 Load index code for single tyres107 Load index code for twin tyresQSpeed index (Q = 160 km/h)14.4 Handling of tyresDrive over kerbs at an obtuse angle. Otherwise the flanks of the tyres mayget pinched. Driving over a kerb at a sharp angle can damage the tyre andresult in it getting ruptured.Drive over high manhole covers at a slow speed. Otherwise the tyres mayget pinched. Driving over a high manhole cover at high speed can damagethe tyre and result in it getting ruptured.Check the shock absorbers regularly. Driving with poor shock absorberssignificantly increases wear.If the tread wear is uneven, have the toe-in and the wheel camber checked.Driving with an incorrectly set toe-in or a one-sided wheel camber leads toa significant increase in wear.Avoid block brakings. Block braking gives the tyres "brake plates" of varyingstrength. This reduces driving comfort. It might even make the tyresunserviceable.Do not clean the tyres with a high-pressure cleaner. The tyres can sufferserious damage within just a few seconds and rupture as a result.Drive in such a way as to protect your tyres. Avoid braking sharply, revvingup too strongly and long journeys on poor roads.14.5 Changing wheels"P" position.The vehicle must be on level, firm ground, secure from slipping.Go into first gear. In the case of automatic transmission, change gear toBefore jacking up the vehicle firmly apply the handbrake.Prevent the vehicle from rolling away by blocking the opposite wheelwith the wheel chocks.Under no circumstances jack the vehicle with the fitted supports.If a trailer is connected: Detach the trailer before lifting the vehicle.Position the vehicle jack underneath the axle, not under any circumstanceson the bodywork.Never overload the vehicle jack. The maximum permissible load is specifiedon the vehicle jack's identificationplate.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN229

14Wheels and tyresUse the vehicle jack only for lifting the vehicle briefly while changing thetyre.under it.Do not start the motor while the vehicle is jacked up.Whilst the vehicle is in a jacked up position, persons must not lie downDo not damage the thread of the thread bolts when changing the wheel.Tighten the wheel nuts or wheel bolts cross-wise (Fig. 262).When changing wheels (e.g. alloy wheel rims or wheels with winter tyres),use the correct wheel bolts of the correct length and shape. The firmseating of the wheels and the function of the braking system depend onthis.Wheel rims and tyres not permitted for use with the vehicle can jeopardizeroad safety.Do not replace wheels cross-wise.Protect the vehicle according to the national regulations, e.g. with a hazardwarning triangle.Before changing the wheel, check the wheel rim and tyre size, the max. tyreload and the speed index on the tyres. Only use the wheel rim and tyresizes stated in the vehicle documents.Further information can be found in the instruction manual of the basevehicle.14.6 Spare wheel support For models with a Fiat or Ford base vehicle, there is no spare wheel. Forthese vehicles, a tyre repair kit is included for inflating the flat tyre withfoam.The spare wheel is found on the underside of the vehicle in a basket which canbe opened from the outside.14.6.1 Spare wheel support under the vehicle (Renault) Due to its weight and fitted position, the spare wheel can be raised orlowered by a very strong person only. Always get a second person toassist.230 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Wheels and tyres14Fig. 263 Spare wheel support under thevehicleRemoving the spare wheel:Use the ratchet wrench and extension to loosen the nuts (Fig. 263,1) on therear hooks (Fig. 263,2) to the left and right of the spare wheel support.Unscrew the wheel nuts approx. 3 to 4 cm.Press the clip (Fig. 263,3) slightly upwards, press the hooks backward orforward and unhook the clip.Take down the basket and remove the spare wheel.14.7 Tyre pressureTyres overheat if the tyre pressure is too low. This can cause serioustyre damage.Check tyre pressure before a journey or every 2 weeks. Wrong tyrepressure causes excessive wear and can lead to damage or even to tyreburst. You can lose control of the vehicle.Use only valves that are approved for the specified tyre pressure. Only check the tyre pressure on cold tyres.The payload and the durability of tyres is directly dependent on the tyre pressure.Air is a volatile medium. It is unavoidable that it will escape from tyres.As a rule of thumb it can be assumed that a filled tyre loses pressure at a rateof 0.1 bar every two months. To prevent the tyres becoming damaged or burst,check the tyre pressure regularly.The information on pressure levels is valid for cold tyres and loaded vehicles.Pressure in hot tyres is higher than in cold tyres. Therefore, check the pressurewhen the tyres arecold.Tyre pressures in bar.The valve used must be approved for the air pressure. We recommend theuse of a metal valve for pressures greater than 4.75 bar.For the maximum permissible axle loads for your vehicle please refer tospecific documentation.When a replacement is needed, Dethleffs recommends "Michelin-Camping" tyres.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN231

14Wheels and tyresTypes Tyre size Front airpressure inbarFiat All types 215/70 R 15 C(109/107) QAll types with "MichelinCamping" tyresAll typesAll types with "MichelinCamping" tyresAll typesAll types with "MichelinCamping" tyres215/70 R 15 C(109/107) Q225/75 R 16 C(116/114) R225/75 R 16 C(116/114) R225/75 R 16 C(116/114) Q(tandem axle)225/75 R 16 C(116/114) Q(tandem axle)Rear airpressure inbar4.1 4.55.0 5.54.5 5.05.5 5.54.5 3.55.5 3.5Renault All types 225/65 R 16 C(112/110) QAll types with "MichelinCamping" tyres225/65 R 16 C(112/110) Q3.8 4.44.5 5.5Ford All types 215/75 R 16 C(113/111) Q185/75 R 16 C104/102 R (twintyres)3.7 4.94.7 3.3The vehicles are constantly brought up to the newest technical standards. It ispossible that new tyre sizes are not yet included in this table. If this is the case,the Dethleffs dealer will be happy to provide the newest values.232 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Troubleshooting15Chapter overviewThis chapter contains instructions about possible faults in your vehicle.The faults are listed with their possible causes and corresponding remedies.The instructions address the following topics:braking systemelectrical systemgas systemgas cookergas oven microwave ovenheater boiler refrigeratorair conditioning unitwater supplytoilet body 15TroubleshootingThe specified faults can be remedied with relative ease and without a greatdeal of specialised knowledge. In the event that the remedies detailed in thisinstruction manual should not be successful, an authorised specialist workshopmust find and eliminate the cause of the fault.15.1 Braking systemHave defects on the braking system immediately remedied by an authorisedspecialistworkshop.15.2 Electrical systemWhen the living area battery is changed, only use batteries of the sametype. See chapter 9 for changing the fuses.Fault Cause RemedyRoad light system doesno longer work correctlyInterior lighting does notworkThe electrically operatedentrance step cannot bemoved in or outBulb is defectiveFuse on the transformer/rectifier is defectiveBulb is defectiveFuse on the transformer/rectifier is defectiveFuse on the transformer/rectifier is defectiveReplace bulb. Note voltsand watts specificationsReplace fuse on thetransformer/rectifierReplace bulb. Note voltsand watts specificationsReplace fuse on thetransformer/rectifierReplace fuse on thetransformer/rectifierMotorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN233

15TroubleshootingFault Cause RemedyNo 240 V power supplydespite connectionStarter or living area batteryis not charged whenoperated in 240 V modeLiving area battery is notcharged during vehicleoperation12 V indicator lamp doesnot light upNo display on the panel12 V power supply doesnot work240 V automatic circuitbreaker has triggeredJumbo flat fuse (40 A) onthe starter or living areabattery is defectiveCharger module in thetransformer/rectifier isdefectiveFuse on terminal D+ ofthe alternator is defectiveDisconnector relay in thetransformer/rectifier isdefective12 V power supplyswitched offBattery cut-off switch onthe transformer/rectifier isswitched offStarter or living area batteryis not chargedDisconnector relay in thetransformer/rectifier isdefectiveFlat fuse (2 A) in the livingarea battery is defective12 V power supplyswitched offLiving area battery disconnectedfrom the 12 Vpower supplyStarter or living area batteryis not chargedDisconnector relay in thetransformer/rectifier isdefective12 V power supplyswitched offLiving area battery disconnectedfrom the 12 Vpower supplyLiving area battery is dischargedJumbo flat fuse (40 A) onthe living area battery isdefectiveDisconnector relay in thetransformer/rectifier isdefectiveSwitch on the 240 V automaticcircuit breakerReplace jumbo flat fuse(40 A) on the starter orliving area batteryContact customer serviceReplace fuseContact customer serviceSwitch 12 V power supplyonSet battery cut-off switchto onCharge the starter or livingarea batteryContact customer serviceReplace flat fuse (2 A) inthe living area batterySwitch 12 V power supplyonConnect the living areabattery with the 12 Vpower supplyCharge the starter or livingarea batteryContact customer serviceSwitch 12 V power supplyonConnect the living areabattery with the 12 Vpower supplyCharging the living areabatteryReplace jumbo flat fuse(40 A) on the living areabatteryContact customer service234 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Troubleshooting15Fault Cause Remedy12 V power supply doesnot work in 240 V operationStarter battery is dischargedin 12 V operationNo voltage is supplied bythe living area battery12 V power supplyswitched offLiving area battery disconnectedfrom the 12 Vpower supplyCharger module in thetransformer/rectifier isdefective240 V automatic circuitbreaker has triggeredJumbo flat fuse (40 A) onthe living area battery isdefectiveDisconnector relay in thetransformer/rectifier isdefectiveLiving area battery disconnectedfrom the 12 Vpower supplyLiving area battery is dischargedSwitch 12 V power supplyonConnect the living areabattery with the 12 Vpower supplyContact customer serviceContact customer serviceReplace jumbo flat fuse(40 A) on the living areabatteryContact customer serviceConnect the living areabattery with the 12 Vpower supplyCharge living area batteryimmediatelyTotal dischargedamages thebattery.Extractor hood does notworkAir conditioning unit cannotbe switched on or off240 V automatic circuitbreaker is switched off12 V supply deviceswitched offPower pack is defectiveFuse (15 A) on the 240 Vfuse box is defectiveFuse (15 A) at the transformer/rectifieris defectiveExtractor hood defective240 V automatic circuitbreaker has triggeredRemote control battery isemptyIf the vehicle is to be laidup for a long period, fullycharge the living areabattery beforehandSwitch on the 240 V automaticcircuit breakerSwitch on 12 V supplydevice on the panelContact customer serviceReplace fuse (15 A)Replace fuse (15 A)Contact customer serviceSwitch on the 240 V automaticcircuit breakerChange remote controlbatteryMotorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN235

15Troubleshooting15.3 Gas systemIn case of a defect of the gas system (gas odour, high gas consumption)there is danger of explosion! Close regulator tap on the gas bottle immediately.Open doors and windows and ventilate well.If the gas system is defective: Do not smoke; do not ignite any openflames, and do not operate electric switches (light switches etc.).Have the defective gas system repaired by an authorised specialistworkshop.Fault Cause RemedyNo gas Gas bottle is empty Change gas bottleGas isolator tap closedRegulator tap on the gasbottle is closedExternal temperature istoo low (-42 °C for propanegas, 0 °C for butanegas)Built-in appliance is defectiveOpen the gas isolator tapOpen regulator tap onthe gas bottleWait for higher externaltemperaturesContact customer service15.4 Cooker15.4.1 Gas cooker/gas ovenFault Cause RemedyIgnition fuse does not operate(flame does notburn after the controlknobs are released)Flame extinguishes whenbeing reduced to its minimumsettingHeat-up time is too shortIgnition fuse is defectiveThermocouple sensor isincorrectly setKeep control knobpressed for approx. 15 to20 seconds after ignitionContact customer serviceCorrectly reset thermocouplesensor (do notbend). The sensor tipshould protrude by 5 mmbeyond the burner. Thesensor neck should notbe more than 3 mm awayfrom the burner ring; ifnecessary, contact customerservice15.4.2 Microwave oven Only qualified personnel may repair the microwave oven. Improperrepairs can cause major risks to the user.236 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Troubleshooting15Fault Cause RemedyMicrowave oven does notcut inFuse is defectiveDoor of the microwaveoven is not properlyclosedReplace fuseRemove foreign bodiesstuck in the door of themicrowave oven andclose door properly15.5 Heater/boilerIn the event of a defect contact the nearest customer service workshop of therelevant appliance manufacturer. The list of addresses is enclosed with theaccompanying appliance documentation. Only authorised qualified personnelmay repair the appliance.15.5.1 Heater/boiler TrumaFault Cause RemedyHeater does not igniteRed indicator lamp"Fault" illuminatesRed indicator lamp"Fault" is flashingGreen indicator lamp behindknob is not litYellow indicator lamp onthe energy selectorswitch does not illuminateTemperature sensor onoperating unit or remotesensor defectiveAir in the gas pipe systemLack of gasDefect of a safety elementOperating voltage too lowFuse on the transformer/rectifier is defectiveFuse in the electroniccontrol unit has been triggeredLiving area battery defectiveNo supply voltageOverheating switch wastriggeredPull out plug on operatingunit. The heating thenworks without thermostat.Contact the customerservice as soon as possibleSwitch off and on again.After two futile ignition attempts,wait for10 minutes before tryingagainOpen regulator tap andgas isolator tapConnect a full gas bottleContact customer serviceCharge or replace the livingarea battery (or haveit charged or replaced)Replace fuse on thetransformer/rectifierContact customer serviceCharge or replace the livingarea battery (or haveit charged or replaced)Check 240 V connectionand fusesPress overheating switchMotorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN237

15TroubleshootingFault Cause RemedyBoiler empties, safety/drainage valve hasopenedSafety/drainage valvedoes not close whenswitching onRed and green indicatorlamps are not litFan wheel runs noisily ornot steadilyInternal temperature below8 °CSafety/drainage valveseparated from batterysupplyOperating voltage below10.8 VFuse is defectiveSafety/drainage valveseparated from batterysupplyOperating voltage below10.8 VFuse is defectiveFuse is defectiveFan wheel is soiledHeat insideCancel battery separation.In order to do thisswitch on the battery cutoffswitch on the transformer/rectifieror deactivatethe batteryseparation via the panelCharge or replace the livingarea battery (or haveit charged or replaced)Replace fuse on thetransformer/rectifierCancel battery separation.In order to do thisswitch on the battery cutoffswitch on the transformer/rectifieror deactivatethe batteryseparation via the panelCharge living area battery(or have it charged)Replace fuse on thetransformer/rectifierReplace fuse on thetransformer/rectifierContact Truma servicedepartment15.5.2 Webasto heater/boilerIn the case of a fault, a fault code is issued via the LED on the operating unit(sequence of green and red flashing signals).When a fault code was issued: Switch off the device, check that the fusesare in a perfect condition and that the connectors are secured tightly. Whenthe device was switched off for at least five seconds, the fault code displayis reset.If the fault code occurs again after switching on the device, contact customerservice.15.5.3 Alde heater/boilerFault Cause RemedyHeating does not ignitewith gas operationHeating does not ignite at240 V electrical operationLack of gasNo 240 V power supplyOpen regulator tap andgas isolator tapConnect a full gas bottleSwitch on the 240 V automaticcircuit breakerConnect 240 V powersupply238 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Troubleshooting15Fault Cause RemedyHeating running, but noheat at the convectorsHeating and circulatingpump running, but noheat at the convectorsCirculating pump doesnot workAir in the heating systemSwitch on room thermostatContact customer serviceBleed hot-water heater15.6 RefrigeratorIn the event of a defect contact the nearest customer service workshop of therelevant appliance manufacturer. The list of addresses is enclosed with theaccompanying appliance documentation. Only authorised qualified personnelmay repair the appliance.15.6.1 Dometic refrigerator without AESFault Cause RemedyRefrigerator does notswitch on when operatingin 240 V modeRefrigerator does notswitch on when operatingin 12 V modeRefrigerator does notswitch on when operatingin gas modeThe "GAS" operating indicatorflashes yellowNo 240 V power supply240 V automatic circuitbreaker has triggered240 V operating voltagetoo lowJumbo flat fuse (40 A) inthe starter battery is defectiveFlat fuse (2 A) in thestarter battery is defectiveDisconnector relay in thetransformer/rectifier isdefective12 V operating voltagetoo lowLack of gasAir in the gas pipeCobwebs or burnt residuein the burning chamberConnect 240 V powersupplySwitch on the 240 V automaticcircuit breakerHave the 240 V powersupply checked by an authorisedspecialist workshopReplace jumbo flat fuse(40 A) in the starter batteryReplace flat fuse (2 A) inthe starter batteryContact customer serviceHave the 12 V powersupply checked by an authorisedspecialist workshopOpen regulator tap andgas isolator tapConnect a full gas bottleRepeat ignition 3 or4timesRemove the ventilationgrill on the outside of thevehicle and clean theburning chamberMotorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN239

15Troubleshooting15.6.2 Thetford refrigerator without SES (error diagnostics)Error code Cause Remedy1 The 240 V power supply is75 % under the required operatingvoltage2 The 12 V power supply is75 % under the required operatingvoltage3 The refrigerator is operatedat 240 V, even though no240 V mode has been selected4 The refrigerator is operatedat 12 V, even though no 12 Vmode has been selected5 The refrigerator is operatedin gas operation mode eventhough gas operation modehas not been selected6 The gas valve has beenidentified as open eventhough it should be closed7 The gas valve has beenidentified as closed eventhough it should be open8 The 240 V power supply is20 % under the required operatingvoltage9 The gas supply has been cutoff. The flame has not beenignited within 30 seconds ingas operation mode10 The refrigerator is set to 12 Vmode and the vehicle engineis not running11 The refrigerator is set to "AU-TO" mode and no energysource is availableContact customer serviceContact customer serviceContact customer serviceContact customer serviceContact customer serviceContact customer serviceContact customer serviceCheck 240 V power supply4timesCheck the gas supplyRepeat ignition 3 toContact customer serviceStart the vehicle engine orselect a different energysourceProvide an energy sourceand reset the refrigerator.Switch the refrigerator offand on again for this purpose12 – Contact customer service13 The temperature sensor isdefective14 The connection between operatingcontrols and controldevice is interruptedCheck whether the plug is insertedproperly above the fininside the refrigerator. If so:Contact customer serviceContact customer service240 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Troubleshooting1515.6.3 Refrigerator Dometic 7 series with AESFault Cause RemedyIndicator lamps "230 V","12 V" or "AUTO" are notlit greenRefrigerator does notswitch to 12 V mode duringthe journeyRefrigerator does notswitch on in gas operation,"GAS" indicatorlamp is not lit yellow"GAS" indicator lampflashes yellow, no gasRefrigerator is turned offNo electrical operatingvoltageOperating voltage of alternatoris not present/too lowLack of gasCobwebs or burnt residuein the burning chamberAir in the gas pipeSwitch on the refrigeratorwith energy selectorswitchConnect 240 V powersupplyLet the vehicle enginerunSwitch on or replace thefuseContact a specialistworkshopContact a specialistworkshopOpen regulator tap andgas isolator tapConnect a full gas bottleRemove the ventilationgrill on the outside of thevehicle and clean theburning chamberSwitch off the refrigeratorwith energy selectorswitchOpen regulator tap onthe gas bottle and thegas isolator tap of the refrigeratorSwitch on the refrigeratorwith energy selectorswitch. After 10 seconds,the AES will attempt anotherignitionIf the "GAS" indicatorlamp flashes yellowagain after approx.30 seconds, the failurehas not been remediedyetRepeat this process twoto three times for ventilation.If the refrigeratorcannot be operated, contactcustomer servicesMotorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN241

15Troubleshooting15.6.4 Dometic 8 series with MES In the case of a fault the LED display fault will always light up " ".Fault Cause RemedyLED " " flashes No 240 V power supply Connect 240 V powersupply240 V automatic circuitbreaker has triggered240 V operating voltagetoo lowLED " " flashes Fuse on the transformer/rectifier is defectiveLED "" flashesLEDs for display of thetemperature range flashLED " " and LEDs fordisplay of the temperaturerange flashLED " " and LEDs fordisplay of the temperaturerange flashDisconnector relay in thetransformer/rectifier isdefective12 V operating voltagetoo lowLack of gasCobwebs or burnt residuein the burning chamberTemperature sensor defective240 V heater element defective12 V heater element defectiveSwitch on the 240 V automaticcircuit breakerHave the 240 V powersupply checked by an authorisedspecialist workshopReplace fuse on thetransformer/rectifierContact customer serviceHave the 12 V powersupply checked by an authorisedspecialist workshopOpen regulator tap andgas isolator tapConnect a full gas bottleRemove the ventilationgrill on the outside of thevehicle and clean theburning chamberContact customer serviceContact customer serviceContact customer service242 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Troubleshooting1515.6.5 Dometic 8 series with AES In the case of a fault the LED display fault will always light up " ".Fault Cause RemedyText "230 V" flashes No 240 V power supply Connect 240 V powersupplyText "12 V" flashes240 V automatic circuitbreaker has triggered240 V operating voltagetoo lowFuse on the transformer/rectifier is defectiveDisconnector relay in thetransformer/rectifier isdefective12 V operating voltagetoo lowSwitch on the 240 V automaticcircuit breakerHave the 240 V powersupply checked by an authorisedspecialist workshopReplace fuse on thetransformer/rectifierContact customer serviceHave the 12 V powersupply checked by an authorisedspecialist workshopText "GAS" flashes Lack of gas Open regulator tap andgas isolator tapLEDs for display of thetemperature range flashText "HE1" flashesText "HE2" flashesCobwebs or burnt residuein the burning chamberTemperature sensor defective240 V heater element defective12 V heater element defectiveConnect a full gas bottleRemove the ventilationgrill on the outside of thevehicle and clean theburning chamberContact customer serviceContact customer serviceContact customer serviceMotorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN243

15Troubleshooting15.7 Air conditioning unit15.7.1 DometicFault Cause RemedyAir conditioning unit doesnot start upAir conditioning unit doesnot coolAir conditioning unit doesnot warm upWater is entering the vehicleNo 240 V power supply240 V automatic circuitbreaker has triggeredRemote control batteriesemptyTemperature below16 °CTemperature has beenset incorrectlyThermostat defectiveTemperature above30 °CTemperature has beenset incorrectlyThermostat defectiveDrainage holes for condensationare cloggedSeal is defectiveConnect the vehicle tothe local power supplySwitch on the 240 V automaticcircuit breakerChange remote controlbatteries–Adjust the temperatureContact customer service–Adjust the temperatureContact customer serviceClean air conditioningunitContact customer serviceNo more air circulation Air filter clogged Clean air filterFan wheel defectiveContact customer service15.7.2 TrumaFault Cause RemedyAir conditioning unit doesnot coolNo 240 V power supplyFuse is defectiveTemperature below16 °CTemperature has beenset incorrectlyAir filter contaminatedConnect 240 V powersupplyCheck fuse and replace ifnecessaryAdjust the temperatureReplace air filter244 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Troubleshooting1515.8 Water supplyFault Cause RemedyLeakage water inside thevehicleA leak has occurredIdentify leak, re-connectwater pipesNo water Water tank is empty Top up with fresh waterDrain cock not closed12 V power supplyswitched offFuse of the water pumpis defectiveWater pump defectiveWater pipe snapped offTransformer/rectifier defectiveWater pump switched offClose drain cockSwitch 12 V power supplyonReplace fuse on thetransformer/rectifierExchange water pump(have it exchanged)Straighten water pipe orreplaceContact customer serviceSwitch water pump onToilet has no flush water Water tank is empty Top up with fresh waterDisplay for water andwaste water indicates awrong valueWaste water tank cannotbe emptiedDrain on the one-hand levermixer is cloggedWater jets on the showernozzle cloggedWater drains from theshower tray slowly ordoes not drain at allFuse for cassette is defectiveMeasuring probe in thewaste water or water tankis soiledMeasuring probe is defectiveDrain cock is cloggedPerlator calcifiedWater jets calcifiedThe vehicle is not in ahorizontal positionReplace fuseClean water/waste watertankReplace measuringprobeOpen the cleaning capon the waste water tankand drain the waste water.Rinse the waste watertank wellUnclip the perlator, decalcifyin vinegar water(only for products madefrom metal)De-calcify shower nozzlein vinegar water (only forproducts made from metal)or rub off soft nozzleburlingPosition the vehicle horizontallyMotorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN245

15Troubleshooting15.9 Vacuum toilet (Dometic)Fault Cause RemedyWater does not remain intoilet bowlWater does not flowproperly into the toiletbowlWater is entering the vehicleVacuum pump does notrunVacuum pump runs toooftenSeal dirty or defectiveWater pressure too lowHose connection loosenedNo power presentCap or connection notsealed tightlyClean seal or have replacedContact customer serviceCheck connections forproper seat and tightenhose clampsControl power supply (orhave checked)Check connections betweentoilet and vacuum(or have checked)Toilet clogged Improper used Remove blockage15.10 BodyFault Cause RemedyFlap hinges/door hingesare difficult to operateHinges/joints in the bathroomunit/toilet compartmentare difficult tooperate/make a gratingnoiseStorage compartmenthinges are difficult to operate/makea gratingnoiseFront bonnet swivel systemis difficult to operateHeki skylight difficult tooperateFlap/door hinges are notsufficiently lubricatedHinges/joints are not sufficientlylubricatedStorage compartmenthinges are not sufficientlylubricatedFront bonnet swivel systemis not (sufficiently) lubricatedThreaded spindle not lubricatedThreaded spindle defectiveLubricate flap hinges/door hinges with acidfreeand resin-freegreaseLubricate hinges/jointswith solvent-free andacid-free greaseSpray cans often containsolventsLubricate storage compartmenthinges withacid-free and resin-freegreaseLubricate front bonnetswivel system with acidfreeand resin-freegreaseLubricate threaded spindleHave threaded spindlereplacedThe authorised dealers and service centres are available for any spareparts requirement.246 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Special equipment1616.1 Weight details for special equipment16Special equipmentThe use of accessories, parts and fittings not supplied by Dethleffs maycause damage to the vehicle and jeopardize road safety. Even if anexpert's report, a general type approval or a design certification exists,there is no guarantee for the proper quality of the product.Every alteration of the original condition of the vehicle can alter roadbehaviour and jeopardize road safety.No liability can be assumed for damage caused by products which havenot been released by Dethleffs. This also applies to impermissible alterationsto the vehicle.Weight details for Dethleffs special equipment are listed in the table below. Ifthese objects are either carried in or on the vehicle and are not part of thestandard equipment, they must be taken into consideration when calculatingthe payload.All weight details are approximate.Observe the max. permissible gross weight.Item designationWaste water tank, insulated 2Airbag 2Alcove window, hinged 2Caravan coupling 26-46Hinged window 1External shower 1Outside kitchen 10Outside storage compartment (lowered rear) 59-63Automatic transmission 10-40Car radio and CD 2Oven 14Skylight (clear glass) 1Roof rack with aluminium ladder 17"Kissenschlacht" (pillow fight) decoration package 1Swivel console, seat 3Extractor hood 5Duomatic switching facility 1Entrance step 2Driver's cabin carpet 3Driver's cabin door 17Bike rack for 3 bicycles 9Bike rack for 4 bicycles 10Roman shades, driver's cabin 3Flat screen 4-6Floor warming unit, electrical 9Surplus weight (kg)Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN247

16Special equipmentItem designationSurplus weight (kg)External gas socket 1Holder for flat screen 3-5Lift-tilt skylight (Heki 3) 22Trumatic C 6002 heater, electric kit 1Insect screen door 3Insulation mat for driver's cabin window 2Air conditioning unit 32-40Driver's cabin air conditioning unit 30Refrigerator, separate freezer compartment 20Awning 300 cm 21Awning 350 cm 25-35Awning 400 cm 27-40Awning 450 cm 32Awning 500 cm 36Awning 600 cm 40Microwave oven 15Motorcycle rack/bike rack 40Navigation system 4Guest bed 5Radio preparation 1Reversing camera incl. monitor 5-10Satellite unit 19-24Rear mud flaps 2Service flap 5-8Safety kit 5Seat covers in the driver's cabin and living area 3Solar installation 15Supports (2 pieces) 6Tempomat 2Chain-stitch rug, laid loosely 6-9Awning light 1Alde hot-water heater 35Hazard warning triangle and first-aid kit 2Alde heat exchanger 5Winter covering for the refrigerator grating 1Winter comfort package (depending on equipment) 15-65248 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Special equipment16Item designationAdditional heater, driver's cabin (independent vehicleheater)Additional pump for the Alde heater 1Auxiliary heat exchanger (Arizona) 3Surplus weight (kg)7Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN249

16Special equipment250 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Helpful notes17Chapter overviewThis chapter contains helpful tips for the journey.The instructions address the following topics:road assistance in European countriestraffic rules in European countriesgas supply in European countriestoll regulations in European countriessafe ways to spend the night during travelcamping in winter17Helpful notesAt the end of the chapter there is a checklist containing the most importantequipment for the journey.17.1 Traffic rules in foreign countriesThe vehicle driver is required to inform himself as to the traffic rules of thecountries in which he plans to travel before beginning the trip. Contact yourautomobile club or embassy for further information.In some European countries, warning vests must be worn when exiting thevehicle outside of towns in the case of vehicle failures or accidents.Information about traffic regulations is especially important as state lawapplies in case of damage. For your own safety, always observe the followingrules when travelling abroad:Take the green insurance card with you.Carry a preprinted form "accident report" from the insurance.Always register accidents with the police.Never sign documents that you have not read and understood completely.17.2 Help on Europe's roadsCountry EmergencyservicesPoliceBreakdown serviceBelgium 112TCB Brussels 0 70 34 47 77112Bulgaria 150UAB (02) 9 80 33 08/146 1)166Denmark 112Falck 79 42 42 42free of charge112free of chargeGermany 112ADAC 22 22 22 1)110Estonia 112EESTI (0) 6 97 91 88/18 88 1)110/112 1)Finland 112Helsinki (09) 77 47 64 00112France 15/112 1)17/112 1) Lyon (08) 25 80 08 22AIT-Assistance 0800 08 92 22Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN251

17Helpful notesCountry EmergencyservicesPoliceBreakdown serviceELPA 104 00Greece 112171/112 1)Great Britain 112112AA (08 00) 0 28 90 18/(08 00) 82 82 82 1)Ireland 999/112 1) AA Dublin 18 00 66 77 88999/112 1)Iceland 112F.I.B 5 11 21 12112Italy 118/112 1) ACI 803 116/8 00 11 68 00 1)112Croatia 94/112 1) HAK 9 87/ 0 19 87 1)92/112 1)Latvia 03/112 1) LAMB 8 00 00 0002/112 1)Lithuania 03/112 1) LAS 8 80 00 00 00/18 88 1)02/112 1)Luxembourg 112ACL 2 60 00113/112 1)Macedonia 194AMSM 196192Montenegro 94AMSCG 980792Netherlands 112ANWB 08 82 69 28 88112Norway 113NAF 81 00 05 05112Austria 144/112 1) ÖAMTC 120133/112 1)Poland 999/112 1) PZM 022 5 32 84 33997/112 1)Portugal 112112ACP Lissab. (21) 9 42 91 03ACP Porto (22) 8 34 00 01ACR (021) 2 22 22 22/Romania 961/112 1)955/112 1) (021) 2 22 15 53 1)Russia 03RAS (4 95) 7 47 66 6602Sweden 112112M 0 20 91 29 12252 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Helpful notes17Country EmergencyservicesPoliceBreakdown serviceTCS 1 40/03 18 50 53 11 1)Switzerland 144117/112 1)Serbia 94AMSS (011) 1980092Slovakia 155/112 1) SATC 1 81 24158/112 1)Slovenia 112113AMZS (1) 9 87/(003861) 5 30 53 53 1)Spain 061RACE 9 15 93 33 33112Czech Republic 155/112 1) UAMK CR 12 30158/112 1)Turkey 112TTOK (02 12) 2 82 81 40155/112 1)Ukraine 03112 UA (8-032) 2 97 81 1202Hungary 104/112 1)107/112 1) MAK1 88/(0036-1) 13 45 17 44 1)Cyprus 112112AA 02 22 31 31 311)In the mobile communication networkDate 03/2007Specifications without guarantee17.3 Speed limits and permissible dimensions Please always observe the speed limits in the individual countries.For information, the speed limits (in km/h) and permissible dimensions (in m)of the countries visited most:Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN253

17Helpful notesCountryMax. dimensionsin metersWidthLgth.GrossweightBelgium 2.55 12 Up to 7.5 tOver 7.5 tInbuiltupareas5050Outsidebuilt-up areasMotorway12090/120 1)60/90 1) 9090 13070 10080 1307080100 130 3)80 100Bulgaria 2.60 12 Up to 3.5 tOver 3.5 t5050Denmark 2.55 12 Up to 3.5 t 50Over 3.5 t 50Germany 2.55 12 Up to 3.5 t 507.5 t 2)3.5 t up to 507.5 tOver 50 8080Estonia 2.50 12 Up to 3.5 t 50 90 110Over 3.5 t 50 7070Finland 2.60 12 50 80 4) 80 4)130 5)France 2.55 12 Up to 3.5 t 50 90 5) /-100 1) 5)Over 3.5 t 5080 5) / 110 5)Greece 2.50 12 50 90/110 11) 1202.55 12 48 96/112 1) 112Ireland 2.55 12 50 60/100 1) 120Iceland 2.55 12 50 90 6) –Italy 2.50 12 Up to 3.5 t 501) 7)90/110 130 7)Over 3.5 t 50 80 100Croatia 2.55 12 50 90/110 1) 130Latvia 2.50 12 Up to 7.5 tOver 7.5 tGreat BritainLithuania 2.50 12 Up to 3.5 tOver 3.5 tLuxembourg2.55 12 Up to 3.5 tOver 3.5tMacedoniaMontenegroNetherlands50505050505090/100 11)809070110801107090 8) 7) 130 8) 7)75 7) 90 7)2.50 12 40/60 80 802.50 12 Up to 3.5 tOver 3.5 t2.55 9) 12 Up to 3.5 tOver 3.5 tNorway 2.55 12.40 Up to 3.5 tOver 3.5 t50505050505080/100 1)8080/100 1)8080/90 1)8010080120809080254 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Helpful notes17CountryMax. dimensionsin metersWidthLgth.GrossweightAustria 2.55 12 Up to 3.5 tOver 3.5 tPoland 2.50 12 Up to 3.5 tOver 3.5 tPortugal 2.50 12 Up to 3.5 tOver 3.5 tRomania 2.50 12 Up to 3.5 tOver 3.5 tRussia 2.50 12 Up to 3.5 tOver 3.5 tSweden 2.60 24 14) Up to 3.5 tOver 3.5 tInbuiltupareas50505050505050506060505050Switzerland2.55 12 Up to 3.5 t3.5 t 15)Over 50Serbia 2.50 12 Up to 3.5 t 60and MontenegroOver 3.5 t 60Slovakia 2.50 12 Up to 3.5 t 60Over 3.5 t 60Slovenia 2.55 12 Up to 3.5 t 50Over 3.5 t 5010070130 10)8090/100 1) 13070/80 1) 8090/100 11) 120 12)80/90 11) 110 12)80/90 1) 12080/90 1) 11090 13)70110 13)90 13)70-110 1) 11) 11080/90 1) 9080/100 1) 12080/100 1) 10080/100 1)80Outsidebuilt-up areasMotorway1008090801308080/100 1) 1008080Spain 2.55 12 50 70/80 1) 90Czech Republic2.50 12 Up to 3.5 t 50 90 130Over 3.5 t 50 8080Turkey 2.50 10 50 80 90Ukraine 2.50 12 60 90 13) 110 13)Hungary 2.50 12 Up to 2.5 t 50 90/110 1) 130Over 2.5 t 50 7080Cyprus 2.55 12 50 80 1001) On expressways, on roads with more than one lane in each direction2) Vehicles over 7.5 tons max. permissible weight require a tachograph3)Recommended speed: 130 km/h4)Since 1995, for the first time, vehicles up to an unladen weight of 1875 kg and vehiclesup to 3.5 t perm gross weight with appropriate equipment (ABS, driver airbag,seat belts on all seats) can drive max. 100 km/h5) On wet roads, reduce speed by 10 km/h, on motorways by 20 km/h6) On unmade roads (gravel): 80 km/h7)In wet conditions, reduce speed by 20 km/h8)Drivers who don't have their driver's licence for the full year, must not drive fasterthan max. 75 km/h when out of town or 90 km/h on motorwaysMotorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN255

17Helpful notes9) On main roads 2.55 m, on roads marked "B" 2.20 m10) Between 10 p.m. and 5 a.m. the speed limit on the following motorways is100 km/h: A10 (Tauernautobahn), A12 (Inntalautobahn), A13 (Brennerautobahn),A14 (Rheintalautobahn)11) According to traffic signs12) Drivers who have had their driver's licence for less than one year must not drivefaster than 90 km/h. Corresponding stickers (available from ACP offices) must beaffixed in a clearly visible position on the rear of the vehicle13) Drivers who have had their driver's licence for less than two years must not drivefaster than 70 km/h14) Swedish campsites often require the motorhome to have a closed waste watersystem15) A heavy goods vehicle supplement must be paid on all roads for all vehiclesexceeding 3.5 tons max. permissible weightDate 06/2008Source: ADACSpecifications without guarantee17.4 Driving with low beam in European countriesThe following is a list of the European countries in which driving with low beamis required even during the day.CountryDenmarkEstoniaFinlandIcelandItalyCroatiaLatviaLithuaniaMacedoniaMontenegroNorwayPolandPortugalRomaniaRussiaSwedenSwitzerlandSlovakiaConditionsAll year; on all roadsAll year; on all roadsAll year; on all roadsAll year; on all roadsAll year; only outside of townsAll year; on all roadsAll year; on all roadsFrom September 1 to April 1; on all roadsAll year; on all roadsAll year; on all roadsAll year; on all roadsAll year; on all roadsOn certain routesAll year; on all roadsAll year; only outside of townsAll year; on all roadsAll year round; on all streets during rain and snowFrom October 15 to March 15; on all roads256 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Helpful notes17CountrySloveniaCzech RepublicHungaryConditionsAll year; on all roadsAll year; on all roadsAll year; only outside of townsSpecifications without guarantee17.5 Sleeping in the vehicle away from camping areasCountrySleeping onroads andfieldsSleeping onprivatelyownedlandsYes No Yes NoCommentsBelgium X X On highway rest areasmax. 24 hours permittedBulgaria X XDenmark X X On streets and squares only upto 11 hours with a parking discGermany X X Staying overnight for one nightto restore driving ability is permitted.There may be regionaland local limitationsFinland X X Possible with the permission ofthe land ownerFrance X X Permission from the local authoritiesor the owner of the landis required. Parking and stayingovernight on free areas is prohibitedGreece X X Staying overnight for one nightat designated areas on the nationalroute Patras-Athens-Thessaloniki is permittedGreat Britain X XIreland X XItaly X X Staying overnight for one nightat car parks and service stationsis allowed. Observe the localregulations. Parking and stayingovernight on free areas is prohibitedCroatia X XLuxembourg X XMacedonia X XNetherlands X X Overnight stays on streets andsquares is allowed in some boroughsMotorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN257

17Helpful notesCountryNorway X X Officially prohibited on rest areasand cultivated grounds. Travellingon dirt roads is prohibitedAustria X X Staying overnight for one nightto restore driving ability is permitted,but not in nature reserves.Observe regional andlocal restrictions. Generally forbiddenin TyrolPoland X X Requires property owner's permissionPortugal X X Staying overnight for one nighton motorway service stationsand car parks under 10 hoursare toleratedRomania X XRussia X XSweden X X Not on agriculture areas or inthe vicinity of houses. Driving onopen fields is prohibitedSwitzerland X X One overnight stay at highwayrest areas and in some cantonsis toleratedSerbia andMontenegroSpecifications without guaranteeXSlovakia X X Overnight stays on private landare only allowed if a toilet ispresentSlovenia X XSpain X X Some regional prohibitions apply,especially on beachesCzech RepublicSleeping onroads andfieldsTurkey X XUkraine X XSleeping onprivatelyownedlandsYes No Yes NoXCommentsX X Overnight stays on private landare only allowed if a toilet ispresentHungary X X Staying overnight on privatelyowned land is permitted onlywith police certification258 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Helpful notes1717.6 Gas supply in European countries In Europe, there are several different connection systems for gas bottles. Itis not always possible to fill or exchange your gas bottles in a foreigncountry. Get information about the connection system in the country youare travelling to before embarking on your journey, e.g. at a motoring clubor in the trade press.General tipsAlways observe the following instructions:Only go on vacation with completely filled gas bottles.Use all of the gas bottles' capacity.Take along adapter sets (available in camping supply stores) for filling gasbottles in foreign countries and for connecting the gas pressure regulatorto foreign gas bottles.During the cold time of the year observe filling with propane gas component(butane does not gas below 0 °C).Use blue bottles from the firm Campingaz (distributed world-wide). Onlyuse gas bottles with safety valves.When bottles from other countries are used, check the gas bottle compartmentsto see if the gas bottles fit into them. Gas bottles from other countriesdo not always display the same size as your own gas bottles.17.7 Toll regulations in European countriesMany European countries have introduced a mandatory toll system. The tollregulations and how they are collected vary greatly from country to country.Nevertheless, ignorance is no excuse. Penalties can be quite severe.As is the case with traffic regulations, the vehicle driver is required to befamiliar with the toll formalities before starting out on a trip. For example, inAustria the vignette does not meet the toll requirements for vehicles that weighmore than 3.5 t. There, a so-called "Go-Box" must be obtained and charged.Contact your automobile club or the Internet for further information. Windscreens with solar filters can affect the functioning of automatic tollcollection systems (e.g. Go-Box). This must be taken into account whenacquiring the appropriate device (e.g. Split-Go-Box).17.8 Tips on staying overnight safely during travelPrudent behaviour is the most important protective measure for insuring a safenight in the motorhome.The risk of thievery is reduced to a minimum when the following basic rulesare observed:Before commencing the journey, close and lock all windows, doors andskylights.During high season do not spend the night at highway rest stops or parkingareas located along typical vacation routes.Several vehicles on one site at the same time do not necessarily decreasethe chances of thievery occurring. Consult your own feelings about theparking site.Even if it is just for one night, go to a camping site.When parking on open space keep emergency routes clear. The way to thedriver's seat should be clear. The ignition key should always be withinreach.Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN259

17Helpful notesOnly take with you those valuables which are absolutely necessary for thejourney. If possible, store valuables in a small safe and not in the immediatevicinity of windows or doors.Always lock up the vehicle.17.9 Tips for winter campersThe following tips will help make your winter camping experience as agreeableas possible.Reserve your parking place in good time. Good winter camping sites areoften booked up early.Do not start your trip without winter tyres.Bring snow chains.Choose your parking place with care. Observe the ground beneath you.Snow and ice may melt.When the vehicle has been positioned, release the handbrake to preventfreezing.No snow walls should be allowed to cover the built-in forced ventilation.Keep the built-in forced ventilation free from snow and ice.Make sure the air circulation is good. Good air circulation prevents moisturefrom collecting and makes it easier to heat the living area.Cover the single-paned driver's cabin window with insulation mats to avoidthermal bridges.Follow the instructions in the section "Gas supply in European countries".Use a two-bottle system with automatic controller for the gas system, sothat the supply does not run out during the night.Only operate the gas system using propane gas.Do not use the space behind the heater as a storage compartment.Never operate catalytic ovens or infra-red gas radiators in the interior of thevehicle, since they consume oxygen for burning.Lay the 240 V power cable in such a way that the cable cannot be frozenor be damaged (e.g. during snow removal).When it is snowing heavily, clear the roof of the vehicle of snow regularly.A few centimetres of powdery snow serves as insulation, but wet snowquickly becomes a heavy burden.Before embarking on the return journey, remove all the snow from the roofto avoid impeding vehicles behind you with a "snow flag".260 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Helpful notes1717.10 Travel checklistsThe following checklists will help that nothing important is left at homealthough not everything on the checklists might be necessary. Do not leave checking of documents (e.g. vehicle papers and information)as well as checking the condition of the vehicle until just before commencingthe trip. Planning and checking documents well in advance willsave unnecessary trouble.Object Object ObjectKitchen area Wiping cloth Cleansing agent(detergent)Salad serversMug Dishcloths Chopping boardTurnspitSet of knifes andforks for grillingBowlsCan opener Coffeepot Brush to wash thedishesEgg-cup Corkscrew Cloth to wash thedishesIce cube tray Kitchen paper MatchesLighter Spoons CupsBottle opener Knifes PlatesAir-tight storageboxesGarbage bagsBreakfast plate Frying pans PotsThermos jugForks Stirring spoons GlassesBathroom/sanitaryitemsTowels Toilet brush Toothbrush glassSanitary itemsToilet paperLiving area Dustbin Insect lamp Rain clothesRoad atlas Insect repellent First aid kitBath towels Deck of cards Travel guides/parkingguideBath shoes Broom RucksackBatteries Candles Sleeping bagsBed sheets Dust pan Pencils and paperBed linen Coat-hangers ShoesLaundry bag Clothes brush Shoe polishBooks Pillow Vacuum cleanerCamping guide Map Flash lightSpare bulbs Medicine Pocket knifeWater bottle Music cassettes Table clothMotorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN261

17Helpful notesObject Object ObjectBinocularsNeck-supportingpillowClothes pinsFire extinguisher Sewing kit ClotheslineGas bottleRadioVehicle/toolsWaste water containerAdapter socketFabric tapeWatering can forfresh waterCEE adapter Cable reel StepScrewdriverCurrent-measuringinstrumentWire V-belt Wheel chocksSpare wheel Glue First-aid kitSpare lamps Universal pliers Vehicle jackSpare fuses Compressor Hazard warning triangleReplacement waterpumpLuster terminalsWarning signHammer Loops Warning vestFlat wrench Tube adapter Flashing hazardwarning lightGas filling adapterGas tubeHose clipsSnow chains (winter)Outside Stay rope Camping table LockBellows Luggage racks StringCamping chairs Grill Tent pegs/tighteningropesDocuments List of addresses Registration book Identity cardRegistration confirmation(s)Driving licencePassportAllergy certificateInstruction manualsInstruction leafletsfor medicinesGreen insurancecardVaccination certificateCredit cardWrit of protectionVignette/toll cardVisa262 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

Index12 V fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134For Dometic toilet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138For the starter battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135For Thetford toilet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137On the living area battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13612 V indicator lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123, 12712 V main switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123, 126, 12812 V power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112Switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123, 126, 128Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235240 V automatic circuit breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . 138240 V connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 133Power cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234240 V indicator lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . 123, 127, 128240 V power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132AAccess ladder, bunk bed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91, 92Access ladder, overcab bed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88Access ladder, pull-down bed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Accessories, fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Adapter cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Additional equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28Add-on parts see special equipment . . . . . . . . . 20Air conditioning unitMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235Air conditioning unit (Dometic)Air current, adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218Operating modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244Air conditioning unit (Truma)Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244Air outlet nozzles, adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140AL-KO rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223Appliances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Manuals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Armrest, adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45, 47Automatic power selection (AES) . . . . . . 174, 180Auxiliary heat exchanger (Arizona)Switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152Switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152BBackrest adjustment mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Basic equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Battery alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123, 125, 131Battery cut-off switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117, 120Battery monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117, 120Batterysee starter battery and living area battery . . . . 112Battery selector switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117, 120Battery voltage, displaying . . . . . . . . 121, 124, 129Battery, wardrobe light, changing . . . . . . . . . . 223Beds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88Before the journey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Bike rackLoad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Travelling with a loaded bike rack . . . . . . . . 34Blind, cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208Blind, skylight with snap latchClosing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Blind, windowClosing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71Boiler (Alde)Emptying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Water, filling with . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Boiler (Truma) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159, 162Emptying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161, 164Operating modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159, 162Safety/drainage valve . . . . . . . . . . . . 159, 162Summer operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160, 163Switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160, 163Switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160, 163Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237Water, filling with . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161, 164Winter operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160, 163Boiler (Webasto) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165Emptying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Frost protection mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Indicator lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN263

IndexOperating modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165Safety/drainage valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165Summer operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165Switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Water, filling with . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Winter operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165BonnetClosing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44, 233Braking system, troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . 233Branch block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Breakdown services in Europe . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Bulbs, changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218Ceiling lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219Halogen spotlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220Living area lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221Recessed halogen light . . . . . . . . . . . 221, 222Spotlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220Surface-mounted halogen light . . . . . . . . . 222Wardrobe light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223Bunk bed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91, 92Access ladder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91, 92Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91, 92Safety net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91, 92Butane gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23, 104CCable reel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Camping gas bottles, use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 105Camping in winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Cap, water drain neck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192Capacity of the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Caravan coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205Blind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208Carpet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207Curtains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207Driver's cabin insulation mat . . . . . . . . . . . 207Entrance step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206External care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205Extractor hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208Furniture surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207Gas cooker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208High-pressure cleaner, washing with . . . . . 205In the winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210Insect screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208Interior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207Net curtains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207PVC-floor covering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208Roman shade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208Seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208Sink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208Synthetic parts, interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207Teflon coverings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207Temporary lay-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211Toilets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208Underbody . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206Upholstery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207Vacuum toilet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209Washing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .205Waste water tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206Winter lay-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212Carpet, cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207Ceiling lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219Central seating groupExtending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87Sleeping conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95, 96Changing wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229Charging current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39, 211Before the journey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39For the journey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .261Initial start-up after temporary lay-up . . . . .213Road safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Temporary lay-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211Winter lay-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212Children's beds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88, 89, 91, 92Circulating pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152Circulating pump, setting therotational speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151Circulation fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141, 143Cleaning see care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .205Closed circuit current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111Condensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67On the double acrylic glass pane . . . . . . . . .67On the screwed connectionsin the floor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67Condensation water see condensation . . . . . . . .67Connecting cable see power cable . . . . . . . . . .133Conventional load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28264 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

IndexConversion door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59, 64Insect screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Roman shade, closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Roman shade, opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Conversion door, insideLocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61, 62Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61, 62Conversion door, outsideLocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59, 60Cooker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236Curtains, cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207DDanger of suffocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 67Dimensions, permissible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Discharging current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126DisplaysBattery voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121, 124, 129Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Waste water tank level . . . . . . . 122, 125, 131Water tank level . . . . . . . . . . . . 122, 125, 131DisposalHousehold waste . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Sewage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Waste water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Dometic toilet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200Flushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201Indicator lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201Water tank, emptying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201Water tank, filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200Door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59, 60DoorsConversion door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Driver's door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59, 60Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Double floor, load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33Drain cock, water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191Drain neck, water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192Driver's cabin insulation mat, care . . . . . . . . . 207Driver's door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Driver's door, insideLocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63Driver's door, outsideLocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62Driver's seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Adjusting an appropriateseating position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46, 47Armrest, adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45, 47Turning it to driving position . . . . . . . . . . 45, 46Driving speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Driving the motorhome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Duomatic switching facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107During the journey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43EElectrical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111240 V connection, troubleshooting . . . . . . . 234Entrance step, troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . 233Explanation of terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Lighting, troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233Electrically adjustable external mirrors . . . . . . . 50Entrance step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 37, 55Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Extending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Indicator lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Pulling out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Pushing in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Retracting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233Warning tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Environmental tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Exterior lightingChecking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233External care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205External connection see 240 V connection . . . . 57External flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65Flap lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65Sliding drawer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 66External gas connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107External mirrors, electrically adjustableAdjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Mirror heater, switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Extractor hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208Filter, cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN265

IndexFFault current protection switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Filling the tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53FireBehaviour in the event of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Extinguishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Fire prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Fire risks, avoidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Fixed bed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93Fixed tableMoving in a crossways direction . . . . . . . . . 83Moving in a lengthways direction . . . . . . . . . 83Flap lockClosing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 66Elliptical-shaped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 66With recessed handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65Flat screen, positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85, 86Floor warming unit, electricalOverload protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Fluorescent tubes, changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218Living area lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221Room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220Folding mechanism, overcab bed . . . . . . . . . . . 88Forced ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 67Freezer compartment door lockingmechanismClosing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Locking in the ventilation position . . . . . . . 186Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Fresh water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 189Fresh water filler neck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Front bench seat,sleeping conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99, 100, 101Front passenger's seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Adjusting an appropriateseating position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46, 47Armrest, adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45, 47Turning it to driving position . . . . . . . . . . 45, 46Front seating group, sleeping conversion . . . . 102Fuel filler neck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Furniture flaps, troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Furniture surfaces, cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207Fuse boxsee 240 V automatic circuit breaker . . . . . . . . .138Fuses12 V fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134240 V fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132, 138For the Dometic toilet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138For the starter battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135For the Thetford toilet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137On the living area battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136Fuses see 12 V fuses and 240 V fuse . . . . . . .134GGas bottle compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23, 104Gas bottlesChanging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23, 104Gas connection, external . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107Gas consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105Gas cookerCleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208Switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169Switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .236Gas isolator taps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106, 139Gas odour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 103, 236Gas oven . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169, 170Switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170Switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .236Gas supply in European countries . . . . . . . . . .259Gas system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103Defect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 103, 236General instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22, 103Switching automatics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .236Gas tube, check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23, 104General instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16Guarantee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7Guarantee certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7Guarantee conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7HHalogen spotlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220Handbrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55Applying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20Handling of tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229266 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

IndexHeadrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Heat exchanger (Alde)Switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Heat exchanger (Arizona)Switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152Switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152Heat exchangers, heater, replacement . . . . . . 139Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Air outlet nozzles, adjustment . . . . . . . . . . 140Circulation fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141, 143Heat exchangers, replacement . . . . . . . . . 139Hot air distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Initial start-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237, 238Heater for the waste water tankand waste water pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154Heater, external mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Heki skylight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77Insect screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77Roman shade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77Ventilation position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77Help on Europe's roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251High rate of gas consumption . . . . . . 22, 103, 236High-pressure cleaner, washing with . . . . . . . 205Hinged skylight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Insect screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Locking in ventilation position . . . . . . . . . . . 76Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Roman shade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Hinged window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70Blind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69, 70Continuous ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69, 70Insect screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69, 70Hot air distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Hot-air heaterCirculation fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141, 143Operating modes . . . . . . . . . . . . 141, 143, 145Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142, 144, 146Switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141, 143, 146Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237Hot-water heater240 V electrical operation, selecting . . . . . 149Auxiliary circulating pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215Fluid level, checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216Gas and 240 V electrical operation,selecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Gas operation, selecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Heat exchanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Heater, switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Heater, switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Heating fluid, topping up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216Heating system, bleeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217Maintenance work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215Operating unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Rotational speed, circulating pump . . . . . . 151Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238IIndependent vehicle heaterMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Indicator lamp,12 V power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123, 127Indicator lamp,240 V power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123, 127, 128Indicator lamp, toilet . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199, 200, 201Information stickers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225Initial start-upAfter temporary lay-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213After winter lay-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213Inner door, troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Insect screen doorExtending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63Folding in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63Insect screen, cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208Insect screen, conversion doorClosing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Insect screen, Heki skylightClosing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78Insect screen, hinged skylightClosing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN267

IndexInsect screen, windowsClosing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Insect screen, wind-up skylightClosing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78Inspection records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Inspection work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215Inspection plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Interior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207Interior lightingBulbs, changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233KKeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25LLadder, bunk bed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91, 92Ladder, overcab bed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88Ladder, pull-down bed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Ladder, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86, 218Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86Lay-upTemporary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211Winter lay-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212Leakage water inside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 245Lift-off table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84Conversion to bed foundation . . . . . . . . . . . 85Light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87LightingLamps, cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233Lights see bulbs, changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218Living area batteryBattery alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123, 125, 131Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Charging current, displaying . . . . . . . . . . . 126Discharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Discharging current, displaying . . . . . . . . . 126Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234, 235Voltage, displaying . . . . . . . . . . . 121, 124, 129Living area lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .221Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30Bike rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34Double floor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33Load rack, extendable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34Rear garage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32Rear storage space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31Load rack for roof loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31Load rack, extendable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34Load see also payload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30LockConversion door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59, 60External flap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65Low beam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .256MMaintenance work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .215Air conditioning unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217Air conditioning unit (Dometic) . . . . . . . . . .218Air conditioning unit (Truma) . . . . . . . . . . . .218AL-KO rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223Hot-water heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .215Independent vehicle heater . . . . . . . . . . . .217Mass in ready-to-drive condition . . . . . . . . . .27, 29Maximum permissible gross weight . . . . . . .27, 29Mechanical steady legsExtending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56, 57Length, adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56, 57Retracting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56, 57Microwave ovenSwitching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171Switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .236NNet curtains, cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207No gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .236Nose weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36OOdour seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .194Off-load voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111Oil level, checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53Operating modesAir conditioning unit (Dometic) . . . . . . . . . .156Boiler (Truma) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159, 162Boiler (Webasto) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165268 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

IndexHot-air heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141, 143, 145Refrigerator . . . . . . . . 173, 174, 177, 178, 182Switching automatics, gas system . . . . . . 109Ovensee gas cooker or gas oven . . . . . . 168, 169, 170Overcab bed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88Access ladder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88Folding downwards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89Folding mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88Folding upwards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89Safety net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88Overloading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30PPanel (IT 20-3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12112 V main switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Battery voltage, displaying . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Filling level of the waste water tank,displaying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Filling level of the water tank,displaying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Panel (IT 992) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12412 V main switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Battery voltage, displaying . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Filling level of the waste water tank,displaying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Filling level of the water tank,displaying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Switch for water pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Panel (MP 20-T) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12712 V main switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128240 V indicator lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Battery displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Tank display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Tank heater switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Temperature display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Time display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Panel see also displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121, 124Payload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Example calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 29Payload see also load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Permissible gross weight see maximumpermissible gross weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Personal equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28Power cable for the 240 V connection . . . . . . . 133Propane gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23, 104Pull-down bed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89Access ladder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89Safety net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91PVC-floor covering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38PVC-floor covering, cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208RRear axle load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Rear garage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32Rear ladder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Folding downwards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32Folding upwards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32Rear storage space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32Recessed halogen light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221, 222Refrigerator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 17212 V operation,switching on/off . . . . . . . . . 174, 178, 180, 184240 V operation,switching on/off . . . . .174, 178, 179, 183, 184Change-overbetween energy sources . . . . . . . . . . 175, 181Door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184, 185Frame heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176Gas operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Gas operation,switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174, 177, 179Gas operation,switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173, 177, 179Operating modes . . . .173, 174, 177, 178, 182Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176, 182Refrigerating temperature control . . . 176, 181Switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176Switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239, 240, 241Ventilation grill, removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Refrigerator door locking mechanismClosing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185, 186, 187Locking in the ventilationposition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185, 186, 187Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185, 186, 187Refrigerator ventilation grill, removal . . . . . . . . 172Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Remote control, air conditioning unit(Truma) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Risk of frost damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 189, 196Road safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Notes for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN269

IndexRoman shade, cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208Roman shade, driver's cabin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73Roman shade, Heki skylightClosing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78Roman shade, hinged skylightClosing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Roman shade, window of conversion doorClosing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Roman shade, windowsClosing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Roman shade, wind-up skylightClosing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78Roof load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Roof rack, load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Roof rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220Round seating group,sleeping conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97, 98SSafety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Cooker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Fire prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Gas bottles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Gas system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 103Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Hot-water heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Road safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Water system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Safety net, bunk bed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91, 92Safety net, overcab bed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88Safety net, pull-down bed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Safety/drainage valve boiler . . . . . . . 159, 162, 165Sanitary fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208Fastening correctly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Seating arrangement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Seating groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87Seats, rotating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79Serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225Sewage tank, emptying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201Shower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197Sink, cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208Skylight with snap latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74, 75Blind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74, 75Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74, 75Skylights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73, 76Sleeping conversionCentral seating group . . . . . . . . . . . 94, 95, 96Front bench seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99, 100, 101Front seating group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102Round seating group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97, 98Sliding drawer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33, 66Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66Sliding windowClosing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .224Spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230Underneath the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230Spare wheel support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230Special equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .247Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15Marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20Weight details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .247Speed limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .253SpotlightShifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86Turning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86Starter batteryBattery alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234Voltage, displaying . . . . . . . . . . 121, 124, 129Staying overnightAway from camping areas . . . . . . . . . . . . .257During travel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .259Steady legs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56Extending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56, 57Length, adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56Retracting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56, 57Supports see steady legs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56Surface-mounted halogen light . . . . . . . . . . . . .222270 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

IndexSuspension table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79, 81Conversion to bed foundation . . . . . . . . 80, 81Extending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80, 81Reducing size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80, 81Switch for water pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Switching automatics, gas system . . . . . . . . . 107Swivel table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82Conversion to bed foundation . . . . . . . . . . . 82Fastening to the floor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82SymbolsFor instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Gas isolator taps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106, 139Synthetic parts in the toiletand living areas, cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207TTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79Table, fixedLocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Moving in a lengthways direction . . . . . . . . 84Table-top, folding to the side . . . . . . . . . . . . 84Tank alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Tank heater, switching on and off . . . . . . . . . . 132Tank lid see fuel filler neck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Teflon coverings, cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207Television . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38, 85Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86Pulling out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Swiveling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85Temperature display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Thetford cassette, retaining clip . . . . . . . . . . . 203Thetford toiletEmptying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200Flushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199, 200Fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Indicator lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199, 200Water tank, emptying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199Water tank, filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198Time, displaying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Toilet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208Fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245Water tank, emptying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209Toilet cassetteEmptying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203Removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202Unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202Toilet compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197Toll regulations in European countries . . . . . . . 259Total discharge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22General instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Traffic rules in foreign countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Transformer/rectifier (EBL 101) . . . . . . . . . . . . 118Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Transformer/rectifier (EBL 99) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116Travel checklists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Travel cots suitable for children . . . . 88, 89, 91, 92Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23312 V power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235240 V connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234Air conditioning unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235Air conditioning unit (Dometic) . . . . . . . . . . 244Air conditioning unit (Truma) . . . . . . . . . . . 244Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234Body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Boiler (Alde) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Boiler (Truma) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237Boiler (Webasto) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Braking system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233Cooker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236Electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233Entrance step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233Extractor hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235Furniture flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Gas cooker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236Gas oven . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236Gas system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237, 238Hot-air heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237Hot-water heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Inner door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233Living area battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234Microwave oven . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236Refrigerator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239, 240, 241Starter battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN271

IndexToilet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245Vacuum toilet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Water supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245TV cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85Tyre change see changing wheels . . . . . . . . . . 229Tyre specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227Excessive wear . . . . . . . . . . .21, 39, 227, 231General instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229Load-carrying capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230Tyre pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231Tyre selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228UUnderbody, maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Unladen weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Upholstery, cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207VVacuum toiletCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209Flushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202Indicator lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202Putting into operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Valve, emptying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209Vario toilet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203Converting into a shower cubicle . . . . . . . . 204Converting into toilet compartment . . . . . . 204Vehicle identification plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225Vehicle manuals and documents . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Vehicle, washing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67Toilet compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197Volume of waste water,displaying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122, 125, 131Volume of water, displaying . . . . . . . 122, 125, 131WWardrobe light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223Warning stickers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225Washer fluid, filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Washing with a high-pressure cleaner . . . . . . . 205Waste gas vent on the right hand sideof the vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140, 159Waste water tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206Emptying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193, 194Filling level, displaying . . . . . . . 122, 125, 131Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245Waste water tap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193Water drainage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191Water pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189, 195Water pump, switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127Water supplyGeneral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245Water systemEmptying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196Filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195Fresh water filler neck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24Water tankFilling level, displaying . . . . . . . 122, 125, 131Water drainage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191Water, draining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192Water, filling with . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191Water tank see also water system . . . . . . . . . .190Weatherproof guaranteeConditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9Inspection plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12Inspection stamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9Weight details for special equipment . . . . . . . .247Wheel chocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55Wheel rim size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230Wheel rim type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .227Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .227Window winders, electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49Window, conversion doorRoman shade, closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64Roman shade, opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67Blind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206Insect screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71, 72Roman shade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72, 73Wind-up skylight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78Insect screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78272 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN

IndexRoman shade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Winter care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210Winter operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210Writing and reading rest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN273

Index274 Motorcaravan - 09-08 - DET-0033-07EN